Books
- The M2 Macrophage — The MassGeneral Hospital for Children Handbook of Pediatric Global Health (369)
- Massive and Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears : from Basic Science to Advanced Treatments. 1st ed. 2020. — Mentorship in Academic Medicine. First edition. [1st ed.] (369)
- Merck Manual — Molecular, Cellular, and Tissue Engineering of the Vascular System (369)
- Molecular Allergy Diagnostics : Innovation for a Better Patient Management — Myotonic Dystrophy : Disease Mechanism, Current Management and Therapeutic Development (368)
- Digital/PrintTamás Röszer.Summary: Macrophages are core components of the innate immune system. Once activated, they may have either pro- or anti-inflammatory effects that include pathogen killing, safe disposal of apoptotic cells or tissue renewal. The activation state of macrophages is conceptualized by the so-called M1/M2 model of polarization. M2 macrophages are not simply antagonists of M1 macrophages; rather, they represent a network of tissue resident macrophages with roles in tissue development and organ homeostasis. M2 macrophages govern functions at the interfaces of immunity, tissue development and turnover, metabolism, and endocrine signaling. Dysfunction in M2 macrophages can ruin the healthy interplay between the immune system and metabolic processes, and lead to diseases such as insulin resistance, metabolic syndrome, and type 1 and 2 diabetes mellitus. Furthermore, M2 macrophages are essential for healthy tissue development and immunological self-tolerance. Worryingly, these functions of M2 macrophages can also be disrupted, resulting in tumor growth and autoimmunity. This book comprehensively discusses the biology of M2 macrophages, summarizes the current state of knowledge, and highlights key questions that remain unanswered.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction. What is an M2 macrophage? Historical overview of the macrophage polarization model. The Th1/Th2 and M1/M2 paradigms, the arginine fork
Chapter 2. Evolutionary origin of the M2 macrophage activation: invertebrates
Chapter 3. Evolution of M2 macrophage functions in chordates
Chapter 4. Signal mechanisms of M2 macrophage activation
Chapter 5. Mechanisms which control the size of M2 macrophage-dominated tissue macrophage niches
Chapter 6.Immune functions of the M2 macrophages: host defense, self-tolerance and autoimmunity
Chapter 7. M2 macrophages in the integument and in the musculoskeletal system
Chapter 8. M2 macrophages in the circulatory-, respiratory and excretory organs
Chapter 9. M2 macrophages in the metabolic organs and in the neuroendocrine system
Chapter 10. Practical approaches in M2 macrophage biology: analysis, pharmacology and didactical interpretation of M2 macrophage functions.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital/Print[editors] O. John Ma, James R. Mateer, Robert F. Reardon, Scott A. Joing.Contents:
Training and program development / Timothy Jang, Michael J. Lambert
Equipment / William Scruggs, J. Christian Fox
Physics and image artifacts / Corky Hecht, William Manson
Ultrasound in prehospital and austere environments / William Heegaard
Trauma / O. John Ma, James R. Mateer, Andrew W. Kirkpatrick
Cardiac / Robert F. Reardon, Scott A. Joing
Pulmonary / Lisa Mills, Fernando Silva
Critical care / Robert Reardon, Gavin Budhram, and David Plummer
Abdominal aortic aneurysm / Robert F. Reardon, Dave Plummer, Thomas Cook
Hepatobiliary / Daniel Theodoro, Resa Lewiss
General surgery / Masaaki Ogata
Renal / Stuart Swadron, Dina Seif
Testicular / Srikar Adhikari
First trimester pregnancy / Robert F. Reardon, Scott A. Joing
Second and third trimester pregnancy / Barry Knapp, Don Byars
Gynecologic concepts / Michael J. Lambert, J. Christian Fox
Deep venous thrombosis / Tom Constantino, Harry Goett, Michael Peterson
Soft tissue / Andreas Dewitz
Ocular / Matt Lyon, Dietrich Jehle
Pediatric applications / Jason Fischer, Adam Sivitz, and Alyssa Abo
Vascular access / John S. Rose, Aaron E. Bair, Aman K. Parikh
Additional ultrasound-guided procedures / Andreas Dewitz ... [et al.].Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2014 - Digital[editors], O. John Ma, James R. Mateer, Robert F. Reardon, Donald V. Byars, Barry J. Knapp, Andrew P. Laudenbach.Digital Access AccessEmergency Medicine 2021
- DigitalDaniel Pedro Cardinali.Contents:
1. Brief history of the stone of madness
2. The prescientific stage of the pineal gland
3. The beginnings of the pineal scientific era: from the late nineteenth century of melatonin's discovery
4. Sleep/wake cycle: history and facts
5. When this chronicler enters the story: the 1960s
6. The stone of madness as a neuroendocrine organ and model: the 1970s
7. Peripheral innervation of neuroendocrine-immune system: the challenges to change of physiological paradigm
8. Melatonin as a potential therapeutic agent: the 1980s
9. Melatonin as a chronobiotic that opens the "gates of sleep": the 1990s
10. Melatonin and the "diseases of the soul": the stone of madness returns
11. Twenty-first century: the 24/7 society as an environmental mutation
12. Melatonin as a medicament for the 24/7 society: metabolic syndrome
13. Melatonin as a medicament for the 24/7 society: normal and pathological aging
14. Melatonin as a medicament for the 24/7 society: cancer
15. Melatonin as a nutraceutical
Epilogue
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaleditors, Jayashree Ramasethu, Suna SeoContents:
Sect. II: Preparation and suport
Sect. II: Physiologic monitoring
Sect. III: Blood sampling
Sect. IV: Miscellaneous sampling
Sect. V: Vascular access
Sect. VI: Respiratory care
Sect. VII: Tube placement and care
Sect. VIII: Transfusions
Sect. IX: Miscellaneous proceduresDigital Access - DigitalIssam El Naqa, Martin J. Murphy, editors.Summary: This book, now in an extensively revised and updated second edition, provides a comprehensive overview of both machine learning and deep learning and their role in oncology, medical physics, and radiology. Readers will find thorough coverage of basic theory, methods, and demonstrative applications in these fields. An introductory section explains machine and deep learning, reviews learning methods, discusses performance evaluation, and examines software tools and data protection. Detailed individual sections are then devoted to the use of machine and deep learning for medical image analysis, treatment planning and delivery, and outcomes modeling and decision support. Resources for varying applications are provided in each chapter, and software code is embedded as appropriate for illustrative purposes. The book will be invaluable for students and residents in medical physics, radiology, and oncology and will also appeal to more experienced practitioners and researchers and members of applied machine learning communities. .
Contents:
Part I. Introduction
1. What are Machine and Deep Learning?
2. Computational Learning Basics
3. Overview of Conventional Machine Learning Methods
4. Overview of Deep Machine Learning Methods
5. Quantum Computing for Machine Learning
6. Performance Evaluation
7. Software Tools for Machine and Deep learning
8. Data sharing, protection and bioethics
Part II. Machine Learning for Medical Image Analysis
9. Detection of Cancer Lesions from Imaging
10. Diagnosis of Malignant and Benign Tumours
11. Auto-contouring for image-guidance and treatment planning
Part III. Machine Learning for Treatment planning & Delivery
12. Quality Assurance and error prediction
13. Knowledge-based treatment planning
14. Intelligent respiratory motion management
Part IV. Machine Learning for Outcomes Modeling and Decision Support
15. Prediction of oncology treatment outcomes
16. Radiomics and radiogenomics
17. Modelling of Radiotherapy Response (TCP/NTCP)
18. Smart adaptive treatment strategies
19. Machine learning in clinical trials. - DigitalGrant R.W. Humphries, Dawn R. Magness, Falk Huettmann, editors.Summary: Ecologists and natural resource managers are charged with making complex management decisions in the face of a rapidly changing environment resulting from climate change, energy development, urban sprawl, invasive species and globalization. Advances in Geographic Information System (GIS) technology, digitization, online data availability, historic legacy datasets, remote sensors and the ability to collect data on animal movements via satellite and GPS have given rise to large, highly complex datasets. These datasets could be utilized for making critical management decisions, but are often "messy" and difficult to interpret. Basic artificial intelligence algorithms (i.e., machine learning) are powerful tools that are shaping the world and must be taken advantage of in the life sciences. In ecology, machine learning algorithms are critical to helping resource managers synthesize information to better understand complex ecological systems. Machine Learning has a wide variety of powerful applications, with three general uses that are of particular interest to ecologists: (1) data exploration to gain system knowledge and generate new hypotheses, (2) predicting ecological patterns in space and time, and (3) pattern recognition for ecological sampling. Machine learning can be used to make predictive assessments even when relationships between variables are poorly understood. When traditional techniques fail to capture the relationship between variables, effective use of machine learning can unearth and capture previously unattainable insights into an ecosystem's complexity. Currently, many ecologists do not utilize machine learning as a part of the scientific process. This volume highlights how machine learning techniques can complement the traditional methodologies currently applied in this field.
Contents:
1: Introduction to Machine Learning A. Data-intensive science B. Data Issues and Availability
2: Data-mining in Ecological and Wildlife Research A. Multiple Methods in the Scientific Process B. Data-mining in Ecological and Wildlife Research C. Applications in Ecological Research a. Predicting Patterns in Space and Time b. Data Exploration and Hypothesis Generation c. Pattern Recognition for Sampling D. Bringing It All Together: Leveraging Multiple Methods to Increase Knowledge for Resource Management
3: Machine Learning and Resource Management A. Web-based Machine Learning Applications for Wildlife Management B. Linking Machine Learning in Management Applications C. Machine Learning and the Cloud for Natural Resource Applications D. The Global View: Hopes and Disappointments E. The Future of Machine Learning. - DigitalMohd Azraai Mohd Razman, Anwar P.P. Abdul Majeed, Rabiu Muazu Musa, Zahari Taha, Gian-Antonio Susto, Yukinori Mukai.Summary: This book highlights the fundamental association between aquaculture and engineering in classifying fish hunger behaviour by means of machine learning techniques. Understanding the underlying factors that affect fish growth is essential, since they have implications for higher productivity in fish farms. Computer vision and machine learning techniques make it possible to quantify the subjective perception of hunger behaviour and so allow food to be provided as necessary. The book analyses the conceptual framework of motion tracking, feeding schedule and prediction classifiers in order to classify the hunger state, and proposes a system comprising an automated feeder system, image-processing module, as well as machine learning classifiers. Furthermore, the system substitutes conventional, complex modelling techniques with a robust, artificial intelligence approach. The findings presented are of interest to researchers, fish farmers, and aquaculture technologist wanting to gain insights into the productivity of fish and fish behaviour.
Contents:
1 Introduction
2 Monitoring and feeding integration of demand feeder systems
3 Image processing features extraction on fish behaviour
4 Time-series identification of fish feeding behaviour. - DigitalVictor E. Staartjes, Luca Regli, Carlo Serra, editors.Summary: This book bridges the gap between data scientists and clinicians by introducing all relevant aspects of machine learning in an accessible way, and will certainly foster new and serendipitous applications of machine learning in the clinical neurosciences. Building from the ground up by communicating the foundational knowledge and intuitions first before progressing to more advanced and specific topics, the book is well-suited even for clinicians without prior machine learning experience. Authored by a wide array of experienced global machine learning groups, the book is aimed at clinicians who are interested in mastering the basics of machine learning and who wish to get started with their own machine learning research. The volume is structured in two major parts: The first uniquely introduces all major concepts in clinical machine learning from the ground up, and includes step-by-step instructions on how to correctly develop and validate clinical prediction models. It also includes methodological and conceptual foundations of other applications of machine learning in clinical neuroscience, such as applications of machine learning to neuroimaging, natural language processing, and time series analysis. The second part provides an overview of some state-of-the-art applications of these methodologies. The Machine Intelligence in Clinical Neuroscience (MICN) Laboratory at the Department of Neurosurgery of the University Hospital Zurich studies clinical applications of machine intelligence to improve patient care in clinical neuroscience. The group focuses on diagnostic, prognostic and predictive analytics that aid in decision-making by increasing objectivity and transparency to patients. Other major interests of our group members are in medical imaging, and intraoperative applications of machine vision.
Contents:
Preface
Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
Part I: Introduction and general principles
Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
Part II: Generalization and Overfitting
Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
Part III: Evaluation and other points of significance
Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
Part IV: A practical approach to binary classification problems
Foundations of machine learning-based clinical prediction modeling
Part V: A practical approach to regression problems
Supervised and unsupervised learning / clustering
Introduction to Bayesian Modeling
Introduction to Deep Learning
Overview of algorithms for machine-learning based clinical prediction modelling
Foundations of feature selection in clinical prediction modelling
Dimensionality reduction: Foundations and applications in clinical neuroscience
Machine learning-based survival modeling: Foundations and Applications
Making clinical prediction models available: A brief introduction
Machine Learning-based Clustering Analysis: Foundational Concepts, Methods, and Applications
Introduction to Machine Learning in Neuroimaging
Overview of machine learning algorithms in imaging
Foundations of classification modeling based on neuroimaging
Foundations of lesion-symptom mapping using machine learning
Foundations of Machine Learning-Based Segmentation in Cranial Imaging
Foundations of lesion detection using machine learning in clinical neuroimaging
Foundations of multiparametric brain tumor imaging characterization
Radiomics in clinical neuroscience
Overview
Radiomic feature extraction: Methodological Foundations
Complexity and interpretability in machine vision
Foundations of intraoperative anatomical recognition using machine vision
Machine Vision Foundations
Natural Language Processing: Foundations and Applications in Clinical Neuroscience
Foundations of Time Series Analysis
Overview of algorithms for natural language processing and time series analysis
History of machine learning in neurosurgery
The AI doctor
considerations for AI-based medicine
Ethics of Machine Learning-Based Predictive Analytics
Predictive analytics in clinical practice: Pro and contra
Review of machine vision applications in neuroophtalmology
Prediction Model
Prediction Model
Prediction Model
Topical Review of machine learning in intracranial aneurysm surgery
Review of applications of machine learning in neuroimaging
Prediction Model
An overview of machine learning applications in the Neurointensive Care Unit
Prediction Model
Review of natural language processing in the clinical neurosciences
Review of big data applications in the clinical neurosciences
Radiomic features associated with extent of resection in glioma surgery. - DigitalChing-Chang Ko, Dinggang Shen, Li Wang, editors.Summary: This book reviews all aspects of the use of machine learning in contemporary dentistry, clearly explaining its significance for dental imaging, oral diagnosis and treatment, dental designs, and dental research. Machine learning is an emerging field of artificial intelligence research and practice in which computer agents are employed to improve perception, cognition, and action based on their ability to learn for example through use of big data techniques. Its application within dentistry is designed to promote personalized and precision patient care, with enhancement of diagnosis and treatment planning. In this book, readers will find up-to-date information on different machine learning tools and their applicability in various dental specialties. The selected examples amply illustrate the opportunities to employ a machine learning approach within dentistry while also serving to highlight the associated challenges. Machine Learning in Dentistry will be of value for all dental practitioners and researchers who wish to learn more about the potential benefits of using machine learning techniques in their work.
Contents:
Machine Learning for Dental Imaging: Machine Learning for CBCT Segmentation of Craniofacial 3D Image
Machine Learning for Automatic Landmark Detection of 3D Imaging
Machine Learning for Generating Dental CT from Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)
Machine Learning for 2D Dynamic Facial Photographs. Machine Learning for Oral Diagnosis and Treatment: Machine Learning for Orthodontic Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
Machine Learning for Diagnosis of Periodontal Diseases
Machine Learning for Oral Microbiome
Machine Learning for Characterization of Craniofacial Anomaly
Machine Learning for Orthognathic Surgery
Machine Learning for Bone Tissue Engineering. Machine Learning and Dental Designs: Machine Learning for Orthodontic CAD/CAM Technologies
Machine Learning for Design of Dental Implants
Machine Learning for Optimization of Dental Material Processing. Machine Learning Supporting Dental Research: Machine Learning for Data Mining in Teledentistry
Machine Learning for Evidence-Based Literature Search
Machine Learning in Genetics and Genomics
Machine Learning and Finite Element Modeling. - DigitalTon J. Cleophas, Aeilko H. Zwinderman.Summary: Adequate health and health care is no longer possible without proper data supervision from modern machine learning methodologies like cluster models, neural networks, and other data mining methodologies. The current book is the first publication of a complete overview of machine learning methodologies for the medical and health sector, and it was written as a training companion, and as a must-read, not only for physicians and students, but also for any one involved in the process and progress of health and health care. In this second edition the authors have removed the textual errors from the first edition. Also, the improved tables from the first edition, have been replaced with the original tables from the software programs as applied. This is, because, unlike the former, the latter were without error, and readers were better familiar with them. The main purpose of the first edition was, to provide stepwise analyses of the novel methods from data examples, but background information and clinical relevance information may have been somewhat lacking. Therefore, each chapter now contains a section entitled "Background Information". Machine learning may be more informative, and may provide better sensitivity of testing than traditional analytic methods may do. In the second edition a place has been given for the use of machine learning not only to the analysis of observational clinical data, but also to that of controlled clinical trials. Unlike the first edition, the second edition has drawings in full color providing a helpful extra dimension to the data analysis. Several machine learning methodologies not yet covered in the first edition, but increasingly important today, have been included in this updated edition, for example, negative binomial and Poisson regressions, sparse canonical analysis, Firth's bias adjusted logistic analysis, omics research, eigenvalues and eigenvectors. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Preface
Section I Cluster and Classification Models
Hierarchical Clustering and K-means Clustering to Identify Subgroups in Surveys (50 Patients)
Density-based Clustering to Identify Outlier Groups in Otherwise Homogeneous Data (50 Patients)
Two Step Clustering to Identify Subgroups and Predict Subgroup Memberships in Individual Future Patients (120 Patients)
Nearest Neighbors for Classifying New Medicines (2 New and 25 Old Opioids)
Predicting High-Risk-Bin Memberships (1445 Families)
Predicting Outlier Memberships (2000 Patients)
Data Mining for Visualization of Health Processes (150 Patients)
Trained Decision Trees for a More Meaningful Accuracy (150 Patients)
Typology of Medical Data (51 Patients)
Predictions from Nominal Clinical Data (450 Patients)
Predictions from Ordinal Clinical Data (450 Patients)
Assessing Relative Health Risks (3000 Subjects)
Measurement Agreements (30 Patients)
^Column Proportions for Testing Differences between Outcome Scores (450 Patients)
Pivoting Trays and Tables for Improved Analysis of Multidimensional Data (450 Patients)
Online Analytical Procedure Cubes for a More Rapid Approach to Analyzing Frequencies (450 Patients)
Restructure Data Wizard for Data Classified the Wrong Way (20 Patients)
Control Charts for Quality Control of Medicines (164 Tablet Desintegration Times)
Section II (Log) Linear Models
Linear, Logistic, and Cox Regression for Outcome Prediction with Unpaired Data (20, 55, and 60 Patients)
Generalized Linear Models for Outcome Prediction with Paired Data (100 Patients and 139 Physicians)
Generalized Linear Models for Predicting Event-Rates (50 Patients)
Factor Analysis and Partial Least Squares (PLS) for Complex-Data Reduction (250 Patients)
Optimal Scaling of High-sensitivity Analysis of Health Predictors (250 Patients)
^Discriminant Analysis for Making a Diagnosis from Multiple Outcomes (45 Patients)
Weighted Least Squares for Adjusting Efficacy Data with Inconsistent Spread (78 Patients)
Partial Correlations for Removing Interaction Effects from Efficacy Data (64 Patients)
Canonical Regression for Overall Statistics of Multivariate Data (250 Patients)
Multinomial Regression for Outcome Categories (55 Patients)
Various Methods for Analyzing Predictor Categories (60 and 30 Patients)
Random Intercept Models for Both Outcome and Predictor Categories (55 Patients)
Automatic Regression for Maximizing Linear Relationships (55 Patients)
Simulation Models for Varying Predictors (9000 Patients)
Generalized Linear Mixed Models for Outcome Prediction from Mixed Data (20 Patients)
Two Stage Least Squares for Linear Models with Problematic Predictors (35 Patients)
Autoregressive Models for Longitudinal Data (120 Monthly Population Records)
^Variance Components for Assessing the Magnitude of Random Effects (40 Patients)
Ordinal Scaling for Clinical Scores with Inconsistent Intervals (900 Patients)
Loglinear Models for Assessing Incident Rates with Varying Incident Risks (12 Populations)
Loglinear Models for Outcome Categories (445 Patients)
More on Polytomous Outcome Regressions (450 Patients)
Heterogeneity in Clinical Research: Mechanisms Responsible (20 Studies)
Performance Evaluation of Novel Diagnostic Tests (650 and 588 Patients)
Quantile
Quantile Plots, a Good Start for Looking at Your Medical Data (50 Cholesterol Measurements and 52 Patients)
Rate Analysis of Medical Data Better than Risk Analysis (52 Patients)
Trend Tests Will Be Statistically Significant if Traditional Tests Are not (30 and 106 Patients)
Doubly Multivariate Analysis of Variance for Multiple Observations from Multiple Outcome Variables (16 Patients)
^Probit Models for Estimating Effective Pharmacological Treatment Dosages (14 Tests)
Interval Censored Data Analysis for Assessing Mean Time to Cancer Relapse (51 Patients)
Structural Equation Modeling with SPSS Analysis of Moment Structures (Amos) for Cause Effect Relationships I (35 Patients)
Structural Equation Modeling with SPSS Analysis of Moment Structures (Amos) for Cause Effect Relationships II (35 Patients)
Firth's Bias-adjusted Estimates for Biased Logistic Data Models (23 Challenger launchings)
Omics Research (125 Patients, 24 Predictor Variables)
Sparse Canonical Correlation Analysis (12209 Genes in 45 Glioblastoma Carriers)
Eigenvalues, Eigenvectors and Eigenfunctions (45 and 250 Patients)
Section III Rules Models
Neural Networks for Assessing Relationships that are Typically Nonlinear (90 Patients)
Complex Samples Methodologies for Unbiased Sampling (9,678 Persons)
^Correspondence Analysis for Identifying the Best of Multiple Treatments in Multiple Groups (217 Patients)
Decision Trees for Decision Analysis (1004 and 953 Patients)
Multidimensional Scaling for Visualizing Experienced Drug Efficacies (14 Pain-killers and 42 Patients)
Stochastic Processes for Long Term Predictions from Short Term Observations
Optimal Binning for Finding High Risk Cut-offs (1445 Families)
Conjoint Analysis for Determining the Most Appreciated Properties of Medicines to Be Developed (15 Physicians)
Item Response Modeling for Analyzing Quality of Life with Better Precision (1000 Patients)
Survival Studies with Varying Risks of Dying (50 and 60 Patients)
Fuzzy Logic for Improved Precision of Pharmacological Data Analysis (9 Induction Dosages)
Automatic Data Mining for the Best Treatment of a Disease (90 Patients)
Pareto Charts for Identifying the Main Factors of Multifactorial Outcomes (2000 Admissions to Hospital)
^Radial Basis Neural Networks for Multidimensional Gaussian Data (90 persons)
Automatic Modeling for Drug Efficacy Prediction (250 Patients)
Automatic Modeling for Clinical Event Prediction (200 Patients)
Automatic Newton Modeling in Clinical Pharmacology (15 Alfentanil dosages, 15 Quinidine time-concentration relationships)
Spectral Plots for High Sensitivity Assessment of Periodicity (6 Years' Monthly C Reactive Protein Levels)
Runs Test for Identifying Best Analysis Models (21 Estimates of Quantity and Quality of Patient Care)
Evolutionary Operations for Health Process Improvement (8 Operation Room Settings)
Bayesian Networks for Cause Effect Modeling (600 Patients)
Support Vector Machines for Imperfect Nonlinear Data (200 Patients)
Multiple Response Sets for Visualizing Clinical Data Trends (811 Patient Visits)
Protein and DNA Sequence Mining
Iteration Methods for Crossvalidation (150 Patients)
^Testing Parallel-groups with Different Sample Sizes and Variances (5 Parallel-group Studies)
Association Rules between Exposure and Outcome (50 and 60 Patients)
Confidence Intervals for Proportions and Differences in Proportions (100 and 75 Patients)
Ratio Statistics for Efficacy Analysis of New Drugs 50 Patients)
Fifth Order Polynomes of Circadian Rhythms (1 Patient)
Gamma Distribution for Estimating the Predictors of Medical Outcomes (110 Patients)
Index. - DigitalIssam El Naqa, Ruijiang Li, Martin J. Murphy, editors.Summary: This book provides a complete overview of the role of machine learning in radiation oncology and medical physics, covering basic theory, methods, and a variety of applications in medical physics and radiotherapy. An introductory section explains machine learning, reviews supervised and unsupervised learning methods, discusses performance evaluation, and summarizes potential applications in radiation oncology. Detailed individual sections are then devoted to the use of machine learning in quality assurance; computer-aided detection, including treatment planning and contouring; image-guided radiotherapy; respiratory motion management; and treatment response modeling and outcome prediction. The book will be invaluable for students and residents in medical physics and radiation oncology and will also appeal to more experienced practitioners and researchers and members of applied machine learning communities.
Contents:
Introduction: What is Machine Learning
Computational Learning Theory
Overview of Supervised Learning Methods
Overview of Unsupervised Learning Methods
Performance Evaluation
Variety of Applications in Radiation Oncology
Machine Learning for Quality Assurance: Quality Assurance as a Learning Problem
Detection of Radiotherapy Errors Using Unsupervised Learning
Prediction of Radiotherapy Errors Using Supervised Learning
Machine Learning for Computer-Aided Detection: Detection of Cancer Lesions from Imaging
Classification of Malignant and Benign Tumours
Machine Learning for Treatment Planning and Delivery
Image-guided Radiotherapy with Machine Learning: IMRT Optimization Using Machine Learning
Treatment Assessment Tools
Machine Learning for Motion Management: Prediction of Respiratory Motion
Motion-Correction Using Learning Methods
Machine Learning Application in 4D-CT
Machine Learning Application in Dynamic Delivery
Machine Learning for Outcomes Modeling: Bioinformatics of Treatment Response
Modelling of Norma Tissue Complication Probabilities (NTCP)
Modelling of Tumour Control Probability (TCP).Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalRegine Klinger, Monika Hasenbring, Michael Pfingsten.Summary: This book offers a diagnostic tool for physicians and psychologists who want to systematically document pain within a multimodal structure. MACPainP (multiaxial classification of pain-psychosocial dimension) is a systematic, comprehensive and clinically oriented diagnostic instrument for evaluating pain-related disorders, and includes differentiated descriptions to enable syndromes to be systematized and diagnoses compared. MACPainP can be used as a professional add-on for the International Classification of Diseases ICD-10 as well as the upcoming pain classification ICD-11, released by WHO. This clearly structured book provides an easy introduction to the biopsychological aspects of pain disorders, to allow a nuanced approach to the psychological diagnosis of pain patients. It discusses possible comorbidities (e.g. depressive disorders, anxiety disorders) as well as concrete behavior-related steps for pain-related psychological and medical treatments. An essential reference for physicians and psychologists in the field of pain therapy, it is part of the learning European Pain Federation Curriculum (EFIC) of pain therapists.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; 1: Introduction; 1.1 Describing Current Approaches in the Classification of Chronic Pain; 1.1.1 Diagnostic Options Within the Internationally Recognized Diagnostic Codification System ICD (c.f.
Chapter V (F)) and DSM; 1.1.1.1 ICD-10; 1.1.1.2 DSM 5; 1.1.2 IASP Taxonomy; 1.1.3 Headache Classification of the IHS (ICHD-3); 2: The Multiaxial Classification of Pain: Psychosocial Dimension (MACPainP); 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 MACPainP: Overall Structure and Structure of the Axes; 2.3 MACPainP: Theoretical Background 2.3.1 Behavioral Theory in MACPainP2.3.2 Psychodynamic Psychology in MACPainP; 2.3.3 Systemic Theories in MACPainP; 2.4 General Guidelines; 2.4.1 Distinguishing MACPainP Codes from Psychopathological Disorders of the ICD/DSM; 2.4.2 Operationalization and Administration of Codes; 2.4.3 Axis Supplementary Code; 2.4.4 Time Supplementary Code; 2.4.5 MACPainP: Rating Sheet; 2.4.6 Diagnostic Axis 11: MACPainP Diagnosis; 2.4.7 Training Applications for Specific Pain Therapy; 2.4.8 Deriving Therapeutic Indications; 2.5 Combining MACPainP with ICD and DSM/Application Examples 3: MACPainP Operationalization3.1 Axis 1: Motor-Behavioral Pain Processing; 3.1.1 Distinct Nonverbal Pain Behavior; 3.1.2 Distinct Verbal Pain Behavior; 3.1.3 Discrepancies Between Verbal and Nonverbal Pain Behavior; 3.1.4 Deficits in Asking for Social Support; 3.1.5 Distinct Avoidance of Physical Activities; 3.1.6 Distinct Avoidance of Social Activities; 3.1.7 Distinct Endurance Behavior; 3.1.8 Non-compliance with Health-Promoting Behavior; 3.2 Axis 2: Emotional Pain Processing; 3.2.1 Depressed Mood; 3.2.2 Irritated Mood; 3.2.3 Anxious Mood; 3.2.4 Easy Internal Excitability 3.2.5 Restricted Emotional Experience3.2.6 Restricted Emotional Expression; 3.2.7 Excessive Expression of Positive Emotions; 3.3 Axis 3: Cognitive Pain Processing; 3.3.1 Helplessness/Catastrophizing; 3.3.2 Resignation/Despair; 3.3.3 Suicidal Ideations; 3.3.4 Low Awareness of Physical Processes; 3.3.5 Distinct Trivialization of Physical Processes; 3.3.6 Hypervigilance of Physical Processes; 3.3.7 Distinct Pain Thought Suppression; 3.4 Axis 4: Illness-Related Metacognitions; 3.4.1 Distinct Somatic Model of Disease; 3.4.2 Distinct Stable Causal Attribution 3.4.3 Distinct External Locus of Control3.4.4 Distinct Internal Locus of Control; 3.4.5 Attribution of Blame; 3.4.6 Distinct Fear-Avoidance Beliefs; 3.4.7 Distinct Endurance Beliefs; 3.5 Axis 5: Current Stressors; 3.5.1 Physical Stress at Work; 3.5.2 Psychosocial Stress at Work; 3.5.3 Unclear Occupational Status; 3.5.4 Considerable Financial Stress; 3.5.5 Problems Within the Family and/or Circle of Friends; 3.5.6 Marriage/Relationship Problems; 3.5.7 Stress Because of Additional Health Problems; 3.5.8 Critical Life Events; 3.5.9 Stress During Leisure TimeDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalGregor Anderluh, Robert Gilbert, editors.Summary: Introduction: brief historical overview -- Distribution of MACPF/CDC proteins -- Evolution of the complement system -- Structural features of cholesterol dependent cytolysins and comparison to other MACPF-domain containing proteins -- Perfringolysin O structure and mechanism of pore formation as a paradigm for cholesterol-dependent cytolysins -- Structural biology of the membrane attack complex -- Membrane interactions and cellular effects of MACPF/CDC proteins -- The biology of pneumolysin -- Multifaceted activity of listeriolysin O, the cholesterol -dependent cytolysin of Listeria monocytogenes -- Perforin: a key pore-forming protein for immune control of viruses and cancer -- Perforin and human diseases -- The role of MACPF proteins in the biology of malaria and other apicomplexan parasites -- Chlamydial MACPF protien CT153 -- Fungal MACPF-like proteins and aegerolysins: bi-component pore-forming proteins? -- Fluorescence imaging of MACPF/CDC proteins: new techniques and their application.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalMahendra Rai, Anatoly Reshetilov, Yulia Plekhanova, Avinash P. Ingle, editors.Summary: This book includes an international group of researchers who present the latest achievements in the field of enzyme, immune system, and microbial and nano-biosensors. It highlights the experimental evidence for formation of biological fuel cells (BFCs)-which has a dual purpose - as a device that produces electricity and the systems which produce it simultaneously cleaning up the environment from polluting organic compounds. Considering the work in the field of macro, micro and nano-biosensors, considerable attention is paid to the use of nanomaterials for the modification of working electrodes. Nanomaterials in some cases can significantly improve the parameters of analytical systems. Readers will be interested in the projection of the presented theoretical and experimental materials in the field of practical application of modern analytical developments. The presented results in many cases imply the possibility of using the created models of macro, micro and nano-biosensors, and biofuel elements in the field of health, and protection/restoration of the environment. It includes information about all existing types of transducers of signals in biosensors - electrochemical, optical and quantum-optics, thermoelectric, data of atomic force microscopy, piezoelectric, and more. On the basis of these principles, descriptions are given about the functioning of macro, micro and nano- biosensors for the detection of compounds used in medicine, detection of compounds that clog the environment, and thus affect human health, for compounds that are potentially the basis for the production of drugs, for the selection of compounds that have medicinal activity, for immunodetection, and to assess the quality of food. These questions form the basis of research carried out in the field of biosensors in the world. Since the described models of biosensors have high sensitivity, high measurement speed and selectivity, the described results attract the attention of both the ordinary reader and business class specialists who create and implement analytical technologies. This book is very useful for researchers in life sciences, chemical sciences, physics, and engineering. In addition, it will be useful for the persons working in industry. Advanced technologies specialists will be attracted by the novelty of the proposed solutions and their relevance and ease of implementation. Since the studies contain sections describing the parameters of different biosensors, BFCs, they are easily navigated into assessing the effectiveness of the practical use of the proposed device. The relevant sections indicate such characteristics as detection ranges, life span, type of biological material used, the method of formation of the bio-receptor part. These parameters are of interest to both developers of new models of biosensors and BFC, and their manufacturers.
Contents:
Macro-, micro- and nanosensors based on biological / chemical materials
Bactericidal, fungicidal and immunomodulating activity of nano-surfaces
Enzymatic Tissue Biotests (MAO and AChE biotests) and Bioindicators
Is it possible to detect less than one bacterial cell?
SERS for bacterial, virus and protein bio-sensing
Biosensors for virus detection
Specific immobilization of rotaviruses for atomic force microscopy with using Langmuir antibody films based on amphiphilic polyelectrolytes
Fluorimetric and SERS sensor systems for diagnostics and monitoring of catecholamines-dependent diseases
Enhanced sensitivity rapid tests for the detection of sepsis marker procalcitonin
Analytical capabilities of some biosensors for the determination of drugs
Electrochemical DNA sensors based on nanostructured polymeric materials for determination of antitumor drugs
Variants of amperometric biosensors in the determination of some micotoxins: analytical capabilities
New class of diagnostic systems based on polyelectrolyte microcapsules for urea detection
Bioluminescent nano- and micro-biosensing elements for detection of organophosphorous compounds
Nano- and microelectrochemical biosensors for determining blood glucose
Micro-Electrochemical SMBG Biosensor Chip Design Development for Sustainable Mass Production based on the Strategic Platform Patent Map
Biological Fuel Cells: Applications in Health Service and Ecology
Recent Trends in Fabrication and Applications of Wearable Bioelectronics for Early-Stage Disease Monitoring and Diagnosis
Self-powered biosensors in medicine and ecology
Self-powered implantable biosensors - a review of recent advancements and future perspectives. - Digitaledited by Xue-Long Sun.Contents:
Synthesis of chain-end functionalized glycopolymers via cyanoxyl-mediated free radical polymerization (CMFRP) / Valentinas Gruzdys ... [et al.]
Protecting-group-free synthesis of well-defined glycopolymers featuring negatively charged oligosaccharides / Luca Albertin
Glycopolymers prepared by ring-opening metathesis polymerization followed by glycoconjugation using a triazole-forming "click" reaction / Ronald Okoth and Amit Basu
Protecting-group-free synthesis of glycopolymers and their binding assay with lectin and influenza virus / Tomonari Tanaka, Tadanobu Takahashi, and Takashi Suzuki
Carbohydrate-based initiators for the cationic ring-opening polymerization of 2-Ethyl-2-Oxazoline / Christine Weber ... [et al.]
Heterofunctional glycopolypeptides by combination of Thiol-Ene chemistry and NCA polymerization / Kai-Steffen Krannig and Helmut Schlaad
Preparation of proteoglycan mimetic graft copolymers / Matt J. Kipper and Laura W. Place
Galactosylated polymer nano-objects by polymerization-induced self-assembly, potential drug nanocarriers / Mona Semsarilar, Irene Canton, and Vincent Ladmiral
Synthetic approach to biotinylated glyco-functionalized quantum dots : a new fluorescent probes for biomedical applications / Christian K. Adokoh, James Darkwa, and Ravin Narain
Surface modification of polydivinylbenzene microspheres with a fluorinated glycopolymer using Thiol-Halogen click chemistry / Wentao Song and Anthony M. Granville
Glycopolymer-grafted polymer particles for lectin recognition / Michinari Kohri, Tatsuo Taniguchi, and Keiki Kishikawa
Synthesis of non-spherical glycopolymer-decorated nanoparticles : combing Thiol-ene with catecholic chemistry / Xiao Li, Weidong Zhang, and Gaojian Chen
Synthetic approach to glycopolymer base nanoparticle gold(I) conjugate : a new generation of therapeutic agents / Christian K. Adokoh, James Darkwa, and Ravin Narain
Multivalent glycopolymer-coated gold nanoparticles / Sarah-Jane Richards ... [et al.]
Modulation of multivalent protein binding on surfaces by glycopolymer brush chemistry / Kai Yu ... [et al.]
Oriented immobilized sialyloligo-macroligand microarray / Satya Nandana Narla and Xue-Long Sun
Glycocalyx remodeling with glycopolymer-based proteoglycan mimetics / Mia L. Huang ... [et al.].Digital Access Springer 2015 - PrintBruce K. Rubin, Masaharu Shinkai, editors.
- DigitalJ. Robin Harris, Jon Marles-Wright, editors.Contents:
Structure and function of the stressosome signalling hub / Jan Pané-Farré, Maureen B. Quin, Richard J. Lewis, Jon Marles-Wright
The canonical inflammasome: a macromolecular complex driving inflammation / Tom P. Monie
The Ferritin Superfamily / Alejandro Yévenes
Antibody recognition of immunodominant vaccinia virus envelope proteins / Dirk M. Zajonc
The peroxiredoxin family: an unfolding story / Zhenbo Cao, John Gordon Lindsay
[alpha]2-Macroglobulins: structure and function / Irene Garcia-Ferrer, Aniebrys Marrero, F. Xavier Gomis-Rüth, Theodoros Goulas
The Structure and Function of the PRMT5:MEP50 complex / Stephen Antonysamy
Symmetry-directed design of protein cages and protein lattices and their applications / Aaron Sciore, E. Neil G. Marsh
Structure and function of RNA polymerases and the transcription machineries / Joachim Griesenbeck, Herbert Tschochner, Dina Grohmann
Dihydrodipicolinate synthase: structure, dynamics, function, and evolution / F. Grant Pearce, André O. Hudson, Kerry Loomes, Renwick C. J. Dobson
Pyruvate carboxylase, structure and function / Mikel Valle
Cullin-RING E3 ubiquitin ligases: bridges to destruction / Henry C. Nguyen, Wei Wang, Yong Xiong
The Ccr4-Not complex: architecture and structural insights / Martine A. Collart, Olesya O. Panasenko
Higher-order structure in bacterial VapBC toxin-antitoxin complexes / Kirstine L. Bendtsen, Ditlev E. Brodersen
D-glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase structure and function / Michael R. White, Elsa D. Garcin
Protein complexes in the nucleus: the control of chromosome segregation / Victor M. Bolanos-Garcia
GroEL and the GroEL-GroES complex / Noriyuki Ishii
The aminoacyl-tRNA synthetase complex / Marc Mirande
The pyruvate dehydrogenase complex and related assemblies in health and disease / Olwyn Byron, John Gordon Lindsay
Structure and assembly of clathrin cages / Mary Halebian, Kyle Morris, Corinne Smith.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2017Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalJ. Robin Harris, Jon Marles-Wright, editors.Summary: This book follows on from Volume 83 in the SCBI series ("Macromolecular Protein Complexes"), and addresses several important topics (such as the Proteasome, Anaphase Promoting Complex, Ribosome and Apoptosome) that were not previously included, together with a number of additional exciting topics in this rapidly expanding field of study. Although the first SCBI Protein Complex book focused on soluble protein complexes, the second (Vol. 87)addressed Membrane Complexes, and the third (Vol. 88) put the spotlight on Viral Protein and Nucleoprotein Complexes, a number of membrane, virus and even fibrillar protein complexes have been be considered for inclusion in the present book. A further book is also under preparation that follows the same pattern, in an attempt to provide a thorough coverage of the subject. Chapter "Structure and Function of Roundabout Receptors" is available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license via link.springer.com.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction: Protein Oligomerization and the Formation of Macromolecular Assemblies,- Chapter 2. Antibody complexes
Chapter 3. Unravelling ribosome function through structural studies
Chapter 4. Competence Functions and mechanisms of the human ribosome-translocon complex
Chapter 5. The Structures of Eukaryotic Transcription Pre-Initiation Complexes and Their Functional Implications
Chapter 6. Regulation of Antiviral Innate Immunity Through APOBEC Ribonucleoprotein Complexes
Chapter 7. Structure and Function of the AAA+ ATPase p97, a Key Player in Protein Homeostasis
Chapter 8. Penicillin-Binding Proteins (PBPs) and bacterial cell wall elongation complexes
Chapter 9. Structure and function of Roundabout receptors
Chapter 10. Structure and function of molecular chaperones that govern immune peptide loading
Chapter 11. Biology and Biochemistry of Bacterial Proteasomes
Chapter 12. The Kai-protein clock
keeping track of cyanobacteria's daily life
Chapter 13. Frataxin Structure and Function
Chapter 14. Crystallins and their complexes
Chapter 15. Structure and Function of the TREX-2 Complex
Chapter 16. Amyloid Oligomers, Protofibrils and Fibrils
Chapter 17. CAD, a multienzymatic protein at the head of de novo pyrimidine biosynthesis
Chapter 18. The Anaphase Promoting Complex/Cyclosome (APC/C): a versatile E3 ubiquitin ligase
Chapter 19. TRiC/CCT Chaperonin: Structure and Function. - DigitalJ. Robin Harris, Jon Marles-Wright (editors).Summary: This book covers important topics such as the dynamic structure and function of the 26S proteasome, the DNA replication machine: structure and dynamic function and the structural organization and protein-protein interactions in the human adenovirus capsid, to mention but a few. The 18 chapters included here, written by experts in their specific field, are at the forefront of scientific knowledge. The impressive integration of structural data from X-ray crystallography with that from cryo-electron microscopy is apparent throughout the book. In addition, functional aspects are also given a high priority. Chapter 1 is available open access under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License vialink.springer.com.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Structure, Dynamics and Function of the 26S Proteasome
Chapter 2. Factor VIII and Factor V Membrane Bound Complexes
Chapter 3. An Overview of DPS: Dual Acting Nanovehicles in Prokaryotes with DNA Binding and Ferroxidation Properties
Chapter 4. Structure and Function of the Separase-Securin Complex
Chapter 5. The DNA Replication Machine: Structure and Dynamic Function
Chapter 6. Recent Progress in Structural Studies on the GT-C Superfamily of Protein Glycosyltransferases
Chapter 7. How Structures of Complement Complexes Guide Therapeutic Design
Chapter 8. Architecture and Assembly of the Bacterial Flagellar Motor Complex
Chapter 9. Cellulosomes: Highly Efficient Cellulolytic Complexes
Chapter 10. Leucine Dehydrogenase: Structure and Thermostability
Chapter 11. Structure, Function and Physiology of 5-Hydroxytryptamine Receptors Subtype 3
Chapter 12. The SF3b Complex Is an Integral Component of the Spliceosome and Targeted by Natural Product-based Inhibitors
Chapter 13. Interaction Networks of Ribosomal Expansion Segments in Kinetoplastids
Chapter 14. Hepatitis B Core Protein Capsids
Chapter 15. Fibrinogen and Fibrin
Chapter 16. Structural Organization and Protein-protein Interactions in Human Adenovirus Capsid
Chapter 17. A Structural Perspective on Gene Repression by Polycomb Repressive Complex 2
Chapter 18. Assembly and Function of the Anthrax Toxin Protein Translocation Complex. - PrintMalgorzata Kloc, editor.Contents:
Evolutionary Aspects of Macrophages Polarization / Eva-Stina Edholm, Kun Hyoe Rhoo, and Jacques Robert
Development and Functional Differentiation of Tissue-Resident Versus Monocyte-Derived Macrophages in Inflammatory Reactions Paola Italiani and Diana Boraschi
Hofbauer Cells: Placental Macrophages of Fetal Origin / Leticia Reyes, Bryce Wolfe, and Thaddeus Golos
Mesenchymal Stem Cells Direct the Immunological Fate of Macrophages / Patricia Luz-Crawford, Christian Jorgensen, and Farida Djouad
Monocyte/Macrophage: NK Cell Cooperation--Old Tools for New Functions / Elżbieta Wałajtys-Rode and Jolanta M. Dzik
Macrophages in Invertebrates: From Insects and Crustaceans to Marine Bivalves / Prasad Abnave, Xavier Muracciole, and Eric Ghigo
F4/80 as a Major Macrophage Marker: The Case of the Peritoneum and Spleen / Alexandra dos Anjos Cassado
Immunobiology of Nitric Oxide and Regulation of Inducible Nitric Oxide Synthase / Martin Lee [and others]
Role for Mechanotransduction in Macrophage and Dendritic Cell Immunobiology / Svenja F. B. Mennens, Koen van den Dries, and Alessandra Cambi
Macrophages' Role in Tissue Disease and Regeneration / Lewis Gaffney [and others]
Macrophages and Their Contribution to the Development of Atherosclerosis / Yuri V. Bobryshev [and others]
Macrophage Dysfunction in Respiratory Disease / Kylie B. R. Belchamber and Louise E. Donnelly
Activation of Macrophages in Response to Biomaterials / Jamie E. Rayahin and Richard A. Gemeinhart
Macrophage Differentiation in Normal and Accelerated Wound Healing / Girish J. Kotwal and Sufan Chien
Macrophages and RhoA Pathway in Transplanted Organs / Yianzhu Liu [and others]. - Digital[edited by] Alastair D. Burt, Linda D. Ferrell, Stefan G. Hübscher.Contents:
Structure, function, and responses to injury / James Crawford, Prodromos Hytiroglou, and Paulette Bioulac-Sage
Cellular and molecular techniques / Pierre Bedossa, Valerie Paradis, and Jessica Zucman Rossi
Developmental and inherited liver disease / Alberto Quaglia, Eve A. Roberts, and Michael Torbenson
Disorders of iron overload / Antonello Pietrangelo and Michael Torbenson
Fatty liver disease / Dina G. Tiniakos, Alastair Burt, and Quentin M. Anstee
Viral hepatitis / Henry Charles Bodenheimer Jr., Maria Guido, and Neil D. Theise
Other viral and infectious diseases / Sherif Zaki, Venancio Alves, and Gillian Leigh Hale
Autoimmune hepatitis / Kay Washington and Michael P. Manns
Bile duct diseases / Yoh Zen, Stefan Hubscher, and Yasuni Nakanuma
Diseases of the gallbladder / Brian C. Quigley and N. Volkan Adsay
Vascular disorders / Pierre Bedossa, Prodromos Hytiroglou, and Matthew M. Yeh
Drugs and toxins / David Kleiner
Tumours and tumourlike lesions / Linda D. Ferrell, Sanjay Kakar, Aileen Wee, and Luigi M. Terracciano
Transplantation pathology / Stefan Hübscher, Andrew Clouston, and Anthony J. Demetris
Liver in systemic disease / Alastair Burt and Chris Bellamy.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - Digital[edited by] Alastair D. Burt, Linda D. Ferrell, Stefan G. Hübscher.Summary: Written and edited by an international team of renowned authorities, MacSween's Pathology of the Liver, 8th Edition, remains the field's definitive reference on liver pathology. This must-have text is ideal for surgical pathologists in practice and in training who examine liver specimens on a day-to-day basis. It provides invaluable assistance in recognizing the huge variety of appearances of the liver that result from infections, tumors, and tumor-like lesions, as well as organ damage caused by drugs and toxins. With expert, comprehensive coverage of all malignant and benign hepatobiliary disorders, MacSween's is a convenient, one-stop resource for use in the reporting room as well as in personal study. Shares the knowledge and experience of a "who's who" list of experts in the field of hepatobiliary pathology, led by editors Alastair D. Burt, Linda D. Ferrell, and Stefan G. Hübscher. Features more than 1,000 high-quality, full color illustrations, providing a complete visual guide to each tumor or tumor-like lesion. Discusses advances in molecular diagnostic testing, its capabilities, and its limitations, including targeted/personalized medicine. Incorporates the latest TNM staging and WHO classification systems, as well as new diagnostic biomarkers and their utility in differential diagnosis, newly described variants, and new histologic entities. Includes relevant data from ancillary techniques (immunohistochemistry, cytogenetics, and molecular genetics), giving you the necessary tools required to master the latest breakthroughs in diagnostic technology. Provides you with all of the necessary diagnostic tools to make a complete and accurate pathologic report, including clinicopathologic background throughout. Directs you to the most recent and authoritative sources for further reading with a comprehensive reference list that highlights key articles and up-to-date citations. An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.
Contents:
Structure, Function and Responses to Injury
Cellular and Molecular Techniques
Developmental and Inherited Liver Disease
Disorders of Iron Overload
Fatty Liver Disease
Hepatitis Due to Hepatotropic Viruses
Non-Hepatotropic Viral, Bacterial and Parasitic Infections of the Liver
Autoimmune Hepatitis
Bile Duct Diseases
Diseases of the Gallbladder
Vascular Disorders
Hepatic Injury due to Drugs, Dietary and Herbal Supplements, Chemicals and Toxins
Tumours and Tumour-Like Lesions
Transplantation Pathology
Liver in Systemic Disease.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - DigitalIvana K. Kim, editor.Summary: This atlas presents chapters on common and rare macular diseases including variants of age-related macular degeneration (dry, neovascular, polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy), cystoid macular edema, macular telangiectasia, central serous retinopathy and pachychoroid disease, photic retinopathy, presumed ocular histoplasmosis syndrome, myopic degeneration, angioid streaks, and a recently described entity: perifoveal exudative vascular anomalous complex. It provides a wealth of representative images, using various modalities to help the reader recognize the respective conditions. Importantly, it also includes images acquired using techniques more recently adopted in clinical practice such as autofluoresence, optical coherence tomography (OCT), and OCT angiography. The concise text reviews the basic concepts of etiology, diagnosis, and management in a highly accessible format. In contributions prepared by internationally respected experts, the atlas provides a cutting-edge analysis of each condition, as well as excellent summaries of recent work in the field. Macular Disorders is one of nine volumes in the series Retina Atlas. The series offers a global perspective on vitreoretinal diseases, covering imaging basics, retinal vascular disease, ocular inflammatory disease, retinal degeneration, surgical retina, macular disorders, ocular oncology, pediatric retina and trauma. In nine volumes and over 100 chapters, Retina Atlas offers comprehensive and validated information on retinal disorders.
Contents:
Dry age-related macular degeneration (AMD)
Neovascular age-related macular degeneration
Polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy
Angioid streaks
Ocular histoplasmosis
Central serous chorioretinopathy/pachychoroid eye diseases
Postsurgical cytoid macular edema
Myopic macular degeneration and choroidal neovascularization
Photic retinopathy
Macular telangiectasis
Perifoveal exudative vascular anomalous complex (PEVAC).Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalGiuseppe Querques, Eric H. Souied, editors.Contents:
Stargardt's disease (STGD)
Macular Abnormalities in Panretinal Dystrophies
Best Disease
Pattern Dystrophy.- Autosomal Dominant Drusen
North Carolina Makular Dystrophy (NCMD, MCDR1) and NCMD-like Disorders
Sorsby Fundus Dystrophy
Central Areolar Choroidal Dystrophy
Maternally Inherited Diabetes and Deafness (MIDD)
X-linked Retinoschisis (XLRS)
Miscellaneous Very Rare Macular Dystrophies
Management and Interventions. - Digitalvolume editor, Gabriel Coscas ; co-editors, Anat Loewenstein, José Cunha-Vaz, Gisèle Soubrane.Contents:
Macular edema : definition and basic concepts / Coscas, Gabriel; Cunha-Vaz, José; Soubrane, Gisèle
Mechanisms of retinal fluid accumulation and blood-retinal barrier breakdown / Cunha-Vaz, José
Intracellular edema / Narayanan, Raja; Kuppermann, Baruch D
Central serous chorioretinopathy / Daruich, Alejandra; Matet, Alexandre; Behar-Cohen, Francine
Diagnosis and detection / Staurenghi, Giovanni; Pellegrini, Marco; Invernizzi, Alessandro; Preziosa, Chiara
Optical coherence tomography angiography in macular edema / Lupidi, Marco; Coscas, Florence; Cagini, Carlo; Coscas, Gabriel
Macular edema : rationale for therapy / Wolfensberger, Thomas J
Drug delivery to the posterior segment of the eye / Moisseiev, Elad; Loewenstein, Anat
Diabetic macular edema / Bandello, Francesco; Battaglia Parodi, Maurizio; Lanzetta, Paolo; Loewenstein, Anat; Massin, Pascale; Menchini, Francesca; Veritti, Daniele Retinal Vein Occlusions / Jonas, Jost; Monés, Jordi; Glacet-Bernard, Agnès; Coscas, Gabriel
Insights into the physiopathology of inflammatory macular edema / de Smet, Marc D.
Postsurgical cystoid macular edema / Zur, Dinah; Loewenstein, Anat
Retinitis pigmentosa and other dystrophies / Mrejen, Sarah; Audo, Isabelle; Bonnel, Sébastien; Sahel, José-Alain
Macular edema of choroidal origin / Soubrane, Gisèle
Miscellaneous / Creuzot-Garcher, Catherine.Digital Access Karger 2017 - DigitalAndrew Chang, William F. Mieler, Masahito Ohji, editors.Summary: Recent technological advances in the diagnosis of macular disorders have enhanced our understanding of these diseases. At the same time, advances in small-gauge vitrectomy instrumentation and techniques have improved the safety and efficiency of surgery, allowing macular conditions that would have otherwise resulted in blindness to be treated effectively, preserving patients' sight. Macular surgery continues to evolve rapidly, thanks to exciting future technology trends. This book provides a detailed and up-to-date overview of the field. It begins with essential information on macular anatomy and pathophysiology, examination techniques, and surgical instrumentation. In turn, it discusses a broad range of disease processes, including macular holes, epiretinal membrane, vitreomacular traction and myopic maculopathy. The role and benefits of advanced vitrectomy techniques including submacular surgery, prosthetic vision, robotic surgery, and stem cell and gene therapy are addressed in detail. A review of perioperative care and potential complications rounds out the coverage.
Contents:
Anatomy
Pathophysiology of macula
Techniques for examination of the macula
Surgical instrumentation and forceps
Disease processes
Follow-up of patients undergoing macula surgery
New advances in vitrectomy
Postoperative care of the patient undergoing macular surgery
Submacular surgery
Macular translocation
Combined cataract surgery and vitrectomy for maculopathy
Complications of macula surgery. - DigitalStephen J. Divers, Scott J. Stahl.Contents:
Section 1: Practice Management & Development. 1. Reptile Practice Management 2. Reference Resources for the Reptile Clinician 3. Understanding the Human-Reptile Relationship 4. Veterinary Specialization 5. The Importance of Herpetological Publication by Clinicians and Academics 6. Statistics for the Clinician
Section 2: Biology (Taxonomy, Anatomy, Physiology and Behavior). 7. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Tortoises, Turtles and Terrapins 8. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Snakes 9. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Lizards 10. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology or Crocodilians 11. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Tuataras 12. Taxonomy, Anatomy and Physiology of Amphibians 13. Natural Behaviors 14. Conditioning and Behavioral Training 15. Stress and Welfare of Reptiles and Amphibians
Section 3: Husbandry and Management. 16. General Husbandry and Management of Reptiles 17. Environmental Lighting 18. Disinfection 19. Quarantine 20. Snakes 21. Lizards 22. Management of Venomous Species 23. Tortoises, Freshwater Aquatic Turtles and Terrapins 24. Sea Turtles 25. Crocodilians 26. Tuatara 27. Nutrition 28. General Husbandry and Management of Amphibians
Section 4: Infectious Diseases and Laboratory Sciences. 29. Bacteriology 30. Virology 31. Mycology 32. Parasitology Including Hemoparasites 33. Hematology 34. Clinical Chemistry 35. Hematology and Biochemistry Tables 36. Molecular Diagnostics 37. Immunopathology 38. Cytology 39. Biopsy 40. Necropsy 41. Commercial and Analytical Labs
Section 5: Techniques and Procedures. 42. Handling and Physical Examination 43. Diagnostic Techniques and Sample Collection 44. Catheter Placement 45. Esophogastric Feeding Tube Placement 46. Hospitilization 47. Euthanasia
Section 6: Anesthesia. 48. Sedation 49. General Anestheisa 50. Analgesia 51. Regional Anesthesia and Analgesia 52. Amphibian Anesthesia
Section 7: Diagnostic Imaging. 53. Radiography
General Principles 54. Radiography
Lizards 55. Radiography
Snakes 56. Radiography
Chelonians 57. Radiography
Crocodilians 58. Ultrasonography 59. Computed Tomography 60. Magnetic Resonance Imaging 61. Scintigraphy
Section 8: Endoscopy. 62. Diagnostic and Surgical Endoscopy Equipment 63. Endoscopy practice management and marketing 64. Diagnostic Endoscopy 65. Endoscope-Assisted and Endoscopic Surgery
Section 9: Medicine. 66. Urology 67. Hepatology 68. Cardiology 69. Dermatology I (Skin) 70. Dermatology II (Shell) 71. Ophthalmology 72. Otorhinolaryngology 73. Gastroenterology I (Oral cavity, esophagus, stomach) 74. Gastroenterology II (Small and large intestines) 75. Gastroenterology III (Cloaca) 76. Pulmonology 77. Neurology 78. Oncology 79. Endocrinology 80. Theriogenology 81. Musculoskeletal 82. Vascular, Hematopoietic Immunology 83. Clinical Behavioral Medicine 84. Nutritional Diseases 85. Perinatology 86. Geriatrics 87. Emergency and Critical Care 88. Toxicology 89. Amphibian Medicine Overview
Section 10: Surgery. 90. Surgical Equipment, Instrumentation and General Principles 91. Eye 92. Ear 93. Rhinarium 94. Oral Cavity 95. Venemoid surgery 96. Integument
Skin 97. Coeliotomy
Snake 98. Coeliotomy
Lizard 99. Prefemoral Coeliotomy
Chelonian 100. Transplastron Coeliotomy
Chelonian 101. Coeliotomy
Crocodilian 102. Respiratory Tract 103. Gastro-Intestinal Surgery 104. Urinary Tract 105. Reproductive Tract 106. Cloacal Surgery 107. Amphibian Soft Tissue Surgery 108. External Coaptation 109. Fracture Fixation 110. Spinal Surgery 111. Limb Amputation 112. Tail Amputation 113. Shell Surgery and Repair
Section 11: Therapy. 114. Therapeutic Overview and General Approach 115. Routes of Administration 116. Antibiotic Therapy 117. Antifungal Therapy 118. Antiviral Therapy 119. Anti-Inflammatory Therapy 120. Anti-Parasitic Therapy 121. Mental Health Treatment 122. Nutritional Therapy 123. Chemotherapy 124. Radiation Therapy 125. Miscellaneous Drug Therapy 126. Allometric Scaling 127. Reptile Formulary 128. Amphibian Formulary 129. Low Level LASER Therapy 130. Wound Management 131. Rehabilitation and Physical Therapy 132. Alternative and Complimentary Therapies
Section 12: Differential Diagnosis by Clinical Signs. 133. Snakes 134. Lizards 135. Chelonians 136. Crocodilians 137. Amphibians
Section 13: Specific Disease/ Case Summary. 138. Abscesses 139. Acariasis 140. Regurgitiation and Vomiting 141. Aural Abscess 142. Bites and Prey-Induced Trauma 143. Cloacal Prolapse 144. Cryptosporidiosis (Lizards) 145. Cryptosporidiosis (Snakes) 146. Urolithiasis (cystic calculi, cloacal uroliths) 147. Diarrhea 148. Digit Abnormalities 149. Dysecdysis 150. Dystocia 151. Gout 152. Hemoparasites 153. Hepatic Lipidosis 154. Herpesviruses of Tortoises 155. Hyperglycemia 156. Hyper and Hypovitaminosis A 157. Inclusion Body Disease 158. Secondary Nutritional Hyperparathyroidism 159. Neurologic Disorders 160. Paramyxoviruses 161. Periodontal Disease 162. Pneumonia 163. Pseudogout 164. Renal Disease 165. Shell Damage 166. Salmonellosis 167. Spinal Osteopathy 168. Tail Damage 169. Thermal Burns 170. Stomatitis 171. Scent Gland Adenitis 172. Mycoplasmosis and Upper Respiratory Tract Disease 173. Chytridiomycosis
Section 14: Population and Public Health. 174. Zoonoses and Public Health 175. Working With Free-Ranging Reptiles 176. Medical Management and Rehabilitation of Sea Turtles 177. Commercial Reptile Farming 178. Large Zoo and Private Collection Management 179. Breeders, Wholesale and Retail 180. Laboratory Reptile and Amphibian Management 181. Conservation Issues 182. Herpetofauna and Ecosystem Health
Section 15: Legal Topics. 183. International Legislation 184. European Legislation 185. US Federal Legislation 186. Forensics 187. Jurisprudence, Expert Reports, Testimony and Court Appearance.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019 - PrintStanley B. Prusiner.Contents:
Growing up
The beginning of an odyssey
A plethora of theories
The scrapie race
Dr. America and the trembling cannibals
The battle for tenure
What's in a name?
Lost in the Pacific fog
The amyloid story
Finding the gene
Jousting with the press
Deciphering human prion diseases
What's in a shape?
Turf battles
Mad cow and other prion strains
Stockholm
The third judgment of Paris
Epilogue : the quest for therapeutics. - DigitalKamel A. Abd-Elsalam, Mohamed A. Mohamed, Ram Prasad, editors.Summary: Recently, magnetic nanostructures have gained a remarkable interest for basic research and applied studies. Because of their low cost and ease of manufacture and modification, they have great potential for agricultural and environmental applications. The use of magnetic nanostructures has been proven in a wide range of fields including catalysis, biotechnology, biomedicine, magnetic resonance imaging, agriculture, biosensors, and removal of environmental pollutants, among others. This book includes 16 chapters of collected knowledge, discoveries, and applications in agriculture, soil remediation, and water treatment. It describes the role of nano-agriculture with regard to food security and discusses environmental and agricultural protection concerns. It further offers potential applications of magnetic nanomaterials in the agriculture and food sectors, such as the development of sensors, environment monitoring for wastewater treatment and the remediation of contaminated soils. Increasing crop yield through the use of nanopesticides or nanofertilizers and biosecurity using sensors for detecting pathogens along the entire food chain are discussed as well. This book also brings together various sources of expertise on different aspects magnetic nanostructure application in the agri-food sector and environment remediation. Magnetic nanostructures also have great potential in biotechnological processes, as they can be utilized as a carrier for enzymes during different biocatalytic transformations. Novel magnetic nanomaterials can be used for detection and separation of pesticides from environmental and biological samples. The excellent adsorption capacity of the modified magnetic nanoadsorbents together with other advantages such as reusability, easy separation, environmentally friendly composition, and freedom of interferences of alkaline earth metal ions make them suitable adsorbents for removal of heavy metal ions from environmental and industrial wastes. One of the most important environmental applications of magnetic nanostructures has been in the treatment of water, whether in the remediation of groundwater or through the magnetic separation and/or sensing of contaminants present in various aqueous systems. The integrated combination of these 16 chapters, written by experts with considerable experience in their area of research, provides a comprehensive overview on the synthesis, characterization, application, environmental processing, and agriculture of engineered magnetic nanostructures. Its comprehensive coverage discusses how nanostructure materials interact in plants as well as their potential and useful applications.
Contents:
Preface
Nanoparticles: Magnetism and applications
Bio-based synthesis of magnetic nanoparticles and their applications
Plant mediated synthesis, applications and challenges of magnetic nanostructures
Microbially synthesized biomagnetic nanomaterials
Nanotechnology and Nano-biotechnology for Environmental Remediation
Magnetic nanoparticles: a unique gene delivery system in plant science
Magnetic Nanoparticles: Eco-friendly Application in Biofuel Production
An overview of magnetic material: preparation and adsorption removal of heavy metals from waste water
Water Purification using Magnetic Nanomaterials: An Overview
Metal ferrites and their graphene-based nanocomposites: Synthesis, characterization and applications in wastewater treatment
Magnetic Nanostructures: Environmental and Agricultural Applications
Magnetic nanoparticles in plant protection: Promises and Risks
Application of magnetic nanoparticles for removal of pesticides from environmental samples prior to instrumental analysis
Iron-based nanomaterials: Effect on soil microbes and soil health
Magnetic nanoparticle interface and the antimicrobial propensity
Antimicrobial activity of magnetic nanoparticles
Index. - DigitalSudhakar K. Venkatesh, Richard L. Ehman, editors.Summary: This innovative book presents the development and clinical applications of magnetic resonance elastography (MRE), a new MRI-based imaging technology for quantitatively assessing the mechanical properties of tissue. Many disease processes cause profound changes in mechanical characteristics of tissue, but these changes can be completely invisible in examinations with conventional imaging technologies. MRE provides unique tissue information and powerful new diagnostic capabilities. The book begins with an accessible overview of the basic technology underlying MRE. Successive chapters provide coverage of the use of MRE to assess organ systems, including liver, skeletal muscle, brain, lungs, heart, breast, spleen, and kidney. The book is edited by Sudhakar Venkatesh, MD, a leader in the clinical use of this technology, and Richard Ehman, MD, the inventor of MRE. Magnetic Resonance Elastography is a valuable resource for radiologists, residents, fellows, technologists, hepatologists and scientists.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalRobert W. Brown, Yu-Chung N. Cheng, E. Mark Haacke, Michael R. Thompson, Ramesh Venkatesan.Digital Access Wiley 2014
- Digital/PrintDigital AccessPrint Access
- DigitalAlexandre Boutet, Andres M. Lozano, editors.Summary: This book describes the roles magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can play in deep brain stimulation (DBS). DBS therapeutically modulates aberrant neural circuits implicated in a broad range of neurological disorders. Following surgical insertion, an electrode placed into the desired brain target generates constant electricity, analogous to a cardiac pacemaker. Most commonly employed in movement disorders such as Parkinsons disease, dystonia, and tremor, DBS is also being investigated for use in psychiatric and cognitive disorders, including depression and Alzheimers disease. It is estimated that 200,000 patients have undergone DBS surgery worldwide. Imaging techniques, specifically MRI, have played key roles in the preoperative and postoperative aspects of DBS. This book focuses on the established as well as the innovative roles of MRI in DBS. MRI and DBS are first introduced from an historical perspective and a review of the clinical aspects of DBS is performed. Then, the preoperative and postoperative applications of MRI in DBS are covered. The crucial aspect of MRI safety in these patients is also discussed. Finally, possible upcoming MRI applications for patients with DBS are discussed in a future directions chapter. Chapters are written by experts from the University of Toronto, a world leader in the field of DBS, alongside international co-authors to ensure a thorough review of the topics. This is an ideal guide for both clinicians (neurosurgeons, neurologists, psychiatrists, and neuroradiologists) and researchers as well as trainees interested in neuroimaging for DBS.
- Digitaledited by Mrignayani Kotecha, Richard L. Magin, and Jeremy J. Mao.Contents:
1. Stem cell tissue engineering and regeneratvie medicine: role of imaging
2. Principles and applications of quantitative parametric MRI in tissue engineeering
3. High field sodium MRS/MRI: application to cartilage tissue engineering
4. SPIO-labeled cellular MRI in tissue engineering: a case study in growing valvular tissues
5. Magnetic resonance elastography applications in tissue engineering
6. Finite-element method in MR elastography: application in tissue engineering
7. In vivo EPR oxygen imaging: a case for tissue engineering
8. Tissue-engineered grafts for bone and meniscus regeneration and their assessment using MRI
9. MRI assessment of engineered cartilage tissue growth
10. Emerging techniques for tendon and ligament MRI
11. MRI of engineered dental and crandiofacial tissues
12. Osteochondral tissue engineering: noninvasive assessment of tissue regeneration
13. Advanced liver tissue engineering approaches and their measure of success using NMR/MRI
14. MRI of vascularized tissue-engineered organs
15. MRI tools for assessment of cardiovascular tissue engineering
16. Peripheral nerve tissue engineering and regeneration ovserved using MRI.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Scott W. Atlas.Contents:
Instrumentation : magnets, coils, and hardware
From image formation to image contrast : understanding contrast mechanisms, acquisition strategies, and artifacts
Contrast agents and relaxation effects
Disorders of brain development
Central nervous system manifestations of the phakomatoses
White matter diseases and inherited metabolic disorders
Epilepsy
Adult brain tumors
Pediatric brain tumors
Intracranial hemorrhage
Intracranial vascular malformations and aneurysms
Cerebral ischemia and infarction
Head trauma
Intracranial infection
Normal aging, dementia, and neurodegenerative disease
Skull base
The sella turcica and parasellar region
Eye and orbit
Congenital anomalies of the spine and spinal cord : embryology and malformations
Degenerative disease of the spine
Neoplastic disease of the spine and spinal cord
MRI of spinal trauma
Vascular disorders of the spine and spinal cord
Spinal infection and inflammatory disorders
MR angiography : techniques and clinical applications
MR of fetal brain and spine
Diffusion and diffusion tensor MR imaging : fundamentals
Perfusion magnetic resonance imaging
Psychiatric disorders
MR spectroscopy and the biochemical basis of neurologic disease
Functional MRI.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - Digitaledited by Marc-André Weber.Contents:
Part 1: Role of MRI in imaging the skeletal musculature: Value of Magnetic Resonance Imaging of the Skeletal Musculature from a clinical point of view
Correlation of skeletal muscle anatomical to MRI and US findings
Imaging the skeletal muscle {u2013} when to use MRI and when to use ultrasound
Part 2: Modern MRI techniques for assessment of the skeletal musculature: Whole-body MRI for evaluation of the entire skeletal system
Diffusion-weighted and diffusion-tensor imaging: Applications in skeletal muscles
Assessment of skeletal muscle perfusion using MRI (DCE, ASL, BOLD)
Skeletal muscle MR imaging beyond protons
MR spectroscopy and spectroscopic imaging for evaluation of skeletal muscle metabolism: Basics and applications in metabolic myopathies
Part 3: MRI in the diagnostic work-up of the skeletal musculature: MRI of muscle injuries, such as muscle strains
MRI in neurogenic myopathies and muscle denervation
MRI in muscle dystrophies and other myogenic myopathies
MRI in inflammatory myopathies and autoimmune-mediated myositis
MRI in muscular channelopathies and myotonias
MRI in muscle tumours and tumours of the muscle sheaths. - DigitalMichel Gagner, editor.Summary: The book encompasses the different concepts and designs using magnets for surgical purposes. It provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts. The text reviews new data about interventions in all medical and surgical fields. Written by experts in their fields, topics focus on endoluminal and laparoscopic operations, techniques from vascular and GI anastomosis. The book demonstrates the use of magnets to treat a variety of diseases such as reflux, back pain, and fecal incontinence. The reader will learn how to retract and gain exposure, dissect tissue planes, achieve hemostasis, and create anastomosis in a totally different way. Physical properties of external surface and internal magnets are discussed. The authors emphasize the importance of partnering with industry leaders to develop novel surgical tools. By harnessing the power of attraction, the energy and might of magnets, Magnetic Surgery serves as a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons and researchers in biomedical engineering interested in this form of energy and physical metal properties. In utilizing these properties, the book seeks to improve surgical outcomes of patients worldwide.
Contents:
Introduction : Ideas and People Leading to Successful Products for Patient Care Leading to Magnetic Surgery- Physical Properties, Toxicity, and Physiological Effects of Magnets
History of Magnets Used in Surgery
Magnetic Interventions for Gastro-Esophageal Reflux
Use of Magnets for Double-J Ureteral Stents
Magnets for Colorectal Anastomosis
Magnets for Fecal Incontinence
Magnets for Urinary Incontinence
The Use of Magnets in the Treatment of Congenital Disorders
Use of Magnets in Flexible Endoscopy
Magnetic Retraction for Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy and Other General Surgical Interventions
Magnetic Retraction for Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy and Other Bariatric Procedures
Magnetic Vascular Anastomosis
Laparoendoscopic Magnetic Gastrointestinal Anastomosis
Endoscopic Magnetic Bowel Anastomosis
Magnetic Compression Anastomosis and Magnetic Compression Revision for Stenosis
Use of Magnetically Controlled Growing Rod Implants for the Spine
Magnetic Anal Sphincter for Fecal Incontinence
Magnetic Satiety System: The Use of Magnets to Assist in Combating Obesity
Future / Research in Magnetic Surgery. - DigitalSelma Supek, Cheryl J. Aine, editors.Summary: This book surveys MEG basics and covers the latest methodological, empirical and clinical research. Includes tutorials on instrumentation, measurement, modeling and experimental design, discussion of open issues, future developments and new applications.
- Digital[editors] Michael J. Zinner, Stanley W. Ashley, O. Joe Hines.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2019
- DigitalYong-Ku Kim, editor.Summary: This book reviews all aspects of major depressive disorder (MDD), casting light on its neurobiological underpinnings and describing the most recent advances in management. The book is divided into four sections, the first of which discusses MDD from a network science perspective, highlighting the alterations in functional and structural connectivity and presenting insights achieved through resting state functional MRI and the development of neuroimaging-based biomarkers. The second section examines important diagnostic and neurobiological issues, while the third considers the currently available specific treatments for MDD, including biofeedback, neurofeedback, cognitive behavioral therapy, acceptance and commitment therapy, neuromodulation therapy, psychodynamic therapy, and complementary and alternative medicine. A concluding section is devoted to promising emerging treatments, from novel psychopharmacological therapies through to virtual reality treatment, immunotherapy, biomarker-guided tailored therapy, and more. Written by leading experts from across the world, the book will be an excellent source of information for both researchers and practitioners.
Contents:
Section I. Re-thinking depression from a network perspective
Chapter 1. Phenotype network and brain structural covariance network of major depression
Chapter 2. Task MRI-based functional brain network of major depression
Chapter 3. White matter-based structural brain network of major depression
Chapter 4. The application of a machine learning-based brain MRI approach in major depression
Chapter 5. Resting state functional MRI in major depression
Chapter 6. Development of neuroimaging-based biomarkers in depressive disorder
Section II. Current diagnostic and neurobiological issues
Chapter 7. Challenges and strategies for current classifications of depressive disorders: proposal for future diagnostic standards
Chapter 8. Epigenetics: a missing link between early life stress and depression
Chapter 9. Glia- neuron communications and gut-brain axis in depression
Chapter 10. Apoptosis and proliferation markers in major depression
Chapter 11. A load to find clinically useful biomarkers for depression
Chapter 12. Pharmacogenomic tests for diagnosis and treatment prediction in depression
Section III. Current specific treatments for depression
Chapter 13. Biofeedback and neurofeedback for depression: a critical review
Chapter 14. Cognitive behavioral therapy and mindfulness based cognitive therapy for depressive disorders
Chapter 15. Acceptance Commitment Therapy (ACT) for major depressive disorder
Chapter 16. Neurostimulation therapies in depressive disorders
Chapter 17. Ketamine in major depression : New rapid antidepressant
Chapter 18. Psychodynamic therapy in depressive disorders
Chapter 19. Well-being therapy in depressive disorders
Chapter 20. Complementary and alternative medicine in the treatments of depressive disorders
Chapter 21. Current psychopharmacology algorithm for major depressive disorder
Section IV. Promising future treatments for depression
Chapter 22. Novel psychopharmacology for depressive disorders
Chapter 23. Cannabinoid agents for depressive disorders
Chapter 24. Virtual Reality for the treatment of depressive disorders
Chapter 25. Epigenetic Therapy in depressive disorders
Chapter 26. Induced pluripotent stem (iPS) cells technology: potential therapeutic targets for depression
Chapter 27. Vaccination and immunotherapy for major depression
Chapter 28. Psychedelic Medicines in major depression: progress and future challenges
Chapter 29. Precision Psychiatry: Biomarker guided Tailored Therapy for Effective Treatment and Prevention in major depression. . - DigitalM.S. Swaminathan, S.L. Kochhar ; assisted by Monica Manchanda.Summary: This comprehensive text on flowering trees of tropical gardens discusses some new species of trees, including Adansonia digitata, Monodora myristica, Flacourtia montana, Balanites aegyptiaca, Bursera serrata, Commiphora wightii and Semecarpus anacardium. The text covers more than 200 of the most striking and widespread trees alongside closely related genera and species (both native and exotic) commonly encountered in the tropical climate. It includes more than 700 high resolution coloured photographs, depicting different facets including growth habit, morphological details of stem, leaves, flowers and fruits. The different tree species are organized according to Bentham and Hooker's system of classification of seed plants. The book discusses many aspects of trees including common and botanical names together with synonyms, taxonomic families, etymology (how trees have derived their names), phenology, their native place, geographical distribution, mythological notes, religious significance and economic importance. The text is useful for graduate students and academic researchers in the field of life sciences.
Contents:
Introduction; Western Himalayas; Eastern Himalayas; North West Dry Zone; Indo-Gangetic Plains; West Coast or Malabar Zone; Central Indian Region; Deccan Plateau; North Eastern Hills; Andaman and Nicobar Islands; Magnolia, Laurel Magnolia, Southern Magnolia, Bull Bay, Lily Tree; Golden Champa, Yellow Champa, Orange Champak, Fragrant Champak, Golden Champa; Sugar Apple, True Custard Apple, Sweet Sop; Climbing Ylang-Ylang, Tail Grape, Hari Champa; Indian Fir, Mast Tree, Cemetery TreeCham-Khirni; Calabash Nutmeg, Jamaican Nutmeg, African Nutmeg; Elephant Apple, Indian Dillenia, Chalta; Annatto Tree, Lipstick Tree or Urucu, Arnotto Tree; Yellow Silk Cotton Tree, Torchwood Tree, Buttercup Tree; The Sacred Barna, Garlic Pear, Caper Tree, Bengal Quince; Mountain Sweet Thorn; Sal Tree, Sakhua, Shala Tree; Changeable Rose, Changeable Hibiscus, Cotton Rose, Chinese Rose, Confederate Rose; Coast Cotton Tree, Yellow Mallow Tree, Corkwood, Lime Tree-leaved Hibiscus, Mahoe, Sea Hibiscus; Pula, Roxburgh's Kydia Portia Tree, Indian Tulip Tree, Umbrella Tree, Bhendi Tree or Paras PipalPhalsa; Jamaica Cherry, Singapore Cherry, West Indian Cherry, Capulin, Calabur Tree, Panama Cherry, Strawberry Cherry; Lignum-Vitae, Tree of Life, Gum Guaiacum, Poke Wood Tree; Alexandrian Laurel, Balltree, Beauty Leaf, Borneo-Mahogany, Mast Wood, Indian Laurel, Tamanu, Delo Oil Tree, Oil-nut-tree, Beach Touriga; Iron-wood Tree, Ceylon Ironwood, Indian Rose Chestnut; Baobab, Monkey-Bread Tree, Upside-Down Tree, African Calabash Tree; Red Silk Cotton Tree, Red Kapok; True Kapok, White Silk Cotton Tree, Silk Cotton Tree; Mexican Silk Cotton Tree, Floss-Silk TreeUtrasum Bead Tree, Rudraksh Tree, Blue Quandong, Blue Fig, Silver Quandong; Devil's Cotton; Bastard Cedar, Honey-Fruit Tree, Musket Tree, Pigeon-Wood, West Indian Elm; East Indian Screw Tree or Nut-leaved Screw Tree; Tree Antigonan, Guest Tree, Timanga Tree; Bonfire Tree, The Coloured Sterculia; Maple Twist, Muchkunda, Kanak Champa, Dinnerplate Tree; Buddha's Coconut, Narikel; Wild Almond, Poon Tree, Foetid Sterculia, Hill Coconut, Dung Tree; Indian Tragacanth, Gum Karaya, Indian Gum Tragacanth, Kateera Gum Hairy Sterculia, Elephant Rope Tree, Woolly Ordure TreeBael Tree, Golden Apple, Bilpatre or Vilva, Bengal Quince; Wood-Apple, Elephant-Apple; Orange Jasmine, Chinese Box, Satin Wood, Sumatra Box; Indian Frankincense Tree, Indian Olibanum or Salai Guggul, Frankincense Tree; Garuga, Grey Downy Balsam; Tree of Heaven, Maharuk, Mahanimb, Ullu; Desert Date, Egyptian Myrobalan, Soapberry Tree, Egyptian Balsam, Thorn Tree, Heglig Berries; Bitterwood, Surinam Bitterwood, Amargo, Bitter-ash; Bird's Eye Bush, Golden Champak; Neem Tree or Margosa TreeDigital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalYoshiaki Toyama, Atsushi Miyawaki, Masaya Nakamura, Masahiro Jinzaki, editors.Summary: This open access book describes marked advances in imaging technology that have enabled the visualization of phenomena in ways formerly believed to be completely impossible. These technologies have made major contributions to the elucidation of the pathology of diseases as well as to their diagnosis and therapy. The volume presents various studies from molecular imaging to clinical imaging. It also focuses on innovative, creative, advanced research that gives full play to imaging technology in the broad sense, while exploring cross-disciplinary areas in which individual research fields interact and pursuing the development of new techniques where they fuse together. The book is separated into three parts, the first of which addresses the topic of visualizing and controlling molecules for life. The second part is devoted to imaging of disease mechanisms, while the final part comprises studies on the application of imaging technologies to diagnosis and therapy. The book contains the proceedings of the 12th Uehara International Symposium 2017, "Make Life Visible" sponsored by the Uehara Memorial Foundation and held from June 12 to 14, 2017. It is written by leading scientists in the field and is an open access publication under a CC BY 4.0 license.
Contents:
Part 1: Visualizing and Controlling Molecules for Life
Chapter 1. Photoacoustic Tomography: Deep Tissue Imaging by Ultrasonically Beating Optical Diffusion
Chapter 2. Regulatory Mechanism of Neural Stem Cells Revealed by Optical Manipulation of Gene Expressions
Chapter 3. Eavesdropping on Biological Processes with Multi-Dimensional Molecular Imaging
Chapter 4. Apical microtubules define the function of epithelial cell sheets consisting of non-ciliated or multi-ciliated cells
Chapter 5. Illuminating the brain
Chapter 6. Optogenetic assemblies of cortical force-generating complexes during mitosis
Chapter 7. In vivo Imaging Probes with Tunable Chemical Switches
Chapter 8. Circuit-dependent striatal PKA and ERK signaling underlying action selection
Chapter 9. Electrophysiology, Unplugged: New Chemical Tools to Image Voltage
Chapter 10. Molecular dynamics revealed by single-molecule FRET measurement
Chapter 11. Comprehensive approaches using luminescence to studies of cellular functions
Part II: Imaging Disease Mechanisms
Chapter 12. Make Chronic Pain Visible
Chapter 13. Cortical plasticity after spinal cord injury using resting-state functional magnetic resonance imaging
Chapter 14. Multimodal Label-free imaging to assess compositional and morphological changes in cells during immune activation
Chapter 15. Investigating in vivo myocardial and coronary molecular pathophysiology in mice with X-ray radiation imaging approaches
Chapter 16. Visualizing the Immune Response to Infections
Chapter 17. Imaging Sleep and Wakefulness
Chapter 18. Abnormal local translation in dendrites impairs cognitive functions in neuropsychiatric disorders
Chapter 19. Imaging synapse formation and remodeling in vitro and in vivo
Part III: Imaging-based Diagnosis and Therapy
Chapter 20. How MRI makes the Brain Visible
Chapter 21. Intravital multiphoton imaging revealing cellular dynamics in vivo
Chapter 22. Theranostic Near Infrared Photoimmunotherapy for Cancer
Chapter 23. Novel and integrated imaging on Chronic Fatigue
Chapter 24. Novel fluorescent probes for rapid tumor imaging and fast glutathione dynamics
Chapter 25. Coronary Heart Disease Diagnosis: Engineering Triumphs, Economic Barriers
Chapter 26. Live imaging of the skin immune responses
Chapter 27. Development of a horizontal CT and its application to musculoskeletal disease
Chapter 28. The Future of Precision Health & Integrated Diagnostics
Chapter 29. Imaging and therapy against hypoxic tumors with 64Cu-ATSM. - PrintGrace Hawthorne ; design by Celia Leung.Summary: "A guide to imagining the undiscovered and transforming your ideas into reality, from Stanford University's d.school"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Essential mind tricks
Build your own matrix
Illusory boundaries
Synthesis and orginality
The curiosity cure
Clarity and context are power
Ideas versus execution
Proactivity rules
The ladder principle
Tension and momentum
Unmarked ways
Forget perfection. - Digital[edited by] Maureen Mackintosh, Geoffrey Banda, Paula Tibandebage, Watu Wamae.Contents:
Making medicines in Africa : an historical political economy overview / Geoffrey Banda, Samuel Wangwe, Maureen Mackintosh
Pharmaceuticals in Kenya : the evolution of technological capabilities / Roberto Simonetti, Norman Clark
Pharmaceutical manufacturing decline in Tanzania : how possible is a turnaround to growth? / Paula Tibandebage, Samuel Wangwe, Maureen Mackintosh
Bringing industrial and health policies closer : reviving pharmaceutical production in Ethiopia / Tsige Gebre-Mariam, Kedir Tahir, Solomon Gebre-Amanuel
South-south collaboration in pharmaceuticals : manufacturing antiretroviral medicines in Mozambique / Giuliano Russo, Lâicia de Oliveira
Can foreign firms promote local production of pharmaceuticals in Africa? / Sudip Chaudhuri
Raising the technological level : the scope for API, excipients, additives and biologicals manufacture in Africa / Joseph Fortunak, Skhumbuzo Ngozwana, Tsige Gebre-Mariam, Tiffany Ellison, Paul Watts
Health systems as industrial policy : building collaborative capabilities in the Tanzanian and Kenyan health sectors and their local suppliers / Maureen Mackintosh, Paula Tibandebage, Joan Kariuki Kungu, Mercy Karimi Njeru, Caroline Israel
The dissemination of local health innovations : political economy issues in Brazil / Erika Aragäao, Jane Mary Guimaräaes, Sebastiäao Loureiro
Healthy industries and unhealthy populations : lessons from Indian problem-solving / Smita Srinivas
Policies to control medicines prices : does the South African experience have lessons for other African countries? / Skhumbuzo Ngozwana
African pharmaceutical standards : the road to improvement and their role in technological capability upgrading / Geoffrey Banda, Julius Mugwagwa, Dinar Kale, Margareth Ndomondo-Sigonda
Innovative procurement for health and industrial development / Joanna Chataway, Geoffrey Banda, Gavin Cochrane and Catriona Manville
Industry associations and the changing politics of making medicines in South Africa / Theo Papaioannou, Andrew Watkins, Julius Mugwagwa, Dinar Kale
Finance and incentives to support the development of national pharmaceutical industries / Alastair West, Geoffrey Banda.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Printby Evan R. Ragland.Summary: "How did medical students become Galenic physicians in the early modern era? Making Physicians guides the reader through the ancient sources, textbooks, lecture halls, gardens, dissecting rooms, and patient bedsides in the early decades of an important medical school. Standard pedagogy combined book learning and hands-on experience. Professors and students embraced Galen's models for integrating reason and experience, and cultivated humanist scholarship and argumentation, which shaped their study of chymistry, medical botany, and clinical practice at patients' bedsides, in private homes and in the city hospital. Following Galen's emphasis on finding and treating the sick parts, professors correlated symptoms and the evidence from post-mortems to produce new pathological knowledge"-- Provided by publisher.
- Digitaledited by Karuna Datta, Deepak Shrivastava.Summary: "This is a practical and patient-complaint focused handbook, directed to motivate non-sleep experts and beginners in sleep medicine and technology. This book provides a basic review of the area of sleep, identifies some common patient presentations and illustrates the types of investigations that should be requested"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part 1: basics first
Basic physiology of sleep / Karuna Datta
Physiology of circadian rhythm / Karuna Datta
Physiological change during sleep / Karuna Datta
Respiratory physiology: simple science of CPAP and PAP devices explained / Deepak Shrivastava and Ajitpal Sethi
Part 2: what does one do if the patient complains of sleep problems?
Does the patient go to bed on time at night and can't sleep / Karuna Datta
Does the patient snore? Does the patient stop breathing at times during sleep? / Deepak Shrivastava and Richa Shrivastava
Does the patient have abnormal movements at night? / Deepak Shrivastava
Does the patient have pain, headaches, high blood pressure, diabetes, stroke, ventilation or cardiac disorders, or other problems? / Karuna Datta
Is there a complaint of depression, anxiety, stress, etc.? / Deepak Shrivastava
Is the patient a child? Is the patient pregnant? Other special cases / Deepak Shrivastava
Is the patient not sleeping on time? / Karuna Datta
Broad approaches to common case scenarios with complaints of sleep / Karuna Datta
Part 3: how do I investigate the patient? (assessment and monitoring)
Basic structure of sleep interview / Deepak Shrivastava and Richa Shrivastava
Questionnaires / Karuna Datta
Actigraphy: indications, procedural do's and don'ts, sample report / Karuna Datta and Thomas Joseph
Home sleep apnea testing / Deepak Shrivastava
Polysomnography I: detail with indications, hookup procedure, do's and don'ts / Karuna Datta
Polysomnography II: sample reports with explanation of various terminologies / Deepak Shrivastava
Part 4: what should I do now? (management)
Sleep hygiene principles and nonpharmacological interventions including light therapy / Karuna Datta
Identifying the need for counselling / Karuna Datta
Pharmacological agents used in various sleep disorders / Deepak Shrivastava
Simple positional devices, dental appliances / Deepak Shrivastava, Ajitpal Sethi, and Richa Shrivastava
Titration protocols, continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP), and other PAP devices / Deepak Shrivastava and Ajitpal Sethi
Part 5: self-assessment
Chapter-based assessment / Karuna Datta and Deepak Shrivastava. - Digitaledited by Ian J. Dempsey and Mark D. Miller.Summary: "This book covers key areas of orthopedic surgery having multiple anatomic sections like: the knee, hip, elbow, hand and wrist, foot and ankle, the pediatric patient, and the spine. Each section is subdivided into specific pathologic conditions eg, the knee section is divided into the major pathologies: the anterior cruciate ligament injuries, posterior cruciate ligament injuries, posterolateral corner injuries, medial-sided injuries, meniscal injuries, patellar instability and osteochondral injuries. As one dissects the anatomy of each topic in a bullet-formatted presentation the classic history, appropriate physical examination tests and pertinent imaging studies are presented, along with evaluation flowcharts, appropriate images (physical examination, radiographic, MRI, CT, and intraoperative findings). For those less familiar with musculoskeletal medicine, we have included algorithms, key references and original videos in each chapter to help the clinician focus on the appropriate areas. Finally, we have outlined what imaging should be obtained, how and when to order it, and how to interpret the results. Our goal was to create a stand-alone reference for all providers from the beginning medical student, technician, physician assistant, or resident to the most senior orthopedic surgeon who may need a quick refresher on the particulars of an examination that he does not routinely perform. We hope that it will be used to solve arguments in clinic and conference regarding the exact maneuvers involved for a particular examination and most importantly, we hope it improves the care that we offer our patients, leading to their correct diagnoses and, ultimately, their best treatment and outcome"--Provided by publisherDigital Access Ovid 2020
- PrintVignes, Henri.Contents:
Contents
1. Affections du tube digestif, avec la collaboration de G. Lauret et P. Olivier-Pallud
2. Affections du foie, du pancréas, maladies de la nutrition, parois abdominales, péritoine, avec la collaboration de G. Lauret, Jean Olivier et P. Olivier-Pallud
3. Affections de la peau, avec la collaboration de F. Hanoun et G. Vail
4. Afections des muqueuses génitales
5. Coeur, par H. Vignes et J. Dugas
6. Maladies des vaisseaux, avec la collaboration de J. Dugas
[7.] Eclampsie et eclampsime. - Digitaleditors, Giampietro Corradin, Howard Engers.Contents:
Malaria vaccine development : over 40 years of trials and tribulations / Giampietro Corradin & Howard Engers
Malaria vaccines : reflections on 40 years of basic research and translation applications / Giampietro Corradin
Challenges for the stakeholders / Howard Engers
Plasmodium vivax vaccine surrogate markers of protection : dawning of a new era / Mary R. Galinski, Rabindra M. Tirouvanziam & Alberto Moreno
Plasmodium vivax vaccine development in Colombia : advances and challenges / Myriam Arevalo-Herrera & Sócrates Herrera-Valencia
Progress towards development of a vaccine for Plasmodium vivax malaria / Ahmad Rushdi Shakri & Chetan E. Chitnis
Correlates of protection for Plasmodium falciparum malaria vaccine development : current knowledge and future research / James G. Beeson, Freya J.I. Fowkes, Linda Reiling, Faith H. Osier, Damien R. Drew & Graham V. Brown
Plasmodium falciparum RTS,S vaccines and future development / Tom Egwang
Plasmodium falciparum pre-erythrocytic vaccines : previous experience and the challenge of selecting new candidates / Thomas L. Richie & Joanne M. Lumsden
Plasmodium falciparum whole-parasite malaria vaccines / Else M. Bijker & Robert W. Sauerwein
Index. - PrintMarcela Fuentes.Summary: "A novel with alternating timelines in which the consequences of one old woman's questionable curse reverberate through the generations of a Tejano family"-- Provided by publisher. "In 1951, a mysterious old woman confronts Pilar Aguirre in the small border town of La Cienega, Texas. The old woman is sure Pilar stole her husband and, in a heated outburst, lays a curse on Pilar and her family. More than forty years later, Lulu Muñoz is dodging chaos at every turn: her troubled father's moods, his rules, her secret life as singer in a punk band, but most of all her upcoming quinceañera. When her beloved grandmother passes away, Lulu finds herself drawn to the glamorous stranger who crashed the funeral and who lives alone and shunned on the edge of town. Their unexpected kinship picks at the secrets of Lulu's family's past. As the quinceañera looms--and we move between these two strong, irascible female voices--one woman must make peace with the past, and one girl pushes to embrace her future. Rich with cinematic details--from dusty rodeos to the excitement of a Selena concert and the comfort of conjunto ballads played at family gatherings--this memorable debut is a love letter to the Tejano culture and community that sustain both of these women as they discover what family means." -- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalMarcela Fuentes.Summary: "A novel with alternating timelines in which the consequences of one old woman's questionable curse reverberate through the generations of a Tejano family"-- Provided by publisher. "In 1951, a mysterious old woman confronts Pilar Aguirre in the small border town of La Cienega, Texas. The old woman is sure Pilar stole her husband and, in a heated outburst, lays a curse on Pilar and her family. More than forty years later, Lulu Muñoz is dodging chaos at every turn: her troubled father's moods, his rules, her secret life as singer in a punk band, but most of all her upcoming quinceañera. When her beloved grandmother passes away, Lulu finds herself drawn to the glamorous stranger who crashed the funeral and who lives alone and shunned on the edge of town. Their unexpected kinship picks at the secrets of Lulu's family's past. As the quinceañera looms--and we move between these two strong, irascible female voices--one woman must make peace with the past, and one girl pushes to embrace her future. Rich with cinematic details--from dusty rodeos to the excitement of a Selena concert and the comfort of conjunto ballads played at family gatherings--this memorable debut is a love letter to the Tejano culture and community that sustain both of these women as they discover what family means." -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2024Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digital[edited by] Douglas S. SteinbrechDigital Access
- DigitalRalph M. Trüeb, Woo-Soo Lee.Summary: This monograph provides specialists and primary care physicians who are interested in hair with the practical know-how needed to achieve successful management of male alopecia. Guidance is first provided on the examination of hair loss in men, covering such aspects as clinical examination, the role of trichoscopy and the trichogram, laboratory work-up, and scalp biopsy. Diagnosis and treatment are then described in depth for a diverse range of conditions involving alopecia. Expert opinion is combined with the results of evidence-based medicine to provide the best current advice, highlighting the synergistic action of combination regimens and adjuvant treatments and explaining the concept of multitargeted treatment. All aspects of follow-up are covered, including compliance issues and expectation management. The role of hair care and cosmetics is also considered, with identification of potential adverse effects as well as benefits.
Contents:
Introduction
Examining Hair Loss in Men
Diagnosis and Treatment
Follow-Up
Patient Expectation Management
Hair Care and Cosmetics
Epilogue: Male Hair in the Bible. - Digitaledited by R. John Aitken, David Mortimer, Gabor T. Kovacs.Summary: "This chapter describes techniques for the preparation of human spermatozoa for assisted conception. Traditional swim-up techniques depend on the intrinsic motility of human spermatozoa and have been used as the basis for new microfluidics devices that exploit the capacity of these cells for chemotaxis, rheotaxis or thermotaxis. Unfortunately, such self-migration strategies tend to lose effectiveness with pathological samples exhibiting poor levels of motility and/or diminished counts. With such compromised starting material, active selection of spermatozoa can be achieved by exploiting differences between sperm populations in their density or charge. Density gradient centrifugation selects spermatozoa with minimal residual cytoplasm that are highly motile and have good morphology, even though the induction of sperm DNA damage in certain patients may be problematical. Alternatively, methodologies based on differences in sperm charge, appear to hold promise for the rapid, efficient isolation of highly motile human spermatozoa that consistently exhibit low levels of DNA damage"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Sperm Selection for ART Success Sperm Selection for ART Success / R. John Aitken
New Horizons in Male Subfertility and Infertility / Brett Nixon and Elizabeth G. Bromfield
Chromosome Abnormalities and the Infertile Male / Csilla Krausz and Viktoria Rosta
The Effect of Endocrine Disruptors and Environmental and Lifestyle Factors on the Sperm Epigenome / Viviane Santana, Albert Salas-Huetos, Emma R. James and Douglas T. Carrel
Lifestyle Factors and Sperm Quality / Ciara Wright
The Effect of Age on Male Fertility and the Health of Offspring / Allan Pacey and Sarah Martins da Silva
The Assessment and Role of Anti-Sperm Antibodies / Gary N. Clarke
FSH Treatment in Male Infertility / Csilla Krausz, Viktoria Rosta and Alberto Ferlin
Antioxidants to Improve Sperm Quality / Elena Martínez Holguín, Enrique Lledó García, Ángel Rebollo Román, Javier González
García, José Jara Rascón and Carlos Hernández Fernández
The History of Utilization of IVF For Male Factor Subfertility / Gabor T. Kovacs
The Case Against Intracytoplasmic Sperm Injection For All / David Mortimer and Sharon T. Mortimer
Perinatal Outcomes From IVF and ICSI / Michael Davies
Artificial Insemination With Partner's Sperm, For Male Subfertility / Willem Ombelet
Obstructive Azoospermia : Is There a Place For Microsurgical Testicular Sperm surgical Testicular Sperm Extraction / Ahmad Aboukhshaba, Russell P. Hayden and Peter N. Schlegel
Should Varicocele Be Operated On Before IVF? / Shannon H.K. Kim and Victoria Nisenblat
Donor Insemination -Past, Present and Future Perspectives / Christopher LR Barratt, Rachel Agnew and Eleanor Heighton
DNA Damage in Spermatozoa / Russell P. Hayden, Ahmad Aboukhshaba and Peter N. Schlegel
Prevention of Male Infertility : From Childhood to Adulthood / Alberto Ferlin.Digital Access Cambridge 2020 - DigitalIan Fentiman.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date review of the risk factors and genetics influencing the development of this rare disease. This volume presents clinical features and recent advances in histopathology and molecular profiling are analysed, providing a valuable aid to clinicians in tailoring treatment to both the patient and the tumour. Readers will find important insights into the most effective strategies for making or negating a diagnosis of male breast cancer. Within this timely volume, consideration is also given to the psychological needs of men with breast cancer alongside a discussion of the most effective support methods. The surgical management of the disease is examined, together with algorithms for local and systemic therapy. Owing to the problem of late diagnosis in male breast cancer, many men have advanced or disseminated disease at diagnosis and, as such, the evidence-based management of these cases is reviewed. This book will be of interest to breast surgeons, oncologists, breast radiologists, breast histopathologists and breast care nurses worldwide.
Contents:
Risk factors
Genetics
Clinical features
Histopathology
Molecular profile
Diagnosis
Psychosocial
Surgical treatment
Adjuvant treatment
Treatment of advanced disease
Prognosis
The future.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalStephen J. Winters, Ilpo T. Huhtaniemi, editors.Summary: Now in a revised second edition, this comprehensive text covers all aspects of male hypogonadism from the basic science to clinical management, comprehensively explaining and applying new insights to the treatment of hypogonadal men. Chapters covering neuroendocrine control of testicular function, Leydig cell function, spermatogenesis, and normal and delayed puberty open the book. The focus then turns to the pathophysiology and treatment of hypogonadism and other forms of testicular dysfunction, such as Klinefelter syndrome, cryptorchidism, and disorders of the pituitary, as well as reproductive and endocrine consequences of cancer treatment, environmental factors, obesity and aging. Next are chapters that describe the available options for androgen replacement therapy, and the outcomes when men with hypogonadism of various causes are treated with testosterone, as well as a chapter devoted to current approaches to stimulating spermatogenesis in gonadotropin-deficient men. < Highly practical and updated with the latest available data, this second edition of Male Hypogonadism: Basic, Clinical and Therapeutic Principles cogently presents a large body of scientific information on male reproductive endocrinology to provide a thorough understanding of the pathophysiology, clinical characteristics, and treatments for disorders that adversely affect testicular function.
Contents:
Neuroendocrine Control of Human Testicular Function
The Human Leydig Cell
Human Spermatogenesis and its Regulation
Normal and Delayed Puberty
Congenital Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism in Males: Clinical Features and Pathophysiology
Male Hypogonadism Resulting From Mutations in the Genes for the Gonadotropin Subunits and their Receptors
Hypogonadism in Males with Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
Male Hypogonadism Due to Disorders of the Pituitary and Suprasellar Region
Klinefelter Syndrome and Other Forms of Primary Testicular Failure
The Undescended Testis
Male Hypogonadism and Liver Disease
Male Hypogonadism Due to Cancer and Cancer Treatments
Exercise and Male Hypogonadism: Testosterone, the Hypothalamic-Pituitary- Testicular Axis, and Exercise Training
Environmental Causes of Testicular Dysfunction
Sex Hormone-binding Globulin and the Metabolic Syndrome
An Ensemble Perspective of Aging-Related Hypoandrogenemia in Men
Obesity and Aging in Late-onset Hypogonadism
Androgen Replacement Therapy in Hypogonadal Men
Androgen Therapy for Hypogonadism in Men with Chronic Illnesses
Stimulation of Spermatogenesis in Hypogonadotropic Men.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalKarthik Gunasekaran, N Pandiyan, editors.Summary: The book aims to bring into focus the current understanding of male reproduction and the pathological basis of failure to reproduce in men. Infertility in men is a common disorder. However, attempts at scientific study of male infertility are of very recent origin. Many questions about the physiology and pathophysiology of male reproduction are still not clear. The chapters are written by authorities in the field with great clinical experience. The primary focus would be on clinical perspective; however emphasis would also be placed on basic research and molecular biology. .
Contents:
Introduction
Anatomy
Physiology and endocrinology
Development
Clinical approach to male infertility
Semen analysis
Abnormal semen analysis
Sperm preparation techniques
Sperm freezing
Medical management of male infertility
Surgical management of male infertility
Counseling for male infertility
Ethics of treating infertility in men
Sexual dysfunction and male infertility
Genetics of male infertility
Sperm retrieval techniques
Male infertility and ART
Imaging in male infertility.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalStefan S. du Plessis, Ashok Agarwal, Edmund S. Sabanegh, Jr, editors.
- DigitalSijo J. Parekattil, Sandro C. Esteves, Ashok Agarwal, editors.Summary: A groundbreaking contribution to the literature now in its revised and expanded second edition, this textbook offers a comprehensive review of diagnostic and treatment techniques for male infertility. This state-of-the-art, evidence-based textbook incorporates new multidisciplinary and complementary medicine approaches to create a first-of-its-kind guide to treatment strategies for male infertility and beyond. While this new edition is primarily designed as a reference for students and residents in reproductive medicine and andrology, it will be equally useful as well for professionals in urology, reproductive endocrinology, embryology, and research fields who are interested in the role that antioxidants play in male infertility. World-renowned experts in these areas have been selected to participate in this work. Careful selection of the highest quality content will span the whole range of topics in the area of male infertility, providing a complete review of well-established and current diagnostic and treatment techniques for male infertility. The incorporation of 20 new chapters will enhance the books appeal by including the most recent advances brought to the male infertility arena. Additionally, this edition incorporates new features, including bulleted key points, review criteria and select video clips demonstrating some of the most fascinating male infertility treatment modalities. A dedicated new section on current guidelines on male infertility will enlighten readers on how to most optimally manage male infertility clinical scenarios. Covering all aspects of diagnosis and management, ART, lifestyle factors and associated conditions for male infertility, Male Infertility: Contemporary Clinical Approaches, Andrology, ART and Antioxidants will be a readily accessible, high quality reference for medical students and residents, and will be of significant value to professionals working in the various fields treating this condition as well.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
About the Editors
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Male Infertility Diagnosis and Management
1: Causes of Male Infertility
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Causes of Male Infertility
1.2.1 Pre-testicular
1.2.1.1 Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism
1.2.1.2 Elevated Prolactin
1.2.1.3 Pharmacologic
1.2.1.4 Idiopathic Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism and Kallmann Syndrome
1.2.1.5 Testicular
Varicocele
Cryptorchidism
Testicular Cancer
1.2.1.6 Ionizing Radiation
1.2.1.7 Chemotherapy
1.2.1.8 Genetic Azoospermia/Oligospermia 1.2.1.9 Lifestyle Factors
1.2.1.10 Testicular Injury
1.2.1.11 Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia
1.2.1.12 Antisperm Antibodies
1.2.2 Post-testicular
1.2.2.1 Absence of the Vas Deferens
1.2.2.2 Young's Syndrome
1.2.2.3 EjDO/Seminal Vesicle Dysfunction
1.2.2.4 Nerve Injury
1.2.2.5 Medications
1.2.2.6 Coital
1.3 Conclusion
1.4 Review Criteria
References
Notable Suggested Readings from the Last 5 Years
2: Epidemiologic Considerations in Male Infertility
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Epidemiology of Infertility 2.2.1 Incidence and Prevalence of Infertility in Developed Countries
2.2.2 Infertility in the Developing World
2.2.3 Reproduction-a Matter of Chance: The Natural History of Infertility
2.3 Diagnostic Accuracy and Utility of Semen Studies
2.3.1 Relationship Between Semen Parameters and Male Infertility
2.3.2 Do Semen Parameters Prospectively Predict Fertility and Assisted Reproductive Technique Outcomes?
2.3.3 Novel Assays for Diagnosis of Male Infertility
2.4 Are Sperm Counts Declining?
2.5 Health-Care Resource Utilization for Male Infertility 2.5.1 Office Visits and Ambulatory Surgery Cases
2.5.2 Assisted Reproductive Technology
2.5.3 Cost of Treatment for Male Infertility
2.6 Cost Analysis Models for Management of Male Infertility
2.7 Conclusion
2.8 Review Criteria
References
3: Laboratory Evidence for Male Infertility
3.1 Introduction
3.2 WHO Guidelines for Assessment of Semen Specimen
3.3 Laboratory Evaluation of Male Factor Infertility
3.3.1 Basic Semen Analysis
3.3.1.1 Collection
3.3.1.2 Volume
3.3.1.3 Liquefaction and Viscosity
3.3.1.4 pH [normal > 7.2] 3.3.1.5 Concentration
3.3.1.6 Motility
3.3.1.7 Morphology
3.3.1.8 Agglutination
3.3.1.9 Leukocytospermia
3.4 Retrograde or Post-Ejaculatory Urinalysis (PEUA)
3.5 Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) Testing
3.6 Acrosome Reaction Testing
3.7 Antisperm Antibody (ASA) Testing
3.8 Sperm Viability Testing
3.9 Advanced Semen Testing
3.9.1 Sperm DNA Fragmentation (SDF)
3.9.2 Sperm Chromatin Structure Assay (SCSA)
3.9.3 Terminal Deoxynucleotidyl Transferase dUTP Nick End Labeling (TUNEL)
3.9.4 Single-Cell Gel Electrophoresis Assay (Comet)Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalAshok Agarwal, Florence Boitrelle, Panagiotis Drakopoulos, Hassan Nooman Sallam, Ramadan Saleh.Summary: Despite the fact that about half of infertility problems stem from male factors, gynecologists are often the first health care providers to perform the initial assessment of the infertile couple. For this reason, it is critical that gynecologists and reproductive medicine specialists remain up to date on the primary conditions that cause male infertility, as well as current diagnostic tools and treatment options of both natural and assisted conception. From diagnosis through treatment, Male Infertility: Management of Infertile Men in Reproductive Medicine offers expert, straightforward guidance on the pathophysiology and management of male infertility for clinicians who assist couples early in the process of trying to conceive.
Contents:
Definition, epidemiology, and implications of male infertility
Causes of male infertility
Diagnosis of male infertility
Medical treatment of male infertility
Surgical treatment of male infertility
Assisted reproduction
Clinical practice guidelines for male infertility
Insights into the future of male infertility.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitaledited by Steven A. Kaplan, Kevin T. McVary.Contents:
Etiology and pathogenesis / Robert H. Getzenberg and Prakash Kulkarni
Lower urinary tract symptoms and benign prostatic hyperplasia : epidemiology, correlates, and risk factors / Raymond C. Rosen and Benjamin N. Breyer
Clinical assessment and diagnosis of lower urinary tract dysfunction (LUTD) : United States / Christopher P. Filson and John T. Wei
Clinical assessment and diagnosis of LUTS/BPH : Europe / Stavros Gravas and Jean J.M.C.H. de la Rosette
Clinical assessment and diagnosis of LUTS/BPH : primary care / Matt T. Rosenberg, John Riley, and Marty M. Miner
Watchful waiting / Reginald Bruskewitz
Alpha-adrenergic antagonists for lower urinary symptoms secondary to benign prostatic hyperplasia / Nathaly Francois, Raunak D. Patel, Kevin T. McVary
5-Alpha reductase inhibitors (5-ARIs) / Claudius, Füllhase, and Roberto Soler
Anti-muscarinics / Nadir I. Osman and Christopher R. Chapple
The use of PDE-5 inhibitors in the treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms due to benign prostatic hyperplasia / Casey Lythgoe and Kevin T. McVary
Combination medical therapy for male LUTS / Claus G. Roehrborn
Complementary therapy / Aaron E Katz and Anne Darves-Bornoz
Open simple prostatectomy / Annika Herlemann, Matthias Oelke, and Christian Gratzke
Minimally invasive therapies / Mauro Gacci, Matteo Salvi, and Arcangelo Sebastianelli
Holmium laser therapy / Peter Gilling
Greenlight laser therapy / Alexis E. Te and Bilal Chughtai
Monopolar and bipolar transurethral resection of the prostate / Aaron M. Bernie and Richard Lee.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalChristopher R. Chapple, Andrea Tubaro, editors.Summary: Male LUTS/BPH Made Easy is an up-to-date comprehensive reference on the management of Lower Urinary Tract Symptoms (LUTS) due to Benign Prostatic Enlargement (BPE), which incorporates all of the key issues in the field of management of male lower urinary tract symptoms and benign prostatic disease. Male LUTS/BPH Made Easy aims to update the reader on the most current treatments and assist in clinical decision making based on the latest evidence.
Contents:
1. History of LUTS/BPO and Evolution of Concepts and Terminology
2. Epidemiology and Pathophysiology of LUTS/BPO
3. Assessing LUTS/BPO: What Is The Evidence?
4. Treatment Algorithms: When to Treat and Whom?
5.?Medical Treatment of LUTS/BPH
6. Open Prostatectomy and Standard Endosurgery
7. Surgical Treatment: Lasers and Techniques
8. Emerging Treatments of BPH
9. Managing the Complex/Difficult Cases. - DigitalMale Osteoporosis : Gender Differences in Pathophysiology, Clinical Aspects, Diagnosis and TreatmentAlberto Ferlin, Silvia Migliaccio, editors.Summary: This book represents a comprehensive, clinically oriented text covering all aspects of male osteoporosis, from the basic concepts of bone physiology and regulation of bone remodeling in men, the causes and pathophysiological mechanisms responsible for the most frequent causes of osteoporosis, to diagnostic and screening protocols, as well as prevention and treatment approaches. It offers a broad overview of male osteoporosis by specialists involved in research and clinical practice and discusses the practical issues encountered. Filling a gap in the literature, this volume is a valuable resource for general practitioners, clinical endocrinologists, geriatricians and experts in osteoporosis. .
Contents:
Preface
Introduction
Introductory remarks: Gender differences in osteoporosis: from research to treatment
Anatomy and histology of male skeletal tissue: gender differences
Physiology of bone mass acquisition and pathophysiology of bone mass loss: gender differences Epidemiology of male osteoporosis and fractures
Economic and social impact of male osteoporosis and fractures
Diagnosis of osteoporosis and fracture risk assessment: gender differences (anamnesis, algorithms, blood tests, DXA)
Male osteoporosis and imaging (QUS, CT, RM, xray)
Causes and pathophysiology of osteoporosis in men: Introduction: causes and risk factors for male osteoporosis
Genetics of osteoporosis: gender differences
Aging and bone loss
Androgens and bone
Estrogens and male osteoporosis
Vitamin D and male osteoporosis
Testicular function and skeletal alterations
Endocrinological causes of male osteoporosis
Osteoporosis in Klinefelter syndrome
Nutritional disturbances and osteoporosis during puberty (anorexia, bulimia)
Lifestyle and osteoporosis risk in men (physical activity, diet, alcohol abuse)
Drug induced male osteoporosis
Obesity and male osteoporosis: protective factor?
HIV and osteoporosis
Cardiovascular risk and osteoporosis: is there a link?
Osteoporosis and hormonal therapy in prostate cancer
Doping and skeletal alterations
Sarcopenia-osteoporosis: the fragile man
Prevention, screening and treatment: Prevention of male osteoporosis in the different ages
Screening foroporosis in men: critical summary of international guidelines
Androgen therapy
Vitamin D supplementation
Pharmacological therapy
Femur fragility fracture in men and surgical therapy risks
Rehabilitation therapy after surgery in osteoporotic patients
Future research and clinical issues. - Digital/PrintRichard Bronson editor.Summary: Novel topics compiled in this one-of-a-kind volume provide tantalizing hints for clinical application through future translational research. Only recently have we come to ask what role the male might play in pregnancy loss and embryo implantation failure, beyond contributing an abnormal set of paternal chromosomes at fertilization. This volume explores the recent evidence that these conditions might also be related to the transmission of previously unrecognized chromosomal micro-deletions and duplications, or via the epigenetic dysregulation of early embryonic gene function by spermatozoal microRNAs or alterations in sperm DNA methylation patterning, or by DNA damage secondary to either reactive oxygen species or environmental toxicants. In addition, the composition of seminal plasma has been found to be highly complex, containing many factors that play important roles in altering the uterine environment and the female immune system permissive of embryo implantation and trophectoderm outgrowth leading to successful pregnancy. Coverage includes an examination of both spermatozoa and seminal fluid component factors.
Contents:
Preface
Meiotic Non-disjunction
Insights into the Origin and Significance of Aneuploidy in Human Spermatozoa
Damage to Sperm DNA Mediated by Reactive Oxygen Species: Its Impact on Human Reproduction and the Health Trajectory of Offspring
Small RNAs: Their Possible Roles in Reproductive Failure
The Sperm Epigenome, Male Aging and Potential Effects on the Embryo
The Role of Uterine NK Cells in Normal Reproduction and Reproductive Disorders
Seminal fluid Signaling in the Female Reproductive Tract: Implications for Reproductive Success and Offspring Health
Role of Seminal Plasma in Human Female Reproductive Failure: Immunomodulation, Inflammation and Infections
Human Leukocyte Antigen-G Within the Male Reproductive System
Implications for Reproduction
Prostasomes
Their Characterization: Implications for Human Reproduction
The Paternal Contribution to Fetal Tolerance
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGiulio Del Popolo, Donatella Pistolesi, Vincenzo Li Marzi, editors.Summary: This book aims to offer a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of male stress urinary incontinence that will serve as a useful tool and reference for urologists, andrologists, physiotherapists, general practitioners, and nurses. Detailed information is provided on diagnostic workup, including clinical assessment and the role of urodynamic evaluations and other instrumental examinations, and on the full range of potential treatments, from conservative and pharmacological interventions to surgical options. In addition to careful descriptions of the surgical procedures themselves, clear advice is given on the management of iatrogenic complications of incontinence surgery. Helpful treatment algorithms and recommendations offer further practical support. Relevant background knowledge is provided in expert reviews of topics such as the functional anatomy of the male pelvis and the pathophysiology, epidemiology, and classification of male urinary incontinence.
Contents:
Morphological and functional anatomy of male pelvis
Continence physiology and male stress incontinence pathophysiology.- Incontinence definition and classification
From many type of surgical damage (open/endoscopic/laparoscopic/robot assisted surgery) to different treatments
Diagnostic workup
Treatment algorithm and recommendations
Rehabilitative and pharmacological treatment
Surgical treatment
Surgery complications and their management.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalVinayak K. Prasad.Summary: "In this critical study of current cancer therapies, Dr. Prasad, an oncologist and hematologist, examines oncology practice and policy in the United States. His book is organized into four sections: (1) an overview of cancer drugs, (2) forces that distort cancer medicine and practice, (3) details about cancer research and practice, (4) recommended solutions on multiple levels (policy, practitioners, medical education, and pharmacology)"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Basics of Cancer Drugs : Cost, Benefit, Value
Surrogate Endpoints in Cancer : What Are They and Where Are They Used?
Use and Misuse of Surrogates for Drug Approvals
How High Prices Harm Patients and Society
Hype, Spin, and the Unbridled Enthusiasm That Distorts Cancer Medicine
Financial Conflict of Interest
The Harms of Financial Conflicts and How to Rehabilitate Medicine
Will Precision Oncology Save Us?
Study Design
Principles of Oncology Practice
Important Trials in Oncology
Global Oncology
How Should Cancer Drug Development Proceed?
What Can the US Food and Drug Administration and the Centers for Medicare and
Medicaid Services Do Tomorrow?
What Can People with Cancer Do?
What Can Students, Residents, and Fellows Do?Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020 - DigitalJennifer Moliterno Gunel, Joseph M Piepmeier, Joachim M. Baehring, editors.Summary: This text addresses all aspects of patient evaluation and care. This includes new findings in imaging that provide a better understanding of the extent of the lesion as well as its relationship with critical neuroanatomic function. The evolution of intraoperative imaging, functional brain mapping,and technology to identify tumor from brain is covered. This has significantly improved the ability of surgeons to more safely and aggressively remove tumors.More importantly, a better understanding of tumor biology and genomics has created an opportunity to significantly revise tumor classification and better select optimal therapy for individual patients. The text covers novel and innovative treatment options including immunotherapy, tumor vaccines, antiangiogenic agents,and personalized cancer treatment. In addition, novel agent delivery techniques are covered to offer the potential for increasing the effectiveness of treatment by delivering active agents directly where they are needed most. Malignant Brain Tumors: State-of-the-Art Treatment provides a comprehensive overview of treatment for malignant gliomas, and will prove useful by updating physicians on new therapeutic paradigms and what is on the horizon for the near future. This text will be informative for surgeons, oncologists, neurologists, residents and students who treat these patients,as well as those who are training for a career in managing patients with these challenging tumors. .Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalMikhail V. Kiselevskiy, Amir G. Abdulaev, Mikhail M. Davydov, editors.Summary: This book covers different aspects of the rare neoplasms - malignant mesothelioma and pseudomyxoma peritonei. The monograph includes up-to-date information on etiology, pathogenesis and diagnostics of malignant mesothelioma and pseudomyxoma peritonei, as well as detailed description of surgical and combined treatment of patients with these diseases. The book comprises a large illustrative material presented by schemes and original micrographs that represent pathological and immunohistochemical specific features of these malignancies, demonstrate the stages of surgical operations and hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemotherapy, and show the results of experimental studies. The book includes validated discussion on etiology and pathogenesis of malignant mesothelioma and pseudomyxoma peritonei, differential diagnosis and treatment of these diseases. The scope is really extensive and involves, for instance, a description of the technique of cytoreductive surgeries and regimens of intraperitoneal hyperthermic chemoperfusion, whereas a particular section discusses experimental ground for optimal regimens of hyperthermia, local chemotherapy and adoptive immunotherapy by cytokine induced killers. The final section presents the most recent data about perspective approaches for immunotherapy of malignant mesothelioma and pseudomyxoma peritonei with cell based technologies and target drugs including inhibitors of immune checkpoints. The co-authors of the book are leading specialists in this area, surgeons and scientists who present the results of their research along with the analysis of the state-of-the-art of this problem. The book is designed for a wide audience of students and professors of medical universities and schools, specialists of research and diagnostic centers, practical oncologists and immunologists, as well as doctors of different medical areas. .
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Mesothelioma and Pseudomyxoma peritonei: Incidence, Etiology, Diagnosis; 1.1 Pseudomyxoma peritonei; 1.1.1 Immuno-pathologic and Molecular-Genetic Diagnosis of Pseudomyxoma peritonei; 1.2 Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1.2.1 Etiology and Pathogenesis of Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1.2.2 Immuno-pathologic and Molecular-Genetic Diagnostics of Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 1.2.3 Differential Diagnosis of Peritoneal Mesothelioma by Molecular Methods; 1.3 Conclusion; References
Chapter 2: Pathology of Selected Primary and Metastatic Tumors of Peritoneum2.1 Primary Mesothelial Lesions of the Peritoneum; 2.1.1 Pathobiology of Mesothelial Tumor and Tumor-Like Lesions of the Peritoneum; 2.1.1.1 Adenomatoid Tumor; 2.1.1.2 Well-Differentiated Papillary Mesothelioma; 2.1.1.3 Diffuse Malignant Mesothelioma; 2.1.1.4 Prognostic Parameters of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma.; 2.2 Non-neoplastic Mesothelial Lesions; 2.2.1 Reactive Mesothelial Hyperplasia; 2.2.2 Multicystic Mesothelioma; 2.3 Selected Metastatic Peritoneal Lesions; 2.3.1 Peritoneal Pseudomyxoma; References
Chapter 3: Up to Date Approaches to Treatment of Patients with Pseudomyxoma Peritonei and Peritoneal Mesothelioma3.1 Patient Examination; 3.1.1 Assessment of Functional Status; 3.2 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy; 3.3 Cytoreductive Surgery; 3.3.1 Complications of Surgical Treatment; 3.4 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy; 3.4.1 Parameters of HIPEC; 3.4.2 Chemotherapy Drugs for Intraperitoneal Infusion; 3.5 Combined Treatment of Patients with Pseudomixoma Peritonei; 3.6 Combined Treatment of Patients with Peritoneal Mesothelioma; 3.7 Prognostic Factors for Peritoneal Pseudomyxoma and Mesothelioma 3.8 Complications of Combined Treatment - Cytoreductive Surgery, Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy3.9 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Standardizing of Mesothelioma and Pseudomyxoma Care; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Histological Aspects; 4.1.2 Patient Selection; 4.1.3 Perioperative Oncological Management; 4.1.4 Technical Aspects; 4.1.5 Right Colectomy During CRS-HIPEC Procedures; 4.1.6 Perforated Mucocele: What to Do?; 4.1.7 Mesothelioma Peritoneal; 4.1.7.1 General Aspects; 4.1.7.2 Treatment; 4.1.8 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy Schedules for DMPM and PMP; 4.2 Conclusions; References
Chapter 5: Experimental Basis for Optimal Regimnes of Hyperthermic Peritoneal Chemotherapy5.1 Impact of Hyperthermia on Physiological Activity of Tumor and Non-Transformed Cells In Vitro; 5.2 Impact of Hyperthermia on Proliferative Activity of Tumor Cells In Vivo; 5.3 Effects of Anticancer Drugs and Their Combination with Hyperthermia on the Viability of Tumor Cells In Vitro; 5.4 Effect of Hyperthermia on the Effectors of Antitumor Immunity; 5.5 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 6: Immunotherapy of Malignant Peritoneal Mesothelioma and Pseudomyxoma Peritonei; 6.1 Adoptive Immunotherapy - DigitalTimothy P. Cripe, Nicholas D. Yeager, editors.Contents:
Signs and symptoms
Diagnostic Studies of Pediatric Bone Tumors: Pathology and Imaging
Basic Principles of Biopsy
The evaluation of lung nodules in pediatric bone tumors
Fertility Preservation and Reproductive Health in Pediatric Bone Tumor Patients
Chemotherapy Regimens for Patients with Newly Diagnosed Malignant Bone Tumors
Radiation Management
Histologic Response and Biologic Markers
Surgical Approach: Limb Salvage Versus Amputation
Rehabilitation following Orthopaedic Surgery in Children with Bone Tumors
Patient Navigation of the Pediatric Bone Tumor Patient Across the Continuum of Care
Psychosocial Effects of Pediatric Bone Tumors and Recommendations for Supportive Care
Post-therapy surveillance of bone tumors
Recurrent Bone Tumors
Novel Therapies on the Horizon
Survivorship.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalTakashi Nakano, Takashi Kijim, editors.Summary: This book provides essential information on recent advances in molecular genetics, epidemiology, translational research, and the latest results of clinical trials on mesothelioma. Significant progress has been made in understanding mesothelioma biology, and in developing new therapies for this refractory tumor, malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM). Not only does this volume summarize the latest research-based data on the disease; it also shares insights into future research directions. The book consists of 5 themed sections on: epidemiology, pathogenesis, screening and early detection, molecular genetics, and clinical aspects and management. Several chapters focus on new trends in the field, e.g. immune therapy and identification of biomarkers, molecular oncogenesis including genetic susceptibility, and molecular diagnostic pathology. The book also highlights new cancer treatment approaches, such as immunotherapy based on immune checkpoint inhibitors, which has meant a paradigm shift in other types of cancer, and given some hope to MPM patients. In turn, it discusses recent molecular pathological studies on mesothelioma, which claim to offer more accurate classifications than traditional morphology and immunohistochemistry-based approaches. All of these cutting-edge analyses provide the basis for a closing discussion on future developments and research directions. Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma -- Advances in Pathogenesis, Diagnosis, and Treatments has been edited and authored by respected researchers and will be of interest to medical, surgical and radiation oncologists; pulmonologists; pathologists and basic researchers alike. Since the disease represents a significant diagnostic and therapeutic challenge, scientists and clinicians from learners to experts, as well as fellows in training in these subspecialties, will value this book.
Contents:
Part I Epidemiology
1. Recent Trends in the Global Incidence of Mesothelioma: What is the Relationship with an Asbestos Ban?
Part II Pathogenesis
2. Asbestos and mesothelioma: What is recent advance in research on asbestos-induced molecular carcinogenesis?
3. Asbestos fiber and immunological effects: Do immunological effects play any role in asbestos-related diseases?
4. Biomolecular pathways in mesothelioma: What is new perspective on biomolecular research for mesothelioma?
Part III Screening and early detection
5. Biomarkers for mesothelioma screening: How can we identify subjects developing mesothelioma in asbestos-exposed high-risk group?
6. Pleural Plaques as a predictive imaging marker for cancer screening in asbestos-exposed subjects: Can pleural plaques be a tool beyond estimating past asbestos inhalation?
Part IV Pathology
7. Anatomical structure of the pleura and mesothelial cells: What are the characteristic features?
8. Histologic classification of tumors of the pleura: Advances after WHO 2015 classification
9. Pathology of mesothelioma, subtypes and rare variants: What is the role of immunohistochemical markers in differential diagnosis?
10. Cytopathologic diagnosis of mesothelioma: Can we diagnose mesothelioma based on fluid cytological materials without biopsy?
11. Circulating tumor cells in malignant pleural mesothelioma: What is the role of liquid biopsy in clinical practice of malignant pleural mesothelioma?
Part V Molecular Genetics
12. Recent advances on the pathogenesis of mesothelioma in genetics and genomics: What are novel insights into mesothelioma biology?
13. Genetic predisposition to mesothelioma: What are the biological mechanisms and what are the clinical characteristics of these mesotheliomas?
14. Frequent NF2 inactivation in mesothelioma: How can we treat mesothelioma with targeted therapies for molecular aberrations?
Part VI Clinical Features and Management
15. Use of Tunneled Catheters versus Pleurodesis for Mesothelioma: When should we use one or the other, or both?
16. Advanced minimally invasive approach with medical thoracoscopy for mesothelioma: What are the roles in diagnosis?
17. Imaging evaluation of local tumor growth in malignant pleural mesothelioma: What is the role of imaging modalities in curative intent surgery for mesothelioma?
18. 18F-Fluorodeoxyglucose positron emission tomography/computed tomography in malignant pleural mesothelioma: What is the role in mesothelioma detection and treatment response assessment?
19. Palliation in malignant pleural mesothelioma: How to manage clinical symptoms in mesothelioma
20. Supportive care for advanced mesothelioma: What is the role of mesothelioma nurses in clinical practice?
Part VII Treatment; Current standard and future perspective
21. Antiangiogenic therapies for mesothelioma: What is the role in mesothelioma treatment?
22. Systemic chemotherapy for unresectable pleural mesothelioma from frontline to salvage treatment : How can we treat the patients failed to PD-1/PD-L1 inhibitors?
23. Biomarkers for Immune checkpoint inhibitors in mesothelioma: What are the roles of biomarkers for optimal immune therapy?
24. Promising investigational new drugs for mesothelioma: What is the next stage of the treatment for advanced mesothelioma?
25. Viral immune therapy and other virotherapies for advanced mesothelioma: Are we ready for clinical trials of viral immune therapy?
Part VIII Radiotherapy
26. Impact of Radiation Therapy on Malignant Mesothelioma: Are we ready for use in clinical practice, combined with surgery or alone?
Part IX. Surgical Intervention; Current status and future perspectives
27. TNM classification and the role of curative intent surgery for mesothelioma: Is the debate on extra-pleural pneumonectomy versus lung-sparing macroscopic resection over?
28. Surgery and adjuvant or neoadjuvant setting of radiotherapy: What is the role of radiotherapy in combination with lung-sparing surgery?
29. Loco-regional treatment with surgical intervention in mesothelioma: What is the role of enhancing local control approaches?. - DigitalGerald Young.Summary: This book is a comprehensive analysis of the definitions, concepts, and recent research on malingering, feigning, and other response biases in psychological injury/ forensic disability populations. It presents a new model of malingering and related biases, and develops a "diagnostic" system based on it that is applicable to PTSD, chronic pain, and TBI. Included are suggestions for effective practice and future research based on the literature reviews and the new systems, which are useful also because they can be used readily by psychiatrists as much as psychologists.
Contents:
Monograph Part A: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Law, Assessment
Section I: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Definitions, Gold Standards, Models
1. Introduction: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, and Law
2. Malingering: Definitional and Conceptual Ambiguities and Prevalence or Base Rates
3. Toward a Gold Standard in Malingering and Related Determinations
4. The MMPI-2-RF Personality Inventory in Psychological Injury Cases
5. New Models of Malingering and Related Biases, Presentations, and Performances
6. Diagnostic System for Malingered PTSD and Related Response Biases: Details in Tabular Format
Section II: Malingering Detection, Law, Causality
7. Deconstructing Favorable and Unfavorable Malingering-Attribution Perspectives
8. Other Contrasting Approaches to Malingering Detection
9. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Controversies, Diagnosis, and Malingering
10. Psychological Injury: Law and Causality
11. Leading the Field in Understanding and Testing Malingering and Related Response Styles: The Work of Richard Rogers
Section III: Psychological Injury, Assessment, Most Recent Literature
12. Assessing Psychological Injuries and Malingering: Evaluator Considerations
13. Assessing Psychological and Malingering: PTSD and Evaluee Considerations
14. Assessing Psychological Injuries and Malingering: Disability and Report Writing
15. Slick-Sherman?s 2012-2013 Revision of the 1999 Slick et al. MND System
16. Symptom Validity Assessment, MTBI, and Malingering in Carone and Bush (2013)
17. Most Recent Journal Article Review
Monograph Part B: Psychological Injury, Malingering, Ethics, Therapy
Section IV: Psychological Injuries, Therapy, Ethics
18. MTBI and Pain
19. An Instrument to Detect Pain Feigning: The Pain Feigning Detection Test (PFDT)
20. Confusions and Confounds in Conversion Disorder
21. Therapy in Psychological Injury
22. Ethics in Psychological Injury and Law
23. A Transdiagnostic Therapeutic Module on Free Will and Change
24. A Model of Ethical Thought and Ethical Decision-Making
Section V: Supplements :Testing, Systems
25. Selected Tests and Testing in Psychological Injury Evaluations I
26. Selected Tests and Testing in Psychological Injury Evaluations II
27. Table 1. Diagnostic System for Malingered PTSD Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases: User Version and Worksheet
28. Table 2. Diagnostic System for Malingered Neurocognitive Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases
29. Table 3. Diagnostic System for Malingered Pain Disability/ Dysfunction and Related Negative Response Biases
Section VI: Terms, Education, Study
30. Glossary and Discussion of Terms
31. Education
32. Study Guide Questions, Teaching Objectives, and Learning Outcomes
33. PTSD and Malingering: Tests, Diagnostics, Cut-Scores, Cautions
34. Book Conclusions. - DigitalPeter Ash, Richard L. Frierson, Susan Hatters Friedman, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively educates psychiatrists about malpractice and other liability. It is written to also specifically assist psychiatrists who are sued or are involved in other complaints. The first two sections discuss malpractice law and the litigation process; the litigation section mainly addresses some of the more emotionally charged issues, including do's and don'ts, how an attorney will be looking at the case, the defendant doctor's testifying at deposition and trial, and the stress of being sued. The subsequent three sections address specific topics that give rise to liability, with each section taking a different perspective such as risks in particular clinical, by practice site, and special issues, including practice in special situations such as the current pandemic. The final section discusses other forms of liability, such as complaints to medical boards or professional association ethics committees. An exceptional work, Malpractice and Liability in Psychiatry, functions as both a go-to handbook and all-encompassing read on the aforementioned topics.
Contents:
Section I: Malpractice Law
Principles of Malpractice Law in Psychiatry
History of Malpractice
Liability of the Acts of Others
Professional Liability Insurance
Section II: Litigation
Risk Management after an Adverse Event
The Litigation Process
Do's and Dont's if You Are Sued
The Plaintiff Attorney's Perspective
The Defense Attorney's Perspective
Expert Witness
The Defendant Psychiatrist as Witness
The Stress of Being Sued
Section III: Malpractice Allegations
Suicide
Patient Violence
Boundary Violations
Breach of Confidentiality
Negligent Psychopharmacology
Abandonment and Unnecessary Commitment
Negligent Psychotherapy
Section VI: Practice Areas
Inpatient General Psychiatry
Outpatient General Psychiatry
Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
Consult Liaison Psychiatry
Emergency Room Psychiatry
Reproductive Psychiatry
Addition Psychiatry
Geriatric Psychiatry
Correctional Psychiatry
Forensic Psychiatry
Psychiatric Research
Section V: Special Topics
Telepsychiatry
Malpractice and the Internet
Patients and Guns
Practicing During a Pandemic or Disaster
Section VI: Complaints
Medical Board Complaints
Ethics Complaints
Granting Agencies
Negative Reviews on the Internet
Impaired Psychiatrists. - Digitaledited by Animesh Agarwal.Summary: Providing a comprehensive presentation of the diagnosis, evaluation and management of malunions, this generously illustrated text details the current principles, surgical techniques and approaches with these challenging clinical situations. Since each malunion can be fairly specific, the treatment regimens provide guidelines to effectively approach such problems. Opening with a brief overview of the principles of malunions, the remainder of the book is divided by anatomical area and provides evidence-based recommendations, case examples, and preferred treatment/algorithms for both the upper and lower extremities, including the clavicle, proximal and distal humerus, hand and wrist, proximal and distal femur, and tibia and ankle, as well as the pelvis and acetabulum. Specialized circumstances are also discussed, including periprosthetics and joint replacement. Although not every single treatment option is described for every single anatomical area and type of injury, Malunions is an excellent resource for orthopedic trauma surgeons, residents and students, not only for managing these common yet complex problems but also in preventing malunions from occurring by avoiding surgical causes and mitigating patient risk factors.
Contents:
Malunions: Introduction and Brief Overview
Malunions of the Clavicle. Malunions of the Proximal Humerus. Malunions of the Humeral Shaft. Malunions of the Distal Humerus. Malunions of the Forearm. Malunions of the Hand and Wrist. Malunions of the Acetabulum and Pelvis. Malunions of the Proximal Femur. Malunions of the Femoral Shaft
Malunions of the Distal Femur
Malunions of the Proximal Tibia and Tibial Plateau
Malunions of the Tibial Shaft
Malunions of the Distal Tibia and Ankle. - DigitalBernd Nilius, Veit Flockerzi, editors.Contents:
v. 1. TRPs: truly remarkable proteins
The TRCP subfamily
TRPC1
TRPC2
TRPC3: a multifunctional signaling molecule
TRPC4 and TRPC4-containing channels
TRPC5
TRPC6: physiological function and pathophysiological relevance
Transient receptor potential canonical 7 (TRPC7)
The TRPV subfamily
TRPV1
TRPV2
TRPV3
The TRPV4 channel
TRPV5, a Ca2+ channel for the fine tuning of Ca2+ reabsorption
TRPV6 channels
The TRPM subfamily
TRPM1
TRPM2
TRPM3
TRPM4
TRPM5
TRPM6
TRPM7
TRPM8
The TRPA1, TRPML and TRPP subfamily
TRPA1
TRPML1: an ion channel in the lysosome
TRPML2 and mucolipin evolution
TRPML3
TRPP subfamily and polycystin-1 proteins
v. 2. TRPs as special cell sensors
Temperature sensing with TRPs
TRPs in mechano-sensing and volume regulation
TRPs as chemosensors (ROS, RNS, RCS, gasotransmitters)
Photosensitive TRPs
TRPs in taste and chemesthesis
TRPs and Pain
TRPs in hearing
TRPs in olfaction
General topics
Evolutionary conserved, multitasking TRP channels-lessons from worms and flies
Structural biology of TRP channels
High-resolution views of TRPV1 and their implications for the TRP channel superfamily
Physiological functions and regulation of TRPC channels
The TRPCs-STIM1-orai interaction
The TRPC family of TRP channels: roles inferred (mostly) from knockout mice and relationship to ORAI proteins
TRPs: modulation by drug-like compounds
TRP channels in reproductive (neuro)endocrinology
Modulation of TRP ion channels by venomous toxins
Phosphoinositide regulation of TRP channels
TRP modulation by natural compounds
What do we really know and what do we need to know: some controversies, perspectives, and surprises.Digital Access - Digital/Printby Maria Böhmer.Contents:
Introduction
The man who crucified himself
The storia della crocifissione as an epistemic genre
Making the case travel, translation, media, reading
Professional readings: religion
Professional readings: madness
Professional readings: suicide
Popular readings: moral education through literary
Epilogue.Digital Access 2019 - DigitalSanjay Patole, editor.Summary: "This book contains a series of chapters on various aspects of management and leadership in a health care organisation, written by some of the most experienced authors from around the world. It provides an understanding of basic management and leadership skills that are essential for clinical as well as non-clinical staff in a health care organisation, in a simple and clear fashion. The topics covered in this book range from preparing for an interview, the art of negotiation and handling difficult behaviour, to clinical leadership, evidence based management, mentorship, and conflict resolution. With its simple and reader friendly approach this unique and concise book will be useful for all staff working in a health care organisation irrespective of their faculty, position, and stage in career in becoming successful consultants, managers, supervisors, and leaders."--From the publisher.
Contents:
Succeeding in Your Consultant Interview / Matt Green
Clinical Leadership and Engagement: No Longer an Optional Extra / John Clark
Art of Negotiation, Handling Difficult Behaviour, and Facing the Media / Lucky Jain, Sanjay Patole and Sarah Sloan
Handling Complaints, Meetings, and Presentations / Haribalakrishna Balasubramanian and Sanjay Patole
Performance Appraisal and Assessment / Paul Craven
Quality Improvement / Brendan Paul Murphy
Risk Management / Bronwyn Shumack
Root Cause Analysis / Aarti Raghavan
Occupational Health and Safety / Paul Rothmore and Rose Boucaut
Coping with Stress at Work / Christopher Griffin
The Nature of Conflict in Health-Care / Catherine Campbell and Corinne Reid
Evidence Based Management / Ravi Madhavan and Ajay Niranjan
Clinical Handovers / Sachin Amin
Educational Role of Senior Hospital Staff / Fiona Lake
Mentoring / Deepika Wagh and Sanjay Patole
Expert or Impostor: Understanding the Role of the Expert Witness / Denise Bowen
How to Dress at Work / Rajkishore Nayak, Rajiv Padhye and Lijing Wang
Managing Ethically Complex Issues in Critically Ill Patients: A Neonatal Perspective / Paul Byrne and Brendan Leier
Communicating Bad News in the Health Care Organization / Olachi J. Mezu-Ndubuisi
Managing Grief and its Consequences at the Workplace / Robert Anderson and Marie-Louise Collins.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Linda Roussel, PhD, RN, NEA-BC, CNL, Professor, University of Alabama, Birmingham, Birmingham, Alabama, James Harris, PhD, RN, NEA-BC, ACNS-BC, CNL, FACHE, Vice President of Clinical Quality & Transformation, Chief Nursing Officer, Trinity Home Health Services, Livonia, Michigan, and Tricia Thomas, PhD, APRN-BC, MBA, CNL, FAAN, Professor, University of South Alabama, Mobile, Alabama.Summary: Management and Leadership for Nurse Administrators, Seventh Edition provides professional administrators and nursing students with a comprehensive overview of management concepts and theories. This text provides a foundation for nurse managers and executives as well as nursing students with a focus on management and administration. This current edition includes 15 chapters, framed around the Scope and Standards for Nurse Administrators, American Organization of Nurse Executive competencies, and current trends in healthcare management. The American Nurses Credentialing Center.s focus on magnetism is also integrated into this edition, specifically on transformational leadership, structural empowerment, exemplary professional practice, innovation and improvement, and quality. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Forces influencing nursing leadership
Leadership theory and application for nurse leaders
Professional practice : a prototype linking nursing in interprofessional teams
Professional development: an imperative for leadership in nursing and healthcare organizations
Transformational leadership in an era of healthcare reform
Organizational structure and accountability
Strategic planning and change leadership : foundations for organizational
Effectiveness
Procuring and sustaining resources
Maximizing human capital
Managing performance
Information management and knowledge development as action for leaders
Laws, regulation, and health policy shaping administrative practice
Anticipating and managing risk in a culture of quality, safety, and value
Leaders achieving sustainable outcomes
Messaging and disseminating excellence in leadership.Digital Access R2Library 2016Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by Linda Roussel, Patricia L. Thomas, James L. Harris.Summary: "Management and Leadership for Nurse Administrators, Eighth Edition provides professional administrators and nursing students with a comprehensive overview of management concepts and theories. This text serves as a solid foundation for nurse managers, executives and students focused on management and administration. The Eighth Edition will address a number of new topics such as financial management as it relates to reimbursement as well as updates to the Affordable Care Act as they become known. In addition, the text will also include new content on population health, the IHI quadruple aim, and translational science. Other topic areas that will be addressed in-depth include: strategic planning, communication, relationship-building, work force diversity, team building and joy in the workplace. New to the Eighth Edition New content on management strategies for mentoring and coaching a diverse nursing staff Coverage of conflict resolution, risk mitigation and leadership skill developmentDiscussion of the business of health care, resource procurement and financial viabilityEthics as it relates to patient care delivery, research and quality improvement Retention strategies Updated chapter references Crosswalks for major content areas and competencies from AONE, ACHE and other professional organizationsInstructor Resources: Test bankPowerPoint Slides Discussion questionsSyllabusTransition guideCase ExemplarsCase Studies"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Forces influencing nursing leadership
Leadership theory and application for nurse leaders
Professional practice : a prototype linking nursing in interpersonal teams
Executive coaching as a lever for professional development and leadership in healthcare organizations
Leading in an era of change and uncertainty : driving excellence in practice while developing leaders of the future
Organizational structure and accountability in healthcare systems
Strategic practices in achieving organizational effectiveness
Procuring and sustaining resources : the budgeting process
Maximizing human capital
Managing performance
Information management and knowledge development as actions for leaders
Laws, regulations, and healthcare policy shaping administrative practice
Risk anticipation and management : creating a culture of quality, safety, and value
Leaders achieving sustainable outcomes
Messaging and disseminating excellence in leadership and ethical implications
Leading implementation for sustainable improvement
Polarity thinking : a lens for embracing wicked problems, conflict, and resistance in healthcare
Future considerations : leading and managing population health.Digital Access R2Library 2020Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalAnthony J. Viera, Rob Kramer, editors.Summary: Recognizing that medical faculty face different questions or issues in different stages of their careers, this handy, practical title offers a comprehensive roadmap and range of solutions to common challenges in the complex and changing Academic Medical Center (AMC). With critical insights and strategies for both aspiring and seasoned academicians, this handbook offers a concise guide for personal career development, executive skill acquisition, and leadership principles, providing actionable, targeted advice for faculty seeking help on a myriad of new issues and situations. Pressures in today's Academic Medical Center include significant changes to the healthcare system, competition for research funding, transformation of medical education, and recruitment and retention of the ever-evolving workforce. This dynamic environment calls for razor-sharp leadership and management effectiveness to stay competitive. AMC faculty aspire to formal leadership roles for a variety of reasons: to set a new vision, to create change, or to affect policy and resource decisions. For others, weariness of past leadership styles or mistakes may catalyze wanting a chance to set a different tone. Management and Leadership Skills for Medical Faculty: A Practical Handbook is a must-have resource for faculty in AMCs and anyone with a role in healthcare leadership. .
Contents:
Section I Tools of the Trade
Developing Yourself
Communicating Effectively
Giving and Receiving Feedback
Navigating Conflict
Managing Your Time
Developing Resilience
Section II Management
Principles of Management
Running Effective Meetings
Conducting Faculty Retreats
Changing the Faces of AMC Leadership: Gender and Ethnicity
Managing Managers
Promoting Professionalism and Professional Accountability
Medical-Legal Challenges
Section III Leadership
The Leadership Stance
Coaching and Mentoring
Leading Up
Political Savvy
Moral Courage
Leading Change
Thinking Strategically
Section IV Advancing Your Career
Growing in Your Current Role
Promotion in Academic Medicine
Executive Physician Development
Moving Out to Move Up
Afterword: The Changing Healthcare Landscape.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalHyun-Yoon Ko.Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date guide to the rehabilitation care of persons with spinal cord injuries and disorders draws on the ever-expanding scientific and clinical evidence base to provide clinicians with all the knowledge needed in order to make optimal management decisions during the acute, subacute, and chronic phases. A wealth of information is presented on the diverse medical consequences and complications encountered in these patients and on the appropriate rehabilitative measures in each circumstance. The coverage encompasses all forms of spinal cord injury and all affected organ systems. Readers will also find chapters on the basics of functional anatomy, neurological classification and evaluation, injuries specifically in children and the elderly, and psychological issues. The book will be an invaluable aid to assessment and medical care for physicians and other professional personnel in multiple specialties, including physiatrists, neurosurgeons, orthopedic surgeons, internists, critical care physicians, urologists, neurologists, psychologists, and social workers.
Contents:
1. Development and functional anatomy of spine and spinal cord
2. Neurological classification and evaluation of spinal cord injury
3. Epidemiology of spinal cord injury
4. Spinal shock
5. Acute management of spinal cord injury
6. Incomplete spinal cord injuries: syndromes
7. Nontraumatic spinal cord injuries
8. Syringomyelia
9. Cauda equina injury
10. Autonomic dysfunction
11. Cardiovascular dysfunction
12. Respiratory dysfunction
13. Orthostatic hypotension
14. Autonomic dysreflexia
15. Electrolytes and metabolic dysfunction
16. Deep vein thrombosis
17. Dysfunction in thermal regulation
18. Neurogenic bladder dysfunction
19. Neurogenic bowel dysfunction
20 Sexual dysfunction
21. Pressure ulcer
22. Heterotopic ossification
23. Spasticity
24. Pain dysfunction
25. Spinal cord injury in children
26. Spinal cord injury in elderly
27. Neurological deterioration after spinal cord injury
28. Associated brain injury in spinal cord injury
29. Function evaluation and functional goals
30. Upper extremity in tetraplegic
31. Psychological responses. - DigitalHyun-Yoon Ko.Summary: This comprehensive, up-to-date guide to the rehabilitation care of persons with spinal cord injuries and disorders draws on the ever-expanding scientific and clinical evidence base to provide clinicians with the knowledge needed in order to make optimal management decisions during the acute, subacute, and chronic phases. The second edition re-organized contents as more clinically practical use, consisting of 48 chapters. Also, new chapters such as kinesiology and kinematics of functional anatomy of the extremities are added as well. Readers will also find chapters on the basics of functional anatomy, neurological classification and evaluation, injuries specifically in children and the elderly, and psychological issues. The book will be an invaluable aid to assessment and medical care for physicians and other professional personnel in multiple specialties, including physiatrists, neurosurgeons, orthopedic surgeons, internists, critical care physicians, urologists, neurologists, psychologists, and social workers.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Development and functional anatomy of the spinal cord
3. Kinesiology and kinematics of extremities for functional retraining
4. Functional goals according to the level of injury
5. Biomechanics of the spinal cord
6. Fractures of the spine
7. Imaging of spinal cord injuries
8. Pharmacotherapy in spinal cord medicine
9. Physical and neurolgocial examination of spinal cord injuries
10. Epidemiology of spinal cord injuries
11. Standards for neurological classification of spinal cord injuries
12. Spinal shock and its clinical implications. 13. Acute phase management of spinal cord injuries
14. Nontraumatic spinal cord injuries
15. Incomplete syndromes
16. Cauda equina and conus medullaris injuries
17. Posttraumatic syringomyelia
18. Automonic nervous system in spinal cord injuries
19. Cardiovascular dysfunctions
20. Respiratory dysfunction and care
21. Autonomic dysreflexia
22. Orthostatic hypotension and supine hypertension
23. Venous thromboembolism: prevention and treatment
24. Electrolyte disorder
25. Metabolic syndrome
26. Voiding dysfunction and genitourinary complications
27. Bowel dysfunction and gastrointestinal complications
28. Sexuality changes
29. Pressure injuries
30. Thermoregulatory dysfunction
31. Spasticity
32. Heterotopic ossification
33. Pain types and taxonomy
34. Child spinal cord injuries/lesions
35. Elderly spinal cord injuries
36. Dual injury
37. Sleep disorders
38. Neurodeterioration
39. Psychological intervention
40. Upper extremity intervention
41. Walking dysfunction
42. Wheelchairs and wheelchair mobility
43. Follow-up care of spinal cord injuries. - DigitalAntonio Malvasi, Andrea Tinelli, Gian Carlo Di Renzo, editors.Contents:
1. A brief history of obstetric complications
2. Spontaneous abortion complications
3. Pathological diagnosis of abortions
4. Tubal pregnancy
5. Non-tubal ectopic pregnancies: diagnosis and management
6. Adnexal pathology in pregnancy
7. Fibroid complications in pregnancy
8. Cervical pregnancy
9. Molar and trophoblastic disease
10. Assisted reproductive technique complications in pregnancy
11. Spontaneous uterine rupture prior to twenty weeks of gestation
12. Cervicoisthmic incompetence
13. Thrombophilia and pregnancy
14. Diabetes in pregnancy
15. Hypertensive disorders of pregnancy
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAntonio Malvasi, Andrea Tinelli, Gian Carlo Di Renzo, editors.Summary: This book draws on recently acquired knowledge to provide the reader with comprehensive, up-to-date information on the full range of obstetric complications that may be encountered during the third trimester of pregnancy and puerperium. For each complication, risk factors and clinical presentation are described and detailed guidance is provided on the appropriate treatment. The lucid text is complemented by a wealth of images, diagrams, flow charts, and drawings. The volume has been compiled in collaboration with a large group of gynecologists, obstetricians and internationally renowned scientists to provide an essential guide. Accordingly, the book is of interest to practitioners across the world, enabling them to deepen their knowledge and to refine their approach to complications in daily clinical practice. .
Contents:
The Placenta as the Mirror of the Fetu
Placental Vascular Pathology
Abruptio Placenta
Twin Pregnancies
Fetal Distress And Labor Management
Preterm Delivery
Eclampsia
Cord Disease And Fetal Asphyxia
Operative Vaginal Delivery
Shoulder Distocia
Placenta Previa
Placenta Accreta
Cesarean Section
Post-Partum Hemorrage (Pph)
Anesthesiological And Analgesic Complications During Labor And Post-Delivery
Puerperal Complications.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digital[edited by] Kevin T. Huang, Wenya Linda Bi, Saef Izzy.Summary: "An evidence-based review of landmark studies in the management and treatment of common acute neurological illnesses"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessNeurology [2024]
- DigitalElectron Kebebew, editor.Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to the management of adrenal neoplasms that provides a resource to the broad group of providers that will encounter such a patient. Sections address issues that are faced by providers who encounter a patient with an adrenal neoplasm. These areas include an overview of the genetic basis and familial cancer syndrome-associated with adrenal neoplasms, pathobiology, advanced and tumor specific imaging approaches and technologies, biochemical analysis, standard medical and surgical therapies, and emerging technology and treatment approaches to benign and malignant adrenal neoplasms. Written by experts in the field, each of these sections address level of clinical evidence and provide recommendations and treatment algorithms. Extensive illustrations make this an interactive text. Management of Adrenal Masses in Children and Adults will serve as a very useful resource for all providers dealing with, and interested in this common but challenging tumor. It will provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts.
Contents:
Epidemiology of Adrenal Neoplasms
The Pathology of Adrenal Masses
Genetics of Benign Adrenocortical Tumors
Genetics of Adrenocortical Cancers
Genetics of Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
Imaging Modalities for Adrenocortical Tumors
Imaging Modalities for Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
Primary Hyperaldosteronism
Cushing Syndrome: Presentation, Diagnosis, and Treatment, Including Subclinical Cushing Syndrome
Management of Pheochromocytoma and Paraganglioma
Congenital Adrenal Hyperplasia
Adrenocortical Carcinoma
Operative Techniques for Adrenal Neoplasms
Therapies for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Adrenocortical Carcinoma
.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalChoung Soo Kim, editor.Summary: This textbook summarizes the state of the art in the management of locally advanced and metastatic prostate cancer with the aim of providing the knowledge required for optimal treatment decision making in individual cases. Readers will find comprehensive coverage of the latest developments in surgery, radiotherapy, androgen deprivation therapy (ADT), chemotherapy, and immunotherapy. The role of the hormonal therapies abiraterone and enzalutamide and docetaxel-based chemotherapy in castration-resistant prostate cancer and hormone-sensitive metastatic disease is carefully evaluated. Among the other therapies discussed are LHRH agonists and antagonists, cabazitaxel, radium-223, and various novel agents still under clinical trials. The section on surgical approaches addresses, among other topics, the use of robot-assisted radical prostatectomy, pelvic lymphadenectomy, and the benefits of adjuvant and neoadjuvant therapy. The current role of external beam radiotherapy, alone or in combination with ADT and brachytherapy, for locally advanced disease is reviewed. Management of Advanced Prostate Cancer will be a valuable resource for practitioners at all levels of expertise.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Surgery for Advanced Prostate Cancer; 1: Natural History of High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Definition of High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.3 Risk Factors for High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.4 Natural History of High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.4.1 Localized or Locally Advanced High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 1.4.2 Hormone-Naïve Metastatic Prostate Cancer; 1.4.3 Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer; 1.5 Summary; References; 2: Identifying the Best Candidate for Radical Prostatectomy in High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 2.1 Introduction 2.2 RP for High-Grade Cancer2.3 RP for T3/4 N0 M0 Disease; 2.4 RP for Node-Positive Disease; 2.5 The Efficacy of RP over External Beam Radiation Therapy (EBRT) with or Without ADT (Androgen Deprivation Therapy); 2.6 Safety of RP Compare to EBRT (with or Without ADT); 2.7 RP in Elderly Patients; 2.8 Recent Efforts for Identifying the Better Candidate for RP Among Patients with High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 2.9 Summary; References; 3: Neoadjuvant Therapy Prior to Radical Prostatectomy; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Neoadjuvant Hormonal Therapy; 3.3 Neoadjuvant Chemotherapy with or Without ADT 3.4 Neoadjuvant Therapy Using Novel Medicines3.5 Summary; References; 4: Robot-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy for High-Risk Prostate Cancer; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 What Is High-Risk PCa?; 4.3 RARP for High-Risk PCa; 4.3.1 Nerve Sparing in High-Risk PCa During RARP; 4.3.2 Lymph Node Dis
section in High-Risk PCa During RARP; 4.3.3 Perioperative Morbidity During RARP; 4.4 Outcomes of RARP for High-Risk PCa; 4.4.1 Oncologic Outcomes of RARP for High-Risk PCa; 4.4.2 Functional Outcomes of RARP for High-Risk PCa; References; 5: Pelvic Lymphadenectomy for High-Risk Prostate Cancer 5.1 Current Indication of Pelvic Lymphadenectomy in High-Risk Prostate Cancer5.2 Extent of Pelvic Lymphadenectomy (Limited Vs. Extended); 5.3 Robotic Surgery and Pelvic Lymphadenectomy; 5.4 Clinical Outcome of Pelvic Lymphadenectomy; 5.5 Complication of Pelvic Lymphadenectomy; 5.6 Summary; References; 6: Adjuvant Therapy in Locally Advanced Prostate Cancer; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Definition; 6.3 General Guidelines by NCCN; 6.4 RP for Locally Advanced PCa; 6.5 RT in Locally Advanced PCa; 6.6 Multimodality Treatment in Locally Advanced PCa; 6.7 Adjuvant Postoperative RT 6.8 Adjuvant HT6.9 Adjuvant Chemotherapy; 6.10 Summary; References; 7: Role of Radical Prostatectomy in the Management of Metastatic Prostate Cancer; 7.1 Classic Role of Radical Prostatectomy for Palliative Local Symptom Control; 7.2 Feasibility of Radical Prostatectomy in Metastatic Prostate Cancer; 7.3 Possible Rationale for Cytoreductive Radical Prostatectomy in Metastatic Prostate Cancer; 7.4 Indirect Evidence Supporting the Effectiveness of Cytoreductive Radical ProstatectomyDigital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalErica A. Fortson, Steven R. Feldman, Lindsay C. Strowd, editors.Summary: This book is designed to provide a foundation of knowledge regarding the epidemiology, pathogenesis, and clinical presentation of atopic dermatitis in both pediatric and adult patients. It provides an overview of the mechanism and presentation of atopic dermatitis and focuses on the management methods experienced dermatologists have used to successfully manage atopic dermatitis. This book provides physicians with insights into the management of atopic dermatitis, such as alternative treatments for pruritus, psychosocial impact on patients and families, assessing patient compliance, and patient resources. This book also: Provides proven strategies for treating atopic dermatitis Helps providers create a treatment plan for their atopic patients Aids physicians in developing techniques for assessing patient compliance Thoroughly addresses the significant economic and psychosocial impact of atopic dermatitis.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Atopic dermatitis: disease background and risk factors
3. Atopic dermatitis: pathophysiology
4. Clinical presentation of atopic dermatitis
5. Atopic dermatitis disease complications
6. The psychosocial impact of atopic dermatitis
7. Stressors in atopic dermatitis
8. The economics burden of atopic dermatitis
9. Defining and measuring the scope of atopic dermatitis
10. Prescription treatment options
11. Non-prescription treatment options
12. Adherence in atopic dermatitis
13. Atopic dermatitis: managing the itch
14. Atopic dermatitis disease education
15. The future of atopic dermatitis treatment. - DigitalElijah Dixon, Charles M. Vollmer Jr., Gary R. May, editors.Contents:
1. Biliary system anatomy, physiology, and embryology
2. Primary sclerosing cholangitis
3. Commentary: primary sclerosing cholangitis
4. Biliary manifestations of chronic pancreatitis
5. Commentary: biliary manifestations of chronic pancreatitis, critical uncertainties, controversies, and future considerations
6. Autoimmune pancreatitis
7. Counterpoint: biliary manifestations in autoimmune pancreatitis
8. Recurrent pyogenic cholangitis
9. Commentary: recurrent pyogenic cholangitis
10. Proximal biliary stricutres mimicking hilar cholangiocarcinoma
11. Counterpoint: proximal biliary strictures mimicking hilar cholangiocarcinoma
12. Traumatic biliary stricutres
13. Commentary: traumatic biliary strictures, comprehensive management of benign biliary stenosis and injury
14. Perceptual errors leading to bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
15. Commentary: perceptual errors leading to bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
16. The heuristics and psychology of bile duct injuries
17. Commentary: the heuristics and psychology of bile duct injuries
18. The classification and injury patterns of iatrogenic bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
19. Commentary: the classification and injury patterns of iatrogenic bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
20. Bile duct injuries and the law
21. Commentary: bile duct injuries and the law
22. Intraoperative management of bile duct injuries by the non-biliary surgeon
23. commentary: intraoperative management of bile duct injuries by non-biliary surgeon
24. Management of bile duct injuries within the first forty-eight hours
25. Commentary :Management of bile duct injuries within the first forty-eight hours
26. Endoscopic management of bile duct injury during laparoscopic cholecystectomy
27. Role of intervational radiology in managing bile duct injuries
28. Operative repair of common bile duct injury
29. Commentary: Operative repair of common bile duct injury
30. Management of isolated sectoral duct injury
31. Commentary: Management of isolated sectoral duct injury
32. Liver resection for bile duct injury
33. Commentary: Liver resection for bile duct injury
34. Liver transplantation for common bile duct injury
35. Commentary: Liver transplantation for common bile duct injury
36. Biliary stricutres from liver transplantation
37. Commentary: Biliary strictures from liver transplantation
38. Recurrent biliary strictures after initial biliary reconstruction. - DigitalAnthony A. Romeo, Brandon J. Erickson, Justin W. Griffin, editors.Summary: The biceps tendon is one of the most challenging anatomic structures to completely understand. Its precise role for shoulder function has yet to be completely defined, and pathologic conditions exist at both its proximal and distal ends. In recent years, the biceps labral complex has been recognized as a common cause of shoulder pain among patients. Accurate diagnosis, utilizing both physical examination and imaging, is crucial to decision-making regarding the most effective treatment. Many controversies exist surrounding the management of biceps pathology with a myriad of potential solutions to consider. This practical text breaks down the biceps into succinct, digestible portions with expert tips and tricks to help manage bicipital problems in a wide array of patients. Sensibly divided into three thematic sections, it encompasses all aspects of the biceps tendon, including relevant anatomy, diagnosis, imaging, and non-operative management (including rehabilitation and biologic treatments). Surgical management strategies as they pertain to both proximal and distal biceps tendon pathologies will be covered, including both arthroscopic and open tenodesis, transfer, and inlay and onlay fixation methods. A review of associated complications and how to avoid them is likewise described in detail, along with post-surgical rehabilitation techniques to maximize return to play. Ideal for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists at all levels, The Management of Biceps Pathology will be a unique resource for all clinicians facing challenges treating the active patient with shoulder and elbow pain.
Contents:
Anatomy, Imaging and Function of the Biceps Tendon
Proximal Biceps Tendon Conditions
Distal Biceps Tendon Conditions. - DigitalBadrinath R. Konety, Sam S. Chang, editors.Summary: This book provides a single, comprehensive reference source that incorporates the epidemiology, natural history, and the latest genetic and molecular biological findings of bladder cancer. This book discusses the diagnostic and staging evaluation of both non-muscle invasive and invasive bladder cancer and incorporates the new findings on markers for the diagnosis of bladder cancer. Risk stratified treatment of non-muscle invasive bladder cancer including various approaches to intravesical therapy are reviewed. Current guideline-based approaches to management and new data regarding diagnosis and prognostication of muscle invasive bladder cancer is analyzed and summarized. This book covers the application of chemotherapy for muscle invasive and advanced disease. The evidence-based application of multimodality therapy is highlighted. Gaps in current knowledge and important areas for clinical research are highlighted. Authored by experts in their respective fields, Management of Bladder Cancer: A Comprehensive Text with Clinical Scenarios serves as an easy and complete reference source for clinicians, researchers, individuals in training, allied health professionals and medical students in the fields of Urology, Medical Oncology, Radiation Oncology, Basic and Translational Science and Epidemiology.
Contents:
Epidemiology and natural history
Screening for Bladder Cancer
Pathology and Staging: Histopathology and Cytopathology
Pathology and Staging: Genetics and Molecular Biology
Imaging in Localized and Advanced Bladder Cancer
New Imaging Techniques in Staging of Urothelial Carcinoma of the Bladder
Socioeconomic issues and improved quality of care
Quality of life measures
Prognostication and risk assessment
Clinical trials and emerging therapeutic strategies in bladder cancer
Improved diagnostic techniques
Clinical scenario: Microscopic hematuria and atypical cytology in a 68 year old man with normal upper tract imaging
Localized surgical therapy and surveillance
Clinical Scenario: Initial high grade Ta tumor
Clinical Scenario: Recurrent Ta tumor
Clinical Scenario: Rapidly growing, high volume, low grade Ta tumor
Clinical Scenario: Low grade T1 tumor
Intravesical therapy
Clinical Scenario: Initial CIS
Management of BCG Recurrent Bladder Cancer
Clinical Scenario: Persistent CIS and HIGH Grade Ta Bladder Cancer after BCG
Maurizio Brausi
Clinical Scenario: Presentation and Management of Significant Side Effects from Bacillus Calmette-Guérin Bladder Instillation
Guideline-based management of non-muscle invasive bladder cancer: comparison of the AUA, EAU, ICUD and NCCN guidelines
Open Radical Cystectomy
Robotic cystectomy
Clinical Scenario: T2 bladder tumor
Urinary Diversion: Open and robotic techniques
Chemoradiotherapy
Clinical Scenario: 53 year-old man with a solitary, 2 cm, high-grade T2 tumor and focal CIS in the bladder dome who wants bladder preservation
Management of Bladder Cancer, role of chemotherapy and controversies surrounding its application
Clinical Scenario: Large volume, non metastatic T2 bladder tumor
The role of pelvic lymphadenectomy at the time of radical cystectomy for bladder cancer
Clinical Scenario: Unexpected positive nodes at radical cystectomy
Surveillance and monitoring
Clinical Scenario: The Role of Perioperative Chemotherapy
Management of Bladder Cancer with Pelvic Nodal Metastases After Complete Response to Chemotherapy
Guideline based management muscle-invasive bladder cancer: NCCN, ICUD and EAU. - DigitalJun Teruya, editor.Summary: This latest edition provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to managing bleeding patients. Like the previous edition, the sections of this new edition have been structured to review the overall scope of issues, among them bleeding associated with disease condition, bleeding from specific organs, bleeding associated with medication, and bleeding associated with procedures. In addition to thoroughly revised and updated chapters from the previous edition, the latest edition features new chapters on such topics as the basics of hemostasis, bleeding due to rare coagulation factor deficiencies, bleeding associated with connective tissue disorders, massive transfusion protocol, bleeding associated with ventricular assist device, and evaluation of bleeding risk prior to invasive procedures. The volume also includes brief etiology and a practical reference guide regarding type of blood components, medication, dose, and duration. Written by authors from a variety of integrated disciplines, Management of Bleeding Patients, Second Edition is a valuable resource for clinicians working in the area of bleeding management.
Contents:
Hemostasis Basics: Figures and Facts
Screening Coagulation Assays, FXIII and D-dimer
Platelets
Von Willebrand Disease Laboratory Workup
Hyperfibrinolysis
Whole Blood Assay: Thromboelastometry
Basics
Whole Blood Assay: Thromboelastometry
Bleeding Management Algorithms
Known Bleeding Disorders for Surgery
Hemophilia A, Hemophilia B, Congenital von Willebrand Disease, and Acquired von Willebrand Syndrome
Bleeding Associated with Coagulation Factor Inhibitors
Bleeding Due to Rare Coagulation Factor Deficiencies
Pregnancy-Associated Bleeding
Bleeding Associated with Thrombocytopenia
Bleeding in Acute and Chronic Liver Disease
Bleeding and Hyperfibrinolysis
Bleeding of Unknown Etiology
Bleeding Associated with Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
Bleeding and Vitamin K Deficiency
Bleeding in Uremia
Bleeding Associated with Connective Tissue Disorder
Bleeding Associated with Trauma
Massive Transfusion Protocol
Lupus Anticoagulant Hypoprothrombinemia Syndrome (LAHPS)
BLEEDING FROM SPECIFIC ORGANS
Intracerebral Hemorrhage: An Overview of Etiology, Pathophysiology, Clinical Presentation, and Advanced Treatment Strategies
Epistaxis
Bleeding Disorders Related to Lung Disease
Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
Gross Hematuria
Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
BLEEDING ASSOCIATED WITH MEDICATION
Antiplatelet and Anticoagulant Agents
Thrombolytic Therapy: tPA-Induced Bleeding
Bleeding Associated with ECMO
Management of Bleeding Associated with Durable Mechanical Circulatory Support
Bleeding Related to Cardiac Surgery
Bleeding Related to Liver Transplant
Percutaneous Image-Guided Interventions Including Solid Organ Biopsies
Dental Extractions in Patients with Congenital and Acquired Bleeding Disorders
Neonatal Thrombocytopenia
Bleeding in the Neonate
Evaluation of Bleeding Risk Prior to Pediatric Invasive Procedures
Evaluation of Bleeding Risk Prior to Invasive Procedures
Hemostatic Agents and Blood Components Used to Stop Bleeding
Blood Components. - DigitalElena Zamagni, editor.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This pocket guide provides a concise yet comprehensive overview of the two most prominent clinical features of multiple myeloma (MM), bone disease and renal failure. The first half of the text reviews critical aspects of bone disease in MM, including pathophysiology, the use of imaging modalities and drugs in treatment, and the role of orthopedic surgery in MM. The latter half of the book reviews major components of kidney disease in MM, from pathophysiology to treatment. Written by experts in the field, Management of Bone Disease and Kidney Failure in Multiple Myeloma: A Pocket Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who manage patients afflicted with multiple myeloma.
Contents:
1. Introduction: Management of Bone Disease and Kidney Failure in Multiple Myeloma
2. The Pathophysiology of Myeloma Bone Disease: Bone Remodelling and the Role of Osteoclasts
3. The Pathophysiology of Myeloma Bone Disease: Role of Osteoblasts and Osteocytes
4. Imaging Techniques in Staging and Early Phases
5. Imaging Techniques for Response Assessment and Follow-up
6. New Perspectives in Imaging Techniques
7. Therapy of Myeloma Bone Disease
8. Orthopedic Management in Multiple Myeloma: What is the Role and When?
9. The Pathophysiology of Kidney Involvement in Multiple Myeloma and Monoclonal-Related Disorders
10. Treatment of Multiple Myeloma with Kidney Involvement. - DigitalMalcolm Reed, Riccardo A. Audisio, editors.Summary: This book offers evidence-based clinical knowledge of older patients suffering from breast cancer. It details the full armament of therapeutic options as well as the epidemiology of the disease and specific psychosocial considerations for elderly patients.
- DigitalGan-Xin Yan, Peter R. Kowey, Charles Antzelevitch, editors.Summary: A significantly expanded third edition, this book provides a comprehensive and concise overview of cardiac arrhythmias and their ECG/telemetry manifestations, including the principles of cardiac electrophysiology, current concepts of pharmacology, clinical features, diagnoses, and state-of-the-art treatments. Additionally, the book emphasizes decision-making strategies in approaching each individual patient and the application of technical innovations in specific clinical situations. Organized into eight parts, beginning chapters introduce the concepts and principles of cardiac electrophysiology, unique rhythms, and ECG waves/signs. These chapters are designed to integrate emerging knowledge in basic science and clinical medicine. Subsequent chapters focus on the diagnosis of a variety of cardiac arrhythmias using non-invasive methodology. Throughout the book, chapters continue to analyze pharmacological and other approaches to therapy of specific arrhythmias, including supraventricular tachycardias, atrial fibrillation and flutter, ventricular arrhythmias, and bradyarrhythmias. Finally, the book closes with coverage on inherited cardiac arrhythmia syndromes including the long, short QT, and J-wave syndromes, catecholaminergic polymorphic ventricular tachycardia, and arrhythmogenic right ventricular cardiomyopathy. The third edition of Management of Cardiac Arrhythmias, is an essential resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and medical students in cardiology, cardiac surgery, vascular surgery, cardiac electrophysiology, and cardiac radiology.
Contents:
Part I. Basic Principals of Cardiac Electrophysiology and Pharmacology
1. Basic Principles of Cardiac Electrophysiology
2. Mechanisms Underlying the Development of Cardiac Arrhythmias
3. Genetic and Molecular Basis of Cardiac Arrhythmias
4. Unique Rhythm Phenomena and Mechanisms (Ashman, gap phenomenon, phase 3 and phase 4 block, supernormal conduction, concealed conduction, Wedensky phenomenon, linking phenomenon)
5. ECG Waves and Signs: Ionic and Cellular Basis (QRS/Axis, J wave, ST, T/U waves, epsilon wave and cardiac memory etc)
6. Mechanisms of Action of Antiarrhythmic Drugs
Part II. Diagnosis of Cardiac Arrhythmias Using Surface ECG
7. Narrow Complex Tachycardia
8. Wide Complex Tachycardia
9. Bradyarrhythmias
10. Pacemaker-mediated Arrhythmias
Part III. Diagnosis of Cardiac Arrhythmias: Intracardiac Approaches
11. Electroanatomical Mapping of Cardiac Arrhythmias: Basic Principles and Technology
12. Electrophysiological Maneuvers in Arrhythmia Analysis
Part IV. Specific Arrhythmias
13. Atrioventricular Nodal Reentry Tachycardia
14. Atrioventricular Reentry Tachycardia
15. Atrial Tachycardia and Flutter
16. Atrial Fibrillation: Pharmacologic Therapy
17. Atrial Fibrillation: Catheter Ablation and a Hybrid Approach
18. Ventricular Tachycardia and Fibrillation: Pharmacologic Therapy
19. Ventricular Tachycardia: Catheter Ablation
20. Acquired Long QT syndrome and Torsade de Pointes
21. Indications for Implantable Cardioverter Defibrillators
22. Indications for Temporary and Permanent Pacemakers
23. Syncope
Part V. Arrhythmias and Cardiomyopathy
23. Premature Ventricular Complex-induced Cardiomyopathy: Pathophysiology and Treatment
24. Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy
Part VI. Arrhythmias in Specific Populations
27. Arrhythmias in Athletes
28. Arrhythmias during Pregnancy and Postpartum
29. Arrhythmias in Children
Part VII. Inherited Cardiac Arrhythmia Syndromes
30. J wave Syndromes: Early Repolarization and Brugada Syndromes
31. Catecholaminergic Polymorphic Ventricular Tachycardia
32. Arrhythmogenic Right Ventricular Cardiomyopathy
33. Congenital Long QT Syndrome
34. Short QT Syndrome. - Digitaledited by Hanna Z. Mieszczanska, Gladys P. Velarde.Summary: "This book summarizes the great progress in the treatment of cardiovascular disease (CVD). Due to improved therapies, preventive strategies and increased public awareness, CVD mortality has been on the decline for both genders. Unfortunately, the decline has been less prominent for women, and CVD remains the leading cause of mortality for women in the United States and is responsible for a third of all deaths of women worldwide. Management of Cardiovascular Disease in Women provides a comprehensive overview of differences in cardiac problems in women including the challenges and limitations of the available literature. Unique aspects to women's heart health such as pregnancy, the impact of emotional stress and other psychosocial issues are discussed by leading experts in the field. They therefore provide important insight to cardiovascular care in women, making this book an essential resource for a wide range of practitioners including cardiologists, primary care providers, internists, and reproductive healthcare professionals."--Publisher's website.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalFred Saad, Mario A. Eisenberger, editors.Summary: This volume provides new data about the molecular biology of CRPC and a review of the definition, staging and prognostic factors that define CRPC. The book features an in-depth review of proven therapeutic options, including bone-targeted therapies, immunotherapy, chemotherapy and hormonal based therapies. Combination therapy as well as novel targeted approaches presently under investigation are also reviewed. The text provides up-to-date guidelines and algorithms for the management of CRPC based on international guidelines presently available as well as evidence-based medicine. As a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field, Management of Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer serves as a very useful resource for physicians and researchers dealing with this challenging malignancy.
Contents:
Introduction
Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer: A Rapidly Expanding Clinical State and a Model for New Therapeutic Opportunities
Evolution of Clinical States and the Castration Resistant Clinical Paradigm
Molecular Mechanisms of Prostate Cancer Progression after Castration
New Imaging Modalities
Androgen Receptor Biology in Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer
The Androgen Receptor as a Therapeutic Target for Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer
Approaches Targeting Androgen Synthesis (CYP 17 inhibitors)
Cytotoxic Chemotherapy (Taxanes and Taxane Combinations)
The Emerging Role of Immunotherapy in Castrate Resistant Prostate Cancer
Bone Targeted Therapy: Rationale and Current Status
Radium-223 and Other Radiopharmaceuticals in Prostate Cancer
Introduction
Phase I/II targeted treatments
Defining Clinical Endpoints in Castration-resistant Prostate Cancer
Angiogenesis Inhibition in Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer
Co-targeting Adaptive Survival Pathways
Targeting the PI3K/AKT/mTOR Pathway in Prostate Cancer
PARP Inhibitors
Targeting C-Met/VEGF in Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer
Epigenetics in Castration Resistant Prostate Cancer
Undifferentiated Prostate Cancer and the Neuroendocrine Phenotype
Strategies Addressing Quality of Life: Patient Reported Outcome and Symptoms Management
Evidence-Based Therapeutic Approaches for mCRPC patients: Rational Sequence of Standard Treatment Options and Design for Future Drug Development. - DigitalAlejandro M. Spiotta, Raymond D. Turner, M. Imran Chaudry, Aquilla S. Turk, editors.Summary: This important title brings together a distinguished panel of thought-leaders, known for their insights into the development and application of minimally-invasive surgical and endovascular techniques, to provide a comprehensive and discerning compendium of our most current knowledge and state-of-the-art procedures in the management of cerebral vascular diseases. Written in a style that is accessible to students and experienced practitioners alike, the book covers all the important recent advances that have reshaped the field in dramatic ways. Emphasizing how surgical and endovascular techniques are complementary, the volume includes illuminating chapters on the nexus of endovascular and conventional "open" cerebrovascular surgery, including patient assessment and practice in a hybrid operating environment, utilizing the best methods to achieve optimal outcomes. A major addition to the clinical literature, Management of Cerebrovascular Disorders: A Comprehensive, Multidisciplinary Approach will be of significant interest to neurosurgeons, neurologists, neuroradiologists, neurointensivists, students, residents, fellows, and specialized attending physicians.
- DigitalRudolph M. Navari, editor.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. The physiology and pharmacology of nausea and vomiting induced by anticancer chemotherapy in humans
3. First-generation 5-HT3 receptor antagonists
4. Palonosetron
5. The role of neurokinin-1 receptor antagonists in CINV
6. Olanzapine for the prevention of chemotherapy-induced nausea and vomiting
7. Gabapentin for the prevention of CINV
8. Prevention of CINV in patients receiving high-dose multiple-day chemotherapy
9. Clinical management of CINV
10. Treatment of chemotherapy-induced nausea
11. Conclusions
12. Future directions.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAdam M. Shiroff, Mark J. Seamon, Lewis J. Kaplan, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of chest trauma. The text reviews all aspects of chest wall, intra-thoracic organ, and great vessel injury management, with each section of the book structured anatomically to explore specific treatment options. Since injury care alone is insufficient in guiding the totality of care, the text features a robust section on inpatient critical care, which includes cutting edge evidence on resuscitation, advanced monitoring, and organ system support. The book also contains a section on disaster and mass casualty events, focusing on specifics of treatment, ethics of resource allocation, and the role of specialized centers. Written by experts in the field, Management of Chest Trauma: A Practical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat patients afflicted with injuries to the chest.
- DigitalPierre Huard.Contents:
The Challenge of Chronic Diseases
Some Alternative Schemes for the Management of Chronic Diseases
Difficulties in Implementing Effective Management
Redefining Conditions for the Effective Management of Chronic Diseases
Activities Specific to an Effective Management of Chronic Diseases
Dynamic Processes for the Provision of Efficient Care
Lump Sum Funding, Efficiency and Development
An Illustration
From Processes to Organizational Structures
Contractual Relationship Configurations
Implementation Strategy
IS in Health System Restructuring. - DigitalMustafa Arici, editor.Summary: This book presents a comprehensive and instructive management plan for physicians who care for CKD patients. Basic aspects of CKD, clinical assessment, evaluation and management of risk factors, cardiovascular disease in the context of CKD, assessment and management of CKD complications, special circumstances in CKD patients, and the path to renal replacement therapy are all thoroughly covered. Diagnostic and therapeutic approaches are presented according to the latest staging system for CKD, with patient care being discussed separately for each disease stage. The proposed management plan is both 'best available evidence based' and 'practice based'. The book also recognizes the needs of busy clinicians by including helpful boxes summarizing the evidence on diagnostic and therapeutic issues and practice pearls based on guidelines. The authors are recognized experts from across the world, ensuring global coverage of the problem, and most have participated in writing guidelines on CKD.
Contents:
What Is Chronic Kidney Disease?
Clinical Assessment of a Patient with Chronic Kidney Disease
Imaging in Chronic Kidney Disease
Diabetes and Chronic Kidney Disease
Hypertension and Chronic Kidney Disease
Dyslipidemia and Chronic Kidney Disease
Metabolic Acidosis and Chronic Kidney Disease
Acute Kidney Injury in Chronic Kidney Disease
Preventing Progression of Chronic Kidney Disease: Diet and Lifestyle
Preventing Progression of Chronic Kidney Disease: Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System Blockade Beyond Blood Pressure
Chronic Kidney Disease and the Cardiovascular Connection
Screening and Diagnosing Cardiovascular Disease in Chronic Kidney Disease
Management of Cardiovascular Disease in Chronic Kidney Disease
Cerebrovascular Disease and Chronic Kidney Disease
Anemia and Disorders of Hemostasis in Chronic Kidney Disease
Mineral and Bone Disorders in Chronic Kidney Disease
Protein-Energy Wasting and Nutritional Interventions in Chronic Kidney Disease
Infectious Complications and Vaccination in Chronic Kidney Disease
Endocrine Disorders in Chronic Kidney Disease
Liver and Gastrointestinal Tract Problems in Chronic Kidney Disease
Pruritus and Other Dermatological Problems in Chronic Kidney Disease
Pain Management in Chronic Kidney Disease
Depression and Other Psychological Issues in Chronic Kidney Disease
Sexual Dysfunction in Chronic Kidney Disease
Sleep Disorders in Chronic Kidney Disease
Neuropathy and Other Neurological Problems in Chronic Kidney Disease
Drug Prescription in Chronic Kidney Disease
Pregnancy and Chronic Kidney Disease
Surgery and Chronic Kidney Disease
Chronic Kidney Disease in the Elderly
Chronic Kidney Disease and Cancer
Chronic Kidney Disease in the Intensive Care Unit
Chronic Kidney Disease Management Programmes and Patient Education
Conservative/Palliative Treatment and End-of-Life Care in Chronic Kidney Disease
How to Prepare a Chronic Kidney Disease Patient for Transplantation
How to Prepare a Chronic Kidney Disease Patient for Dialysis
Quality of Life in Chronic Kidney Disease.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Maggie Watson, David W. Kissane.Contents:
Distress, adjustment and anxiety disorders / Daniel McFarland and Jimmie Holland
Depression in cancer care / Daisuke Fujisawa and Yosuke Uchitomi
Diagnosis and treatment of demoralization / David W. Kissane
Recognizing and managing suicide risk / Maggie Watson and Luigi Grassi
Psychopharmacologic management of anxiety and depression / Madeline Li, Joshua Rosenblat, and Gary Rodin.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Thach Nguyen, Dayi Hu, Shao Liang Chen, Moo-Hyun Kim, Cindy Grines ; associate editor, Faisal Latiff.Contents:
Hyperlipidemia / Vien T. Truong [and 5 others]
Hypertension / Udho Thadani, Nguyen Duc Cong
Stable coronary artery disease / Mohammed Haris Umer Usman [and 5 others]
Acute coronary syndrome / Udho Thadani, Quang Tuan Nguyen, Han Yaling
ST segment elevation myocardial infarction / Runlin Gao [and 7 others]
Heart failure / Dan D. Le [and 5 others]
Decompensated heart failure / Patrick Campbell [and 5 others]
Atrial fibrillation / Mihail Chelu [and 7 others]
Ventricular tachycardia / Sorin Lazar [and 5 others]
Syncope / Rajasekhar Nekkanti [and 5 others]
Aortic stenosis / Rajiv Goswami, Phillip Tran, Nguyen Lan Hieu, Aravinda Nanjundappa, Neal Kleiman
Mitral regurgitation / Raj Nekkanti [and 6 others]
Cardiovascular problems in the older patients / Daniel Forman, Nanette Wenger
Cardiovascular problems in women / Kahroba Jahan, Nisa Arshad, Nguyen Phuc Nguyen, Ainol Shareha Sahar, Amsa Arshad, Kwan Lee.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Digitaledited by Dr. Michael A. Cummings, Dr. Stephen M. Stahl.Summary: "In community settings, the most common barriers to independent living, employment, and stable interpersonal relationships for patients suffering from schizophrenia-spectrum disorders or other psychotic disorders are negative symptoms and cognitive deficits. In contrast, severely mentally ill individuals, often incarcerated or chronically institutionalized, more frequently experience substantial barriers related to positive psychotic symptoms leading to problematic behaviors such as aggression or violence. This is not to say that among the chronically institutionalized severely mentally ill population that positive psychotic symptoms are the only, or even majority, source of problematic behaviors. A survey conducted within the California Department of State Hospitals, a circa 7000-bed system dedicated to the treatment of conserved and forensically committed patients, reviewed 839 episodes of aggression or violence by 88 persistently aggressive inpatients and found that 54% of such episodes were impulsive, 39% were predatory or instrumental, and 17% were psychotically driven. Nevertheless, amelioration or control of positive psychotic symptoms commonly forms the initial treatment focus among the severely mentally ill."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- DigitalBrigitte van der Heijden, Jan-Ragnar Haugstvedt, Henk Coert.Digital Access
- DigitalJorge L. Alio, Dimitri T. Azar, editors.Summary: The diversity of procedures that characterize modern refractive surgery makes it, both for the beginner and the experienced surgeon, necessary to have well established guidelines to face refractive complications. This lavishly illustrated guide is written by international opinion leaders with extensive experience in the practice of refractive surgery. It offers the reader practical pearls to the solution and prevention of the different complications of corneal and refractive surgery. This book provides ophthalmic surgeons with appropriate solutions for the most frequent problems they would face in their daily practice. Surgical complications are described and illustrated from their pathogenesis to various treatment modalities. Complications covered include: Intraoperative complications (e.g. those encountered during femtosecond laser, SMILE and LASIK, corneal refractive surgery, refractive lens exchange, and intraocular refractive procedures); early post-operative complications and late post-operative complications. This illustrated guide is written by international opinion leaders with extensive experience in the practice of refractive surgery. Devoted to refractive complications, it provides ophthalmic surgeons with the most adequate solutions for the most frequent problems.
Contents:
Section I: Overview
Chapter 1: Refractive Surgery Outcomes and Frequency of Complications
Chapter 2: Influence of Refractive Surgery on Quality of Life
Section II: LASIK Intraoperative Complications
Chapter 3: Thin, Irregular, Buttonhole Flaps
Chapter 4: Intraoperative flap complications in LASIK: prevention and management of free flaps
Chapter 5: Management of the Distorted Flap
Section III: LASIK
Chapter 6: Scarring
Chapter 7: Infections after Refractive Surgery
Chapter 8: Diffuse Lamellar Keratitis
Chapter 9: Pressure-Induced Interlamellar Stromal Keratitis and PED Masquerade Syndrome
Chapter 10: Prevention and Management of Flap Striae after LASIK
Chapter 11: Marginal Sterile Corneal Infiltrates after LASIK and Corneal Procedures
Chapter 12: Melting
Chapter 13: Dry Eye
Chapter 14: Corneal Dysesthesia following LASIK
Chapter 15: Epithelial Ingrowth
Chapter 16: Corneal Ectasia
Chapter 17: Ptosis
Section IV: Refractive Miscalculation
Chapter 18: Refractive Miscalculation with Refractive Surprise: Sphere
Chapter 19: Refractive Miscalculation with Refractive Surprise: Cylinder
Section V: Optical Aberrations and Corneal Irregularities
Chapter 20. Causes of Higher Order Aberrations Induction in Excimer Laser Surgery
Chapter 21: Night Vision Disturbances Following Refractive Surgery: Causes, Prevention and Treatment
Chapter 22: Decentration
Chapter 23: Corneal Irregularity Following Refractive Surgery: Causes and Therapeutic Approaches
Section VI: Optic nerve, Retinal and Binocular Vision
Chapter 24: Optic Neuropathy and Retinal Complications after Refractive Surgery
Chapter 25: Effect of Refractive Surgery on Strabismus and Binocular Vision
Chapter 26: Small Incision Lenticule Extraction (SMILE) Complications
Chapter 27: Complications and Management with the Femtosecond Laser
Section VII: Surface Ablation: Complications.- Chapter 28: Complications of Laser Epithelial Keratomileusis (LASEK)
Chapter 29: Corneal Haze after Keratorefractive Surgery
Section VIII: Phakic Intraocular Lens Complication
Chapter 30: Complications of Anterior Chamber Angle Supported Phakic Intraocular Lenses-Prevention and Treatment
Chapter 31: Complications of Iris Supported Phakic IOLs
Chapter 32: Complications of Posterior Chamber Phakic IOLs
Chapter 33: Retinal Detachment
Chapter 34: Refractive Lens Exchange and Choroidal
Chapter 35: Complications of Multifocal Intraocular Lenses
Chapter 36: Refractive Surprise after Cataract following Corneal Refractive Surgery
Section IX: Other Refractive Surgical Procedures
Chapter 37: Complications of Refractive Keratotomy
Chapter 38: Management of Complications of Intracorneal Ring Segment Implantation
Chapter 39: Corneal Inlays: Complications
Chapter 40: Complications of Corneal Collagen Cross-linking
Chapter 41: CXL for post-LASIK ectasia
Section X: The Patient
Chapter 42: Predicting the Unhappy Patient and Patient Expectations. - DigitalFalk Schwendicke, editor.Summary: This book describes the challenges that deep carious lesions pose for dental practitioners, including the risk of endodontic complications and the difficulty of restorative treatment, and identifies options for overcoming these challenges on the basis of the best available evidence. The opening chapter sets the scene by discussing pathophysiology, histopathology, clinical symptomatology, and treatment thresholds. The various treatment options are then systematically presented and reviewed, covering non-selective, stepwise, and selective carious tissue removal and restoration, sealing of lesions using resin sealants or crowns, and non-restorative management approaches. In each case the current evidence with respect to the treatment is carefully evaluated. Advantages and disadvantages are explained and recommendations made on when to use the treatment in question. Illustrative clinical cases and treatment pathways for clinicians are included. This book will be of value for all practitioners who treat dental caries and carious lesions, whether in the permanent or the primary dentition. It will also be of interest to under- and postgraduate students in cariology and restorative, operative, preventive, and pediatric dentistry.
Contents:
Managing dental caries
Stepwise excavation
Caries sealing using resins
ART
Caries sealing using PMCs
Inactivating carious lesions: NRCT
Summary and recommendations, clinical pathways. - DigitalClifford P. Shearman, editor.Summary: This book explores the challenges of treating foot complications associated with diabetes,℗ℓ a major challenge for societies the world over. Authors include experienced podiatrists, nurses and doctors,℗ℓ all of whom℗ℓ work in the field of diabetes foot care. The book is divided into prevention and early management, management of major complications, prevention of recurrence and how to structure a team.℗ℓ In each area, the authors describe their practical experiences and discuss how they have addressed clinical challenges. Management of Diabetic Foot Complications provides useful information for anyone responsible for the care of people with diabetes who may be at risk of developing foot complications.
Contents:
1. Epidemiology
Numbers, outcomes, change in demographics, cost
2. Athophysiology of foot in diabetes ? Neuropathy, effects on circulation, infections
3. Underlying causes of foot complications of diabetes
4. Infection and antibiotics
5. Early recognition of the foot at risk and prevention
6. Foot wear, orthotics and prosthetics
7. Diabetic Foot Protection Teams: the role of multidisciplinary team
8. Treatment of foot complications both in the community and secondary care
9. Principles of Emergency treatment
10. Management of arterial disease and re-vascularisation in diabetes
11. Management of neuropathy and Charcots neuroarthropathy
12. Wound treatment
13. The role of foot surgery
14. Amputation
when and how
15. Rehabilitation and treatment to avoid further problems. - Digitalvolume editors, Francesco Bandello, Marco A. Zarbin, Rosangela Lattanzio, Ilaria Zucchiatti.Contents:
The burden of diabetes : emerging data / Maffi, P., Secchi, A.
The eye as a window to the microvascular complications of diabetes / Zerbini, G., Maestroni, S., Turco, V., Secchi, A.
Emerging insights into pathogenesis / Midena, E., Pilotto, E.
Emerging issues for optical coherence tomography / Pierro, L., Rabiolo, A.
Optical coherence tomography angiography in diabetic maculopathy / Coscas, G., Lupidi, M., Coscas, F.
Emerging issues for ultra-wide field angiography / Rabiolo, A. [and 6 others]
Emerging simplified retinal imaging / Sharma, A.
Intravitreal ranibizumab in diabetic macular edema : long-term outcomes / Zucchiatti, I., Bandello, F.
Intravitreal aflibercept in diabetic macular edema : long-term outcomes / Introini, U., Casalino, G.
Intravitreal steroids in diabetic macular edema / Lattanzio, R., Cicinelli, M.V., Bandello, F.
Practical lessons from protocol I for the management of diabetic macular edema / Mukkamala, L., Bhagat, N., Zarbin, M.A.
Practical lessons from protocol T for the management of diabetic macular edema / Mukkamala, L., Bhagat, N., Zarbin, M.A.
Is laser still important in diabetic macular edema as primary or deferral therapy? / Battaglia Parodi, M., Bandello, F.
Anti-vascular endothelial growth factor injections : the new standard of care in proliferative diabetic retinopathy? / Li, X., Zarbin, M.A., Bhagat, N.
Surgical management and techniques / Codenotti, M., Iuliano, L., Maestranzi, G.
Enzymatic vitreolysis for vitreomacular traction in diabetic retinopathy / Rizzo, S., Bacherini, D.
Diabetic macular edema : emerging strategies and treatment algorithms / Moisseiev, E., Loewenstein, A.
Application of clinical trial results to clinical practice / Zarbin, M.A., Bhagat, N., Mukkamala, L.Digital Access Karger 2017 - DigitalJonathan H. Phillips, editor in chief ; Daniel J. Hedequist, Suken A. Shah, Burt Yaszay, editors.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalCosimo Mazzotta, Frederik Raiskup, Stefano Baiocchi, Giuliano Scarcelli, Marc D. Friedman, Claudio Traversi.Summary: This book provides a rapid overview of crosslinking protocols and the therapeutic guidelines to optimize the application according to patients age and ectasia staging. This book is unique in the field of crosslinking therapy, as it gives the readers a complete guide for their daily practice to understand the modern accelerated crosslinking protocols, indications and customized treatment strategies. Ophthalmic specialists, opticians, optometrists and doctors working in ophthalmic settings, will find this book to be a 'go-to' guide for furthering clinical knowledge of this specialized treatment for early progressive corneal ectasia.
Contents:
Principles of accelerated corneal collagen cross-linking
Crosslinking results and literature overview
Crosslinking evidences in-vitro and in-vivo
Accelerated crosslinking protocols
Refractive crosslinking : ACXL plus
ACXL beyond keratoconus : post-LASIK ectasia, post-RK ectasia and pellucid marginal degeneration
Keratoconus classifcation, ACXL indications and therapy flowchart.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Beena Kunheri, D. K. Vijaykumar.Summary: Breast cancer, its causes, early detection and treatment have received considerable attention, since this widespread disease is one of the most important health concerns for women. This book provides a comprehensive overview of the diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of the management of early-stage breast cancer, including essential information on basic topics like pathology, and radiology, as well as the latest developments. Further, it discusses all aspects of surgical care, chemotherapy and radiation therapy, together with the controversies and current management guidelines. Helping readers acquire a deep, holistic understanding of the topic, the book is a valuable resource for practitioners and postgraduate students in the field of gynecologic oncology. Moreover, it is a useful aid to decision-making in day-to-day practice for oncologists, residents, fellows and experienced practitioners.
Contents:
Breast cancer: current trends across the world
Role of screening in early stage breast cancer: Guidelines and recommendations
Basics and controversies in breast cancer imaging
Pathology of early stage breast cancer
Molecular classification of early stage breast cancer and its relevance
Surgical management of early stage breast cancer
Sentinel lymph node in early stage breast cancer: Evidence, techniques and controversies
Oncoplasty in early breast cancer
Risk stratification for adjuvant treatment in early breast cancer
Role of chemotherapy In early breast cancer
Role of Anti-human epidermal growth receptor (HER) in early breast cancer
Adjuvant hormones in early breast cancer:Current status
Ductal carcinoma in situ: Current consensus in its management
General guidelines of radiation in early breast cancer
Techniques of radiation in early stage breast cancer
Current controversies and guidelines in early breast cancer 1-3 node
Accelerated partial breast irradiation: Current evidence and techniques in early breast cancer
Role of regional nodal irradiation in early breast cancer
Hypofractionation in early breast cancer: Evidence, rationale and practice
Psychological impact of breast cancer diagnosis and treatment. . - DigitalMansoor R. MIrza, editor.Summary: This practical reference book provides up-to-date, evidence-based multidisciplinary guidelines on the epidemiology, biology, diagnosis, and treatment of endometrial cancer. Individual chapters focus on topics such as hormonal interactions, cancer prevention, genetic classification and its clinical applications. Recent advances in diagnostic methods are described. The treatment-oriented chapters include coverage of the roles of lymphadenectomy and sentinel node dissection, surgical complications, radiation techniques, and chemotherapy in early-stage disease. Treatment options in advanced disease, including hormonal therapy and targeted therapy, are considered separately, as is the management of rare tumor types. The authors are international key opinion leaders. Summaries of the ESMO/ESGO/ESTRO guidelines on management are included. Each clinical chapter ends with a summary of recommendations with the level of evidence.
Contents:
FIGO classification of endometrial cancer
Epidemiology, risk factors and need for cancer registry
Hormonal interactions in endometrial cancer
Endometrial cancer prevention
Controversies in pathology.- Hereditary cancers.- Genetic classification & it's clinical applications.- Advances in endometrial cancer diagnosis.- Need for level-one evidence in the management of endometrial cancer.- Summery of ESMO-ESGO-ESTRO consensus guidelines for the management of endometrial cancer.- Summery of SGO-NCCN management guidelines.- Risk factors in the early stage endometrial cancer
Surgical principles
Radiation therapy in endometrial cancer
Role of chemotherapy
Endocrine therapy of endometrial cancer
Targeted therapy
Management of rare tumours
Quality of life. - DigitalVictor-Vlad Costan, editor.Contents:
Anatomical Borders of the Parotid Region
Extended Parotid Tumors with Origin in the Parotid Tissue
Extended Parotid Tumors with Origin in the Parotid Lymph Nodes
Extended Parotid Tumors with Origin in the Skin of the Head and Neck
Parotid Tumors with Skin Extension
Parotid Tumors with Muscle Extension
Parotid Tumors Extended in the Facial Bones
Parotid Tumors Extended in the Base of Skull
Pathological Variety of Extended Parotid Tumors
Clinical Diagnosis of Extended Parotid Tumors
The Diagnostic Imaging of Extended Parotid Tumors
Extended Parotidectomy
Issues on General Anesthesia
Arising Problems in Extended Parotidectomy
Closing Postoperative Defects by Direct Suture
The Use of Local Muscular Flaps
The Use of Musculo-Cutaneous Platysma Flaps
The Use of Muscular or Musculo-Cutaneous Pectoralis Major Flap
The Use of Musculo-Cutaneous Latissimus Dorsi Free Flap
The Use of Fascial-Cutaneous Radial Flap
Attitude Toward the Facial Nerve in Extended Parotidectomy.-The Management of Lagophthalmos in Facial Nerve Paralysis
The Value of Lipostructure in Extended Parotidectomy
Issues on Radiotherapy
Chemotherapy in Extended Parotidectomy.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Giuseppe Milano, Andrea Grasso, Angel Calvo, Roman Brzóska.Summary: In this book, leading European shoulder experts review the current status in the management of failures of surgical treatment of different pathological conditions around the shoulder, such as instability of the glenohumeral joint and the acromioclavicular joint, rotator cuff disease and pathology of the long head of the biceps tendon, and glenohumeral osteoarthritis. The aim is to equip readers with clear guidance on how to manage such failures in everyday practice. There is a particular focus on all aspects of the management response to failure of shoulder arthroplasty. Information is provided on the reasons for failure of the various procedures, and key points on controversial topics are highlighted. Furthermore, case examples are used to present challenging scenarios and their possible solutions. The numerous high-quality illustrations aid comprehension, and readers will also have access to supplementary online videos. The book, published in cooperation with ESSKA, will be invaluable for orthopaedic surgeons and highly relevant for other medical and health practitioners such as sports medicine doctors, physical medicine doctors, and physical therapists.
Contents:
Shoulder instability repair: Why it fails
How to manage failed anterior arthroscopic repair
How to manage failed anterior open repair
How to manage failed posterior and MDI repair
Failed Arthroscopic Anterior Instability Repair: Case Example
Failed Posterior Instability Repair: Case Example
Failed Open Anterior Instability Repair: Case Example
The disabled throwing shoulder: when and how to operate
How to manage failed SLAP repair
Biceps disorders: when and how to operate
Acromioclavicular joint instability: when and how to operate
Failed SLAP Repair: Case Example
Failed Biceps Treatment: Case Example
Failed AC Joint Treatment: Case Example
Anatomical shoulder arthroplasty: How it works / Why it fails / How to manage failure / Future directions to prevent failure
Failed Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Case Example
Reverse shoulder arthroplasty: How it works / Why it fails / How to manage failure / Future directions to prevent failure
Failed Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty: Case Example
Rotator cuff repair: Why it fails
How to manage failed rotator cuff repair: Arthroscopic revision surgery / Biologic augmentation / Latissimus dorsi transfer
Failed Cuff Repair: Case Example. - DigitalMassimo Mongardini, Manuel Giofrè, editors.Contents:
1. Anatomy
2. Physiology and Pathophysiology
3. Diagnosis and Imaging
4. Endoanal Ultrasound
5. MR
6. Anorectal Manometry
7. Electromyography
8. Pelvic Floor Rehabilitation
9. Radiofrequency (SECCA procedure)
10. Sacral Nerve Stimulation
11. Bulking agent and perspectives
12. Artificial Bowel Sphincter
13. Anal Sphincter Reconstructions and Replacements
14. Stoma
15. Stem Cells.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalDavid R. Fleisher.Summary: Management of Functional Gastrointestinal Disorders in Children presents biopsychosocial theory with respect to six groups of functional disorders: disorders of elimination, vomiting disorders, abdominal pain, infant colic, chronic non-specific diarrhea of infants and toddlers, and failure to thrive. It illustrates, through numerous clinical examples, concepts of management developed during 45 years of practice. A satisfactory clinical outcome for pediatric gastrointestinal disorders often depends on the clinician's ability to discern not only the biological factors in illness, but also the unique cognitive and emotional needs that patients bring to the task of healing. This book provides guidelines for integrating the biopsychosocial model, an approach that has been under-emphasized in the literature until now. It includes naturalistic descriptions of functional gastrointestinal disorders, clinical goals, and the theoretical bases for management techniques. Offering numerous real-world examples and tips, this book serves as a valuable resource for pediatricians, family practitioners, pediatric mental health practitioners, pediatric nurse practitioners, as well as pediatric gastroenterologists.
Contents:
An introduction to biopsychosocial concepts
Functional disorders of elimination
Functional vomiting disorders
The recurrent abdominal pain syndrome
Infant colic syndrome
Chronic non-specific diarrhea of infants and toddlers
Failure to thrive.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalBhim Pratap Singh, Garima Singh, Krishna Kumar, S. Chandra Nayak, N. Srinivasa, editors.Summary: Pulses have played a major role in human diet and are considered a rich source of proteins. But, the major constraints in achieving the yield of pulses are the occurrences of various diseases and pests. Hence, there is a need to understand major fungal pathogens and their management strategies for sustainable agriculture. The major pulse crops in India and other Asian countries are bengal gram, pigeon pea, black gram, green gram, lentil and peas, which are attacked by several pathogens that cause considerable crop damage. Bengal gram is affected mainly by wilt (Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. ciceri), blight (Mycosphaerella pinodes) and rust (Uromyces ciceris-arietini). The main diseases of pigeon pea are wilt (Fusarium oxysporum) and Phytophtora stem blight (Phytophthora drechsleri f. sp. cajani). Powdery mildew (Erysiphe polygoni) and rust (Uromyces vicia-fabae) are the most important diseases affecting the production of pea. This volume offers details like symptoms, distribution, pathogens associated, predisposing factors and epidemiology, sources of resistance and holistic management of diseases with particular reference to those of economic importance. Several minor diseases of lentil, green gram and of black gram are discussed with their detailed and updated information. This volume provides pooled information regarding the management of major fungal phytopathogens affecting pulses.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Chapter 1: Plant Growth-Promoting Rhizobacteria in Management of Soil-Borne Fungal Pathogens
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Biology of Soil-Borne Pathogen
1.3 Diseases Caused by Soil-Borne Pathogen
1.4 Management of Soil-Borne Disease
1.4.1 Soil-Borne Fungal Pathogens and PGPR
1.4.2 Factors Influencing on Pathogen-PGPR Interactions
1.4.3 Induced Resistance
1.4.4 Other Control Methods
1.4.4.1 Cultural Method
1.4.4.2 Crop Rotation
1.4.4.3 Tillage Practices
1.4.4.4 Soil Amendments
1.4.4.5 Soil Solarization 1.4.4.6 Chemical Control
1.4.4.7 Resistance of Host Plant
1.4.4.8 Aerial Photography
1.5 Conclusion
References
Chapter 2: Exploration of Secondary Metabolites for Management of Chickpea Diseases
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Role of Endophytic Bacteria in the Management of Plant Diseases
2.3 Secondary Metabolite Production
2.3.1 Secondary Metabolites Associated with Rhizobacteria in the Management of Plant Diseases
2.4 Production of Secondary Metabolites by Pseudomonas fluorescens
2.5 Mode of Action of Secondary Metabolites Produced by Pseudomonads 2.6 Role of Biocontrol Agents in Induced Systemic Resistance (ISR) and Systemic Acquired Resistance (SAR)
2.7 Future Perspective
References
Chapter 3: Integrated Fungal Foliar Diseases of Arid Legumes: Challenges and Strategies of Their Management in Rain-Fed Areas
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Chickpea
3.2.1 Ascochyta Blight (Ascochyta rabiei)
3.2.1.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
3.2.1.2 Control
3.2.2 Botrytis Gray (Botrytis cinerea)
3.2.2.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
3.2.2.2 Control
3.3 Lentil
3.3.1 Rust (Uromyces viciae-fabae Pers.) 3.3.1.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
3.3.1.2 Control
3.3.2 Ascochyta Blight (Ascochyta lentis)
3.3.2.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
3.3.2.2 Control
3.4 Cowpea
3.4.1 Anthracnose (Colletotrichum lindemuthianum Sacc. & Magn)
3.4.1.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
3.4.1.2 Control
3.4.2 Cercospora Leaf Spot (Cercospora canescens Fellis & Martin and Cercospora cruenta Sacc)
3.4.2.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
3.4.2.2 Control
3.5 Faba Bean
3.5.1 Chocolate Leaf Spot (Botrytis fabae and Botrytis cinerea)
3.5.1.1 Diagnosis and Epidemiology
3.5.1.2 ControlDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalSantiago Horgan, Karl-Hermann Fuchs, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive state-of-the-art overview on the established knowledge in the field of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) as well as a current insight into new algorithms involving new diagnostic tools and new endoscopic and surgical techniques. The integration of these new findings in updated therapeutic decision making is demonstrated. The book reviews the latest literature on new diagnostic findings to better discriminate between different benign disorders of the esophagus and stomach. It describes the decision making to establish indications for the variety of established and new therapeutic options in the management of the disease. It also describes in detail new therapeutic techniques, which provides excellent back-up information for every clinician in daily practice. Management of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease is a valuable resource for clinicians, surgeons, nurses, technicians, students and researchers with an interest in esophageal and upper GI- disease.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Contents
Contributors
1: Definition and Pathophysiology of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Introduction and Definition
The Anatomy of the Esophagus and Stomach
Pathophysiology of GERD
The Incompetence of the LES
The Transient Lower Esophageal Sphincter Relaxations (TLESRs)
Histopathologic Considerations
Pathophysiologic Overview and Summary
References
2: Symptom Spectrum in Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Introduction
Diagnostic Workup for Patients with Symptoms Indicative of GERD
The Variety of Symptoms in Patients with GERD Symptom Profile of Esophageal Motility Disorders
GERD Symptoms and Somatoform Disorders
Conclusion
References
3: Diagnostic Investigations in GERD
Introduction
Diagnostic Investigations
Endoscopy
Radiographic Investigations
Impedance-pH Monitoring
High-Resolution Manometry (HRM)
Conclusion
References
4: Medical Therapy of GERD
Introduction
Lifestyle Intervention in GERD
Medical Therapy
Safety of PPI Therapy
Problems with PPI Therapy
References
5: Indications for Interventional and Surgical Therapy in GERD Basic Considerations for Alternative Options to Medical Therapy
Indication for Antireflux Surgery
Indications for Antireflux Surgery in Special Circumstances
Indication for Surgery in the Elderly
Indication for Antireflux Surgery in Patients with NERD (Nonerosive Reflux Disease)
Indication for Antireflux Surgery in Patients with Extra-Esophageal Symptoms
Indication for Antireflux Surgery in Patients with Delayed Gastric Emptying
References
6: Endoscopic Therapy for GERD
Introduction
Indications and Contraindications
Technical Aspects of Currently Available EART Endoscopic Full-Thickness Plication
Radiofrequency Ablation
Endoscopic Mucosa Resection
Clinical Evidence for EART
Endoscopic Fundoplication
Radiofrequency Ablation
Endoscopic Mucosa Resection
Complications
Summary
References
7: Surgical Management of Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
Indications
Preoperative Evaluation
Operative Procedures
Nissen Fundoplication
Partial Fundoplication
Belsey Mark IV Fundoplication
Magnetic Sphincter Augmentation
Endoscopic Methods
Gastric Bypass
Comparative Outcomes
Conclusion
References 8: The Nissen Fundoplication
Introduction
The Principle of Action of a Nissen Fundoplication
Operative Technique
Special Issues
Results of Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication
Conclusion
References
9: The Posterior Partial Toupet Hemifundoplication
Introduction
Operative Technique
Special Issues About the Partial Fundoplication
Results of Partial Toupet Hemifundoplication
Conclusion
References
10: Controversies Regarding Mesh Implantation for Hiatal Reinforcement in GERD and Hiatal Hernia Surgery
Introduction
Basic Pathophysiology of Hiatal Hernias - DigitalCarlo Trombetta, Giovanni Liguori, Michele Bertolotto, editors.Summary: This book is especially focused on the surgical aspect on Gender Dysphoria. Male to female surgery is widely discussed as well as the female to male conversion. Full information on hormone administration and surgical procedures are provided. Mental health issues are also described, as well as ethics, the law and psychosocial issues. The text is extensively referenced and includes numerous photos, tables and figures to clearly illustrate information. Based on collaboration between international experts in transgender health, this book is an essential guide for health care professionals, educators, students, patients and patients? families concerning the psychological, hormonal, surgical and social support of transgender individuals.
Contents:
Part I General Aspects: Sexual Ambiguity: Development Of Judgement And Evaluation Criteria Over The Centuries
Gender dysphoria: definition and evolution through the years
The DSM Diagnostic Criteria For Gender Dysphoria
Epidemiologic Considerations On Transsexualism
Etiopathogenetic Hypotheses Of Transsexualism
Imaging: Examination Technique
Clinical Management Of Gender Dysphoria In Adolescents
Part II Management of Male to Female: Psychological Characteristics And Sexuality Of Natal Males With Gender Dysphoria
Endocrine Treatment Of Transsexual Male To Female Persons
Surgical Therapy: My Personal Technique
Surgical Therapy: Vaginoplasty In Male Transsexuals Using Penile Skin And Urethral Flap
Surgical Therapy: Construction Of The Neovagina Using The Pelvic Peritoneum
Surgical Therapy: Technical Suggestions For Better And Lasting Functional And Aesthetic Outcomes In Manufacturing The Neoclitoris
Surgical Therapy: Feminization Laryngoplasty
Surgical Therapy: Mastoplasty
Complications Of Male To Female Vaginoplasty
Surgery In Complications: Colon Vaginoplasty
Surgery In Complications: Ileal Vaginoplasty
Surgery In Complications: Management Of Prolapse
Evaluation Of Lower Urinary Tract Function After Surgery
Follow Up Of Patients After Male To Female (Mtf) Sex Reassignment Surgery (Srs)
Quality Of Life After Sexual Reassignment Surgery
Imaging
Part III Management Of Female To Male: The Hot Questions In Prepubertal Gender Dysphoria In Girls
The Female-To-Male Medical Treatment
Surgical Therapy: Pedicle Anterolateral Thigh Flap
Surgical Therapy: Free Forearm Flap
Surgical Therapy: Metoidioplasty Technique And Results
Surgical Therapy: Phalloplasthy With Suprapubic Flap-Pryor?s Technique
Surgical Therapy: Total Phalloplasty Using Latissimus Dorsi Flap
Surgical Therapy: Chest Wall Contouring For Female-To-Male Transsexuals
Surgical Therapy: Possible One Step Solutions
Surgical Therapy: Scrotal Reconstruction In Female-To-Male Transsexuals
Complications
Penile Prosthesis Implantation In Phalloplasty In Female To Male Transsexuals
Imaging
Part IV Legislative, Ethical And Health Policy Aspects: Ethical Issues For The Practitioner Work In The Transgender Care
Transgender Identity And Sexually Transmitted Diseases Including HIV
Answers To Fertility Request.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalSanjiv C. Nair, Srinivasa R. Chandra, editors.Summary: This book provides a simple, step-by-step guide to the identification and sequential management of vascular lesions in the body. Since most vascular lesions occur in the head and neck area, the surgical interventions present challenges with regard to facial growth, airway management and reconstruction options. This book explores the treatment of head and neck vascular malformations and tumors from the perspectives of various specialties, such as otolaryngology, and pediatric, maxillofacial and plastic surgery. It covers surgical anatomy, pathophysiology, molecular basis, medical treatment, current embolization guidelines and surgical resection and reconstruction options for each type of tumor. It also discusses interventional and diagnostic radiological techniques. Written by leading international specialists, the book is a valuable resource for craniofacial, pediatric, maxillofacial, head and neck, and plastic surgeons as well as pediatricians and otolaryngologists.
Contents:
Terminology and classifications of head and neck vascular lesions
Pathophysiology and molecular diagnosis of head and neck vascular lesions
History, presentation, evaluation, evolution and findings of head and neck vascular lesions
Congenital lesions and syndromes associated with vascular lesions
Radiological techniques for evaluation, diagnosis and management of head and neck vascular lesions
Medical management of head and neck vascular lesions
Pre-surgical interventions in head and neck vascular lesions
Anatomical and surgical considerations in head and neck vascular lesions
Vascular tumor management cases
Surgical management of head and neck vascular lesions
Reconstruction of head and neck vascular lesions
Lasers and nonsurgical modalities for head and neck vascular lesions. - DigitalBaliga, R. R.; Haas, Garrie J.; Raman, Jai.Summary: This book is a comprehensive review for practitioners of all persuasions involved in the management of patients with heart failure. Heart failure is a problem of epidemic proportions in all parts of the world. State of the art treatment may not be accessible to all, but simply creating an awareness of simple methods of diagnosis and treatment would assist in promoting a better global response to this epidemic. This revised edition, written by a panel of world-renown cardiology experts, focuses on the medical management of heart failure and outlines the causes, etiopathology and mechanisms in such a way that most health care professionals can grasp the concepts. The book details the common investigations, clinical profiles and therapeutic paths required of all clinicians with these patients under their care. Management of Heart Failure - Volume 1: Medical will be essential reading for all specialists dealing with patients with or who are at risk of heart failure, including but not limited to cardiologists, emergency medicine physicians, critical care physicians, interventionalists, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, advanced practice nurses and cardiac surgeons. Volume 2: Surgical will be essential reading for all specialists dealing with patients with or who are at risk of heart failure, including but not limited to cardiologists, emergency medicine physicians, critical care physicians, anesthesiologists, interventionalists and cardiothoracic surgeons.
Contents:
v. 1. Medical / edited by Ragavendra R. Baliga, Garrie J Jaas
v. 2 Surgical / edited by Jai Raman.Digital Access - DigitalUlrich Wedding, Riccardo A. Audisio, editors.Summary: This book focuses on the management of hematological cancer and provides guidance on the management issues specific to older patients, spanning background and epidemiology, special considerations in the management of older people, therapeutics and psychosocial considerations. Management of Hematological Cancers in Older People aims to provide an up-to-date review of the literature in each of the major areas relating to the management of older hematological cancer patients, and makes recommendations for best practice and future research. The authors come from a broad geographic spread including the UK, mainland Europe and North America to ensure a worldwide relevance. Management of Hematological Cancers in Older People will appeal to surgical oncologists, medical oncologists and other members of the multidisciplinary team.
Contents:
1. Haematological Malignancies in the Elderly: The epidemiological Perspective
2. Anemia, Fatigue & Aging
3. Myelodysplastic Syndromes in Older Patients
4. Acute Myeloid Leukemia
5. Chronic myelogeneous leukemia
6. Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
7. Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia
8. Indolent Lymphomas in Older Patients
9. Mantel Cell Lymphoma
10. Hodgkin Lymphoma in the Elderly
11. Diffuse large B-Cell Non-Hodgkin ́s lymphoma (DLBCL- NHL)
12. Multiple Myeloma
13. Geriatric Assessment
14. Nursing Issues
15. General considerations on treatment in older patients with haematological malignancies
16. General Consideration on Radiotherapy in older patients with haematological malignancies
17. Supportive Care in older patients with haematological malignancies
18. Patients reported outcome / Quality of life
19. Palliative care issues. - Digitaledited by Jose G. Guillem, Garrett Friedman.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive review of the clinical management of hereditary colorectal cancer. The text focuses on six distinct patient groups: patients with elderly age-of-onset colorectal cancer and adenomas, patients with hamartomatous colorectal polyps, patients afflicted with familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP), patients with attenuated familial adenomatous polyposis (AFAP), patients with MYH associated polyposis (MAP), and patients afflicted with lynch syndrome (LS). Each chapter illustrates how clinicians utilize current technologies in genetic testing, pathological review, and endoscopic, surgical, and chemotherapeutic/immunotherapeutic approaches to manage these patient groups. Topics such as the timing of genetic testing, endoscopic screening and surveillance, prophylactic surgical options and chemo-preventive interventions are also discussed in concise yet precise detail. Written by experts in their fields, Management of Hereditary Colorectal Cancer: A Multidisciplinary Approach is a valuable and timely resource for gastroenterologists, surgeons, genetic counselors, medical oncologists, psychologists, and any health caregivers involved with the management of patients and families afflicted with a hereditary form of colorectal cancer. .
Contents:
Early Age-of-Onset Colorectal Carcinoma: An Emerging Public Health Issue
Management of Hamartomatous Polyps
Familial Adenomatous Polyposis: Prophylactic Management of the Colon and Rectum
Familial Adenomatous Polyposis Surveillance Post IPAA or IRA
Familial Adenomatous Polyposis: Management of Upper Gastrointestinal Polyps
Desmoids in Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
Hepatoblastoma in Infants Born to Parents with Familial Adenomatous Polyposis
MYH-Associated Polyposis: Manifestations, Management and Surveillance of the Colorectum
Lynch Syndrome: Management of the Colon- What Operation?
Lynch Syndrome: Management of Rectum- What Operation?. - Digitaledited by Kshipra Misra, Priyanka Sharma, Anuja Bhardwaj.Summary: Management of High Altitude Pathophysiology presents a comprehensive overview on the various therapeutic practices and ongoing research relating to the development of more potent and novel formulations for managing high altitude pathophysiology. It provides a detailed application of both herbal and non-herbal therapeutic agents, including their nanoformulations. This important reference provides benefits to the medical and herbal scientific communities, doctors treating patients with high altitude complications, individuals travelling to high altitudes for recreation or work, and scientists working on future drug development.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalBrahm H. Segal, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of the concepts vital to a modern treatment of common and opportunistic infections in the immunocompromised host. Chapters are written by experts in the field, and include their views on gaps in the field and future directions of research. This book begins with an overview of the normally functioning immune system followed by a detailed discussion of the major primary immunodeficiencies. Specific chapters are dedicated to providing practical knowledge in the prevention and treatment of infections in specific immunocompromised patients, including those with cancer, transplant recipients, HIV infection, and autoimmune disorders. Emphasis is placed on diagnostic evaluation, antimicrobial selection that includes consideration of the threat of antimicrobial-resistant pathogens, and immunotherapy tailored to specific patients. Finally, dedicated chapters on stem cell transplantation for patients with primary immunodeficiencies, adoptive cellular immunotherapy, and gene therapy will provide readers with insight into these rapidly evolving and cutting edge therapies. Management of Infections in the Immunocompromised Host is a valuable resource for infectious diseases specialists, immunologists, oncologists, hematologists, general physicians, students, researchers, and all other working with immunocompromised patients.
- DigitalBertrand Richert, Nilton Di Chiacchio, Marie Caucanas, Nilton Gioia Di Chiacchio.Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalJoseph D. Feuerstein, Adam S. Cheifetz, editors.Summary: This handbook provides a concise, state-of-the-art overview on the management of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) in the hospitalized patient. The book reviews epidemiology and risk factors for hospitalization in patients with ulcerative colitis (UC) and Crohns disease, as well as medical and surgical management strategies for patients hospitalized with UC or Crohn's disease. The book also highlights complex disease management cases involving co-infection from clostridium difficile and/or CMV. The volume also spotlights nutrition management, quality of care, and management of pediatric and pregnant patients hospitalized with IBD flares.
Contents:
Epidemiology and risk factors for hospitalization in patients with ulcerative colitis and Crohns disease
Routine management of hospitalized patients with ulcerative colitis
Management of hospitalized patients with ulcerative colitis refractory to corticosteroids
Surgical management of hospitalized patients with ulcerative colitis
Management of hospitalized patients with inflammatory and structuring Crohns disease
Management of hospitalized patients with Crohns related abscess
Surgical management of hospitalized patients with Crohns disease
Management of hospitalized patients with inflammatory bowel disease and CMV infection or Clostridium Difficile infection
Nutrition management in patients hospitalized with inflammatory bowel disease
Quality of care in the management of hospitalized patients with inflammatory bowel disease
Management of pediatric patients hospitalized with ulcerative colitis
Management of pediatric patients hospitalized with Crohns disease
Management of pregnant women hospitalized with a flare of inflammatory bowel disease. - DigitalDavid A. Parker, editor.Summary: This book is a rich source of practical guidance on the management of relatively young patients with osteoarthritis of the knee that will assist physicians and allied health professionals in enabling patients to remain active and sustain their quality of life. It provides up-to-date knowledge on the available treatment options, describes the evidence base for each option, and identifies the appropriate timing and indications. The book opens by considering the basic science behind osteoarthritis, which is critical to management. The many nonsurgical treatment modalities are then discussed, with particular focus on the importance of a multidisciplinary approach. Subsequent chapters address the role of surgical management, covering both techniques that attempt to preserve and possibly restore the native knee joint, such as meniscal and chondral surgery, arthroscopic debridement, and osteotomy for realignment of the joint, and those that involve joint replacement. The arthroplasty component of the text encompasses all areas of prosthetic resurfacing, including localized resurfacing, unicompartmental replacement, and total knee replacement. The book has been produced in cooperation with ISAKOS and the authors constitute an international faculty who provide a truly global perspective on the subject.
Contents:
Introduction, and Nonoperative Management: Osteoarthritis
Definition, Aetiology & Natural History
Nonsurgical Management of Osteoarthritis. Surgical Management: Meniscus Surgery
Arthroscopic Debridement in the Presence of Osteoarthritis
Cartilage Preservation & Restoration
Osteotomy around the knee
Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty
Total Knee Arthroplasty
New and Evolving Surgical Techniques
Conclusions and Future Directions. - DigitalSusan Tsai, Paul S. Ritch, Beth A. Erickson, Douglas B. Evans, editors.Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive understanding for the rationale of neoadjuvant treatment sequencing for localized pancreatic cancer and to focus on accurate clinical staging and stage-specific treatment sequencing. Sections address important aspects of clinical management of localized pancreatic cancer from diagnosis to surgery. These areas include initial radiographic staging, management of obstructive jaundice, role of chemotherapy and chemoradiation in neoadjuvant therapy, assessment of treatment response, and operative considerations for complex vascular resections. A brief review of suggested readings addressing the particular topic follows in each section, as well as a summary of clinical "pearls". Management of Localized Pancreatic Cancer: Current Treatment and Challenges provides a comprehensive resource which clearly defines the principles of neoadjuvant therapy as well as a clinical framework for successful therapy. It serves as a valuable guide to physicians of multiple disciplines who are interested in utilizing neoadjuvant therapy for localized pancreatic cancer.
Contents:
The Future of Multidisciplinary Care in Pancreatic Cancer
Clinical Staging of Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma with MDCT and MRI
Coordination of Endoscopic Ultrasound-Guided FNA and Biliary Drainage in Pancreatic Cancer
Importance of Carbohydrate Antigen 19-9 Monitoring in the Management of Pancreatic Cancer
Treatment Sequencing for Resectable Disease
Treatment Sequencing for Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer
Delivery of Neoadjuvant versus Adjuvant Therapy in Localized Pancreatic Cancer
Neoadjuvant Therapy for Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma
New Classification of Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer
Treatment Sequencing for Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer
Role of Radiation for Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer
Molecular Profiling in Pancreatic Ductal Adenocarcinoma
Genetic Counseling for Pancreatic Cancer
Medical Nutrition Therapy throughout the Continuum of Care for Localized Pancreatic Cancer
Role of 18F-fluorodeoxyglucose Positron Emission Tomography (FDG-PET) in the Management of Pancreatic Cancer
The New Bench for the Academic Surgeon: Precision Medicine. - Digitaleditors, Jasmine Zain, Larry W Kwak ; contributors Michelle Afkhami [and 16 others].Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalLars-Olof Hattenbach, editor.Summary: Sub- or preretinal hemorrhage involving the macula is a typical complication in a variety of ocular diseases, including age-related macular degeneration, arterial macroaneurysm, Valsalva retinopathy, and trauma. However, there is currently no consensus regarding the ideal treatment for macular hemorrhage. The purpose of this book on macular hemorrhage is twofold: it aims both to impart valuable information on pathophysiology, risk factors, diagnostic aspects, and prognostic criteria under different conditions and to provide a systematic overview of therapeutic approaches that cover the most important situations a vitreoretinal surgeon might encounter when treating patients with this disorder. Case presentations, clinical photographs, and an extensive review of the literature supplement the important information on clinical decision making, surgical techniques, and typical pitfalls and invite the reader to explore the advantages and disadvantages of various approaches to the management of macular hemorrhage.
Contents:
Types of Macular Hemorrhages and Clinical Appearance
Macular Hemorrhage: Natural Course and Risk Factors
Classification of Subretinal Hemorrhage
The Pathophysiology of Subretinal Hemorrhage
Anti-VEGF and Fibrinolytic Agents for the Management of Subretinal Hemorrhage
Minimally Invasive Surgical Approaches to the Management of Macular Hemorrhages
Surgical Treatment of Massive Subretinal Hemorrhage
Macular Translocation in Submacular Hemorrhage Secondary to Age-Related Macular Degeneration
Retinal Pigment Epithelium and Choroid Translocation in Massive Submacular Hemorrhage.-Surgical and Nonsurgical Treatment of Pre-Retinal Hemorrhages
Management of Trauma Associated Macular Hemorrhages.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalEric J. Strauss, Laith M. Jazrawi, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: While the management of meniscal pathology is addressed in many large sports medicine textbooks, this dedicated book on the topic is a major addition to the information currently available for orthopedic surgeons and sports medicine specialists, residents and fellows. As symptomatic meniscal tears remain among the most common musculoskeletal problems that are seen and treated, this up-to-date book on the evaluation and management of meniscal pathology, focused on current techniques and available evidence in the literature, is therefore extremely useful. To that end, The Management of Meniscal Pathology: From Meniscectomy to Repair and Transplantation is a comprehensive resource reviewing all aspects of managing symptomatic meniscal pathology. It is structured to proceed logically through an understanding of the anatomy and biomechanical importance of the meniscus in normal knee kinematics to the evaluation and treatment of meniscal tears and meniscal insufficiency. The chapters dedicated to the surgical management of meniscal pathology - including partial meniscectomy, meniscus repair, meniscal root repair and meniscal allograft transplantation - include step-by-step descriptions of various operative techniques, including pearls and pitfalls for the reader in addition to classic case examples. Non-operative approaches, as well as novel and emerging strategies and materials, are also highlighted, providing a well-rounded presentation of available techniques and outcomes.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
1: Anatomy and Function
Introduction
History in Surgery
Structure and Histology
Embryology
Gross Anatomy
Tibial Insertion Ligaments
Intermeniscal Ligament
Meniscofemoral Ligaments
Vasculature
Function
Summary
References
2: Epidemiology and Classification
Epidemiology
Classification
Traumatic Tears
Longitudinal Tear
Radial Tear
Root Tear
Bucket Handle Tear
Degenerative Tears
Horizontal Tear
Complex Tears
Oblique
Displaced
Pediatric Tears
Discoid
Conclusion Vertical/Longitudinal Tears
Radial Tears
Horizontal Tears
Complex Tears
Meniscal Root Tears
Displaced Meniscal Fragments/Flap Tears
Bucket-Handle Tear
Parameniscal Cyst
Meniscal Extrusion
Meniscocapsular Separation
References
4: Nonoperative Treatment of Meniscus Tears
Introduction
Function
Mechanism of Meniscal Tears
Nonoperative Treatment and Outcomes
Summary of RCT Studies
Corticosteroid Injections
Orthobiologics
Conclusion
References
5: Management of Meniscal Injuries: Resection to Repair
Background Anatomy, Function, and Diagnosis
Treatment
Conservative Management
Arthroscopic Partial Meniscectomy (APM)
Technique
Rehabilitation Following APM
Return to Activity
Indications and Outcomes of APM
Age/Preoperative OA
Total Versus Partial Meniscectomy
Laterality
Body Mass Index
Degenerative Versus Nondegenerative Tears
Radiographic Progression of OA
Discussion
Summary
References
6: Meniscus Repair
Indications for Meniscal Repair
Meniscus Repair Techniques
Outcomes of Meniscal Repair
Biologic Augmentation of Repair Rehab After Meniscal Repair
Conclusions
References
7: Meniscal Root Repair
Introduction
Anatomy
Medial Meniscus
Lateral Meniscus
Biomechanics
Mechanism of Injury
History and Physical Exam
Imaging
Classification
Management Options
Nonoperative Management
Operative Management
Medial Meniscus Root Repair Surgical Technique
Lateral Meniscus Root Repair
Postoperative Protocol
Summary
References
8: Understanding and Treating the Discoid Meniscus
Introduction
Epidemiology
Pathoanatomy and Histopathology
Classification - DigitalSanchia S. Goonewardene, Karen Ventii, Amit Bahl, Raj Persad, Hanif Motiwala, David Albala.Summary: This book provides a systematic review of the management and treatment of this disease. The concise and highly structured chapters feature essential background knowledge and commentary on recent advances within each step of a range of patient pathways. Management of Muscle Invasive Bladder Cancer provides a framework for patients' care based on the research, as well as practically and clinically oriented guidelines. This book is relevant to trainees and practicing urologists and oncologists, in addition to medical professionals involved in the treatment of bladder cancer.
Contents:
1. Introduction to muscle invasive bladder cancer
2. Epidemiology and risk factors in muscle invasive bladder cancer
3. The molecular basis of muscle invasive bladder cancer
4. Histological variants in MIBC
squamous cell and squamous differentiation
5. Histological variants in muscle invasive bladder cancer - adenocarcinoma
6. Histological variants in muscle invasive bladder Cancer
sarcomatoid cancer
7. MIBC Carcinosarcoma
8. Muscle invasive bladder cancer- small cell
9. MIBC plasmacytoid
10. MIBC and micropapillary bladder cancer
11. MIBC bladder cancer assessment and diagnosis
12. A systematic review on blue light cystoscopy in bladder cancer diagnostics
13. A systematic review on the staging conundrum in bladder cancer
14. Current state of investigations and limitations in muscle invasive bladder cancer
15. Risk stratification in bladder cancer
16. Preventative measures for those with high risk MIBC
17. Bladder cancer risk post pelvic irradiation
18. A systematic review on bladder preservation strategies and MIBC
19. Partial cystectomy
20. Muscle invasive bladder cancer and neoadjuvant chemotherapy
21. Controversies in clinical effectiveness of neoadjuvant chemotherapy
22. Trimodal therapy in bladder cancer
23. Systematic review on trimodal therapy in bladder cancer
24. Trimodal therapy
a systematic review
25. Reviews related to trimodal therapy for MIBC
26. Radical cystectomy lap open robotic
27. Prostate sparing cystectomy
a systematic review
28. A systematic review on nerve sparing cystoprostatectomy
29. MIBC
orthotopic vs ileal conduit
30. MIBC
a systematic review on orthotopic neobladder vs. ileal conduit
31. MIBC and radical cystectomy in the elderly
32. MIBC radical radiotherapy
33. MIBC
quality of life with urinary diversion
34. Neoadjuvant chemotherapy for muscle invasive bladder cancer
35. Muscle invasive bladder cancer and the staging conundrum
36. Radical cystectomy outcomes
37. Muscle Invasive bladder cancer and neoadjuvant chemotherapy
38. Muscle invasive bladder cancer and the staging conundrum
39. Physical pre-habilitation prior to radical cystectomy
40. Exercise therapy pre surgery
41. Patient fitness for surgery
42. CPEX testing prior to major urological surgery
43. Cardio-pulmonary exercise testing and major urological surgery
44. Robotic radical cystectomy and enhanced recovery
45. The robotic approach to redo surgery
46. Robotic cystectomy and intracorporeal neobladder formation
47. Secondary pelvic malignancies and bladder cancer
48. Organ sparing cystectomy
49. Robotic radical cystectomy
50. Robotic cystectomy and intracorporeal stoma formation
51. Orthotopic neobladders vs. ileal conduits
52. The role of enhanced recovery in robotic cystectomy
53. Robotic radical cystectomy and lymph node dissection
54. Robotic cystectomy and sentinel node mapping
55. Robotic radical cystectomy and intracorporeal stoma formation
56. Lap vs open vs robotic cystectomy
57. A systematic review on obesity in bladder cancer
58. Systematic review results on obesity in bladder cancer
59. Reviews on BMI and bladder cancer
60. Survivorship Issues in muscle invasive bladder cancer
61. Muscle invasive bladder cancer and health related quality of life
62. Body image in bladder cancer
63. The rationale for neoadjuvant chemotherapy
64. Support for partners in bladder cancer. - DigitalWade R. Smith, Philip F. Stahel, editors.Summary: Management of Musculoskeletal Injuries in the Trauma Patient summarizes the most current concepts and clinical practices for the management of the patient with musculoskeletal traumatic injuries. The text covers optimal time frames for stabilization of orthopedic injuries and strategies to mitigate systemic injury while minimizing damage due to pelvic, spine and long bone trauma. The volume covers the gamut of traumatic axial and extremity injuries, including cervico-lumbar-thoracic spine injuries, spinal cord injuries, long bone fractures with special emphasis on the femoral shaft, pelvic and acetabular injuries, open fractures, mangled extremities, upper extremity injuries, combination and severe soft tissues injuries and periarticular fractures. These are discussed in the context of isolated injury and combined with orthopedic injuries of the brain, abdomen, chest and other musculoskeletal injuries. Written by internationally recognized experts, Management of Musculoskeletal Injuries in the Trauma Patient is a valuable resource for orthopedic surgeons.
Contents:
Musculoskeletal Injury
Perioperative Management
The Pediatric Patient
Management of Injuries in the Geriatric Trauma Patient
The Multiply Injured Patient
Femur Fractures
Pelvic Fractures
Spine Fractures
Open Fractures and Limb Salvage
Compartment Syndrome
Closed Fractures and Dislocations
Shock and Coagulopathy
Closed Head Injury
Chest Trauma and Lung Contusions
Abdominal Compartment Syndrome and the Open Abdomen
Epilogue. - DigitalEric Raymond, Sandrine Faivre, Philippe Ruszniewski editors.Summary: This book pursues a multidisciplinary approach, presenting chapters with updated information on various aspects of treatment for patients with neuroendocrine tumors. Authors have been selected from expert centers in Europe and the United States. The goal of this book is to comprehensively summarize recent data and provide inspiring ideas to optimize the care of patients with neuroendocrine tumors. Neuroendocrine tumors are fascinating multifaceted diseases that can primarily localize in many organs with various presentations. These tumors are rare but their increasing incidence renders likely that physicians caring for cancers may have either already faced or may be certainly exposed to diagnose and/or treat a patient with neuroendocrine tumors. Over the last years, novel therapeutic options have emerged for neuroendocrine tumors, profoundly challenging practices that had previously been the standards for decades. These include - but are not limited to - somatostatin analogues, targeted therapies such as tyrosine kinase and mTOR inhibitors, antiangiogenic compounds, but also peptide-receptor targeted therapy or radioembolization. This changing field has generated novel treatment algorithms to guide medical decisions. To better understand and handle the multidisciplinary approaches that are required for optimizing the care of neuroendocrine tumor patients, physicians are now looking for references from experts and comprehensive reviews summarizing current knowledge on treatments for patients with neuroendocrine tumors.
Contents:
Scintigraphy in Endocrine Tumors of the Gut
Profiling the PI3K/Akt/Mtor Intracellular Pathway in Neuroendocrine Tumors
Relevance of Angiogenesis in Neuroendocrine Tumors
Advances with Somatostatin Analogues in Neuroendocrine Tumors: The Promise of Radionuclides in Neuroendocrine Tumors
Streptozotocin-Based Chemotherapy is not History in Neuroendocrine Tumors
Place of Surgical Resection in the Treatment Strategy in Neuroendocrine Tumors
Endoscopic Resection of Gastrointestinal Neuroendocrine Tumors
Liver-Targeting Therapies in Neuroendocrine Tumors
Inhibition of Mtor in Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Digestive Tract
Sunitinib in Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Clinical Management of Targeted Therapies in Neuroendocrine Tumors
Imaging Tumor Response to Angiogenesis Inhibitors in Neuroendocrine Tumors
Resistance to Targeted Therapies in Neuroendocrine Tumors
New Anticancer Agents in Neuroendocrine Tumors
Management of Symptoms and Patient Related Outcome Optimization in Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Digestive Tract
Clinical Approaches of Emergencies in NET.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalSanchia S. Goonewardene, Raj Persad, Hanif Motiwala, David Albala.Summary: This book covers the latest advances in non-muscle invasive bladder cancer care. It provides a review of the available evidence base for the efficacy of a range of therapeutic techniques, diagnostic procedures and risk factors. Management of Non-Muscle Invasive Bladder Cancer features detailed guidance in uniformly formatted chapters on how to properly apply a range of available therapeutic treatments relevant for patient care. It is a valuable resource for all trainee and practising medical professionals who treat these patients.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Authors; Part I Background and Pathology on Bladder Cancer; 1 Background on Bladder Cancer; References; 2 Introduction to Bladder Cancer Type and Therapy; References; Part II Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer; 3 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Sqaumous Cell Carcinoma and Squamous Differentiation; References; 4 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Adenocarcinoma; 4.1 Histopathology of Bladder Adenocarcinoma; 4.2 Survival Outcomes in Adenocarcinoma of the Urinary Bladder 4.3 Surgical Management of Adenocarcinoma of the Bladder4.4 Urachal Adenocarcinoma-Surgical Management; 4.5 Chemotherapy in Metastatic Adenocarcinoma of the Bladder; References; 5 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Sarcomatoid Differentiation; 5.1 Histopathology of Sarcomatoid Bladder Tumours; 5.2 Management in Paediatric Cases; 5.3 Clinical Presentation, Biphasic, Monophasic Components of Sarcomatoid Bladder Cancer; 5.4 Surgical Management of Sarcomatoid Differentiation of Bladder Cancer; 5.5 Survival Outcomes in Sarcomatoid Differentiation of Bladder Cancer; References 6 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Carcinosarcoma6.1 Histopathology of Carcinosarcoma of the Bladder; 6.2 Clinical Presentation of Carcinosarcoma of the Bladder; 6.3 Surgical Management of Carcinoma of the Bladder; 6.4 Survival Outcomes and Prognosis in Carcinosarcoma of the Bladder; References; 7 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Small Cell Carcinoma; 7.1 Variant Histology in Bladder Cancer-Small Cell Incidence and Histopathology; 7.2 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Small Cell Treatment; 7.3 Bladder Sparing in Small Cell Carcinoma 7.4 Histological Variants in Bladder Cancer-Small Cell Survival Outcomes7.5 Histological Variants in Small Cell Carcinoma of the Urinary Bladder-Radiotherapy; 7.6 Cranial Irradiation in Small Cell Bladder Cancer; References; 8 Histological Variants-Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.1 Diagnostics in Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.2 Histological Variants-Clinical Presentation of Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.3 Histological Variants-Histopathology of Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.4 Histological Variants-Surgical Management of Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer 8.5 Metastatic Spread of Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer8.6 Surgical and Adjuvant Management in Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.7 Prognosis in Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.8 Metastatic Pattern of Spread-Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; 8.9 Systematic Chemotherapy in Plasmacytoid Bladder Cancer; References; Part III Epidemiology and Risk Factors in Bladder Cancer; 9 Introduction to Epidemiology of Bladder Cancer; 9.1 Smoking; 9.2 Occupational Exposure; 9.3 Age and Gender Related Disease; References; 10 Epidemiology, Risk Factors and Occupational Hazards-A Systematic Review; References - DigitalAparna Govil Bhasker, Nimisha Kantharia, Sarfaraz Baig, Pallawi Priya, Mariam Lakdawala, Miloni Shah Sanchet, editors.Summary: This book covers the management of various metabolic, nutritional and hormonal complications that arise after bariatric surgery. Until now bariatric surgeons have focused on mastering the surgical technique and reducing surgical complications. A number of metabolic and nutritional complications in the post-surgical phase can remain undiagnosed or unreported with a potential for irreversible morbidity. The book is edited by a team of experienced surgeons and bariatric nutritionists to provide a balanced perspective on the subject. It includes chapters on the prevention and subsequent diagnosis and management of these complications early in the course and explaining each complication with one or more suitable case reports. This book is relevant for practicing as well as aspiring bariatric surgeons, nutritionists/dieticians and bariatric physicians.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Foreword
Preface
Contents
1: The Disease That Is Obesity
1.1 Introduction
1.2 The Epidemiology of Obesity in 2019
1.3 Causes of Obesity
1.4 Consequences of Obesity
1.5 Discussion
1.6 Conclusion
References
2: Associated Co-morbid Conditions of Clinically Severe Obesity
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Impaired Glucose Tolerance and Diabetes Mellitus
2.3 Hypertension
2.4 Heart Disease
2.5 Dyslipidemia
2.6 Cerebrovascular Disease
2.7 Metabolic Syndrome
2.8 Pulmonary Diseases
2.9 Gastrointestinal Diseases 2.10 Reproductive Disease
2.11 Psychosocial and Psychiatric Problems
2.12 Osteoarthritis
2.13 Cancer
2.14 Conclusions
References
3: Pre-existing Nutritional Deficiencies Associated with Obesity
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Obesity: A State of Malnutrition
3.3 Causes of Nutritional Deficiencies in Individuals Suffering from Obesity
3.4 An Overview on Physiology of Various Nutrients in the Body
3.4.1 Iron
3.5 Calcium and Vitamin D
3.6 Water Soluble: B-Vitamins
3.7 Fat-Soluble Vitamins: Vitamin A, E and K
3.8 Zinc 3.9 Management of Pre-operative Nutritional Deficiencies
3.10 Conclusion
References
4: Bariatric Procedures: Anatomical and Physiological Changes
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Anatomical Changes of Procedures Without Small Bowel Diversion
4.2.1 Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Band
4.2.2 Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy
4.3 Anatomical Changes in Procedures with Small Bowel Diversion
4.3.1 Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
4.3.2 One-Anastomosis Gastric Bypass
4.3.3 Biliopancreatic Diversion with Duodenal Switch 4.4 Physiological Changes on GI Tract After Bariatric Procedures
4.5 Food Intake
4.6 Gastric Emptying: Digestive Motility
4.7 Digestion and Absorption
4.8 Micronutrient Deficiencies
4.9 Macronutrient Deficiencies
4.10 Enterohormones
4.11 Gut Microbiota
4.12 Conclusion
References
5: Nutritional Deficiencies After Bariatric Surgery
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Mechanism of Deficiency
5.3 Macronutrients
5.4 Micronutrients
5.5 Clinical Manifestation
5.6 Lab Tests
5.7 Supplementation
5.8 Case Reports
5.8.1 Case 1
5.8.2 Case 2 7.7 Steatorrhoea and Pancreatic Exocrine Insufficiency. - DigitalKi Beom Kim, Reza Movahed, Raman K. Malhotra, Jeffrey J. Stanley, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book provides comprehensive information on the etiology, pathophysiology, medical implications, diagnosis, and surgical and nonsurgical treatment of obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). Divided into five parts, the book begins with principles and fundamentals of OSA and its diagnostic considerations. Subsequent parts then address non-surgical management, surgical management, and maxillomandibular advancements for OSA. Chapters seek to approach this common disorder from the viewpoint of multiple specialties, thereby promoting the development of a broad strategy for the evaluation and management of OSA patients that draws on each of them. An invaluable reference, Management of Obstructive Sleep Apnea: An Evidence-Based, Multidisciplinary Textbook meets the needs of advanced dental and medical students, orthodontic, maxillofacial, ENT, neurology, and plastic surgery residents, and sleep medicine and pulmonary physicians.
Contents:
Principles and Fundamentals: Introduction
Anatomical Aspects of Airway
Classification of Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
Pathophysiology of OSA
Pediatric Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
Health Consequences of OSA
Psychological Effect of OSA. Diagnostic Considerations: Clinical Evaluation of OSA Patients
Temporomandibular Evaluation
Obesity and OSA
Diagnostic Testing (Polysomnography And Home Sleep Apnea Testing)
Airway Imaging
Craniofacial Morphology Related to OSA
Craniofacial Syndromes And Sleep-Related Breathing Disorders
Biomarkers Associated with OSA
Orthodontic Considerations for OSA Patients. Non-Surgical Management of the OSA Patient: Conservative Options for Management for OSA
Positive Airway Therapy (CPAP, APAP And BPAP)
Oral Appliance Therapy
Emerging Therapies. Surgical Management of the OSA Patient: Surgical Considerations for OSA Patients
Tonsillectomy and Adenoidectomy
Nasal Surgery for OSA Patients
Uvulopalatopharyngoplasty and Laser-Assisted Uvulopalatoplasty
Transpalatal Advancement Pharyngoplasty
Radiofrequency Ablation
Tongue and Hyoid Procedures
Hypoglossal Nerve Stimulation
Maxillomandibular Advancement
Computational Fluid Dynamics in OSA
Orthognathic Surgical Considerations in OSA Patients
Individualized Orthodontic Treatment and Surgical Plan for Patients with OSA. - DigitalMicheal Tadros, George Y. Wu, editors.Summary: This book provides a concise, state-of-the-art overview of occult GI bleeding. The text reviews the epidemiology, screening and detection methods for localization, and prominent treatment strategies for occult GI bleeding. It also features a dedicated section on special patient populations including children, premenopausal women, older adults, and patients with other predisposing, and complicating medical conditions. This volume is supplemented with numerous color illustrations, photographs, and table, and is one of the few dedicated resources on occult GI bleeding. Written by experts in the field, Management of Occult GI Bleeding: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians, practitioners, and students who are involved in the treatment of patients with occult GI bleeding.
Contents:
An Introduction to the Clinical Approach and Management of Occult Gastrointestinal Bleeding
Non-Invasive Office Screening Methods
Endoscopic Detection
Radiologic Detection
Esophagus
Etiologies of Occult Gastroduodenum Bleeding
Occult Small Bowel Bleeding
Occult Lower GI Bleeding
Occult GI Bleeding: The Biliary-Pancreatic System
Bipolar and Monopolar Cautery, Clips, Bands, Spray, Injections, Embolization, and Minimally Invasive Surgery
Pediatrics
Premenopausal Women
Occult GI Bleeding: Considerations in Older Adults
Gastrointestinal Bleeding in Native Cardiovascular Disease and Implantable Cardiac Devices
NSAIDs/Anticoagulation
Genetic Causes of Occult Gastrointestinal Bleeding. - DigitalSeanna Grob, Carolyn Kloek, editors.Summary: This book uses a unique case-based approach to review the intra-operative and peri-operative management of patients with severe ocular trauma and open globe injuries. The case- based structure of this text allows readers to easily reference the type of injury they are treating in order to assist with management of their patients and to recognize indications to involve other ophthalmic and surgical specialties in the management of patients with open globe injuries. Management of Open Globe Injuries will be an indispensable resource for ophthalmologists who are called upon to care for patients who have suffered open globe trauma.
- DigitalSudhir Bahadur, Subramania Iyer, editors.Summary: Tumor biology varies at different subsites in the oral cavity, and therefore carcinoma of the gingivo-buccal sulcus (also known as Indian cancer) behaves differently from carcinoma of the tongue. Oral cancer is very often diagnosed at an advanced stage with neck metastasis, and most cases have a guarded prognosis. Loco-regional recurrences are frequent and morbidity following treatment is considerable. However, results have improved in recent years, particularly in early and certain advanced stages, due to better imaging and case selection, improved surgical techniques, including those for reconstructive surgery, a multidisciplinary team approach and a better understanding of tumor biology and prognostic factors. This book comprehensively and systematically reviews all these aspects of diagnostic and therapeutic advances in oral cancer, particularly discussing early detection, epidemiology, chemoprevention and current research. Written by specialists who are active leaders in basic sciences or clinical fields, the chapters address individual and collective issues in managing patients with oral cancer, and provide insights into various treatment approaches. The authors share their knowledge and experience and provide extensive literature sources to encourage clinicians to be flexible, innovative and help them make the best, educated decisions for individual patients.
Contents:
Epidemiology of oral cancers
Molecular biology of oral cancers
Pathology, histology and precancerous oral lesions
Surgical anatomy, mandible and tumor spread in oral cancers
Tumors of oral cavity: Diagnosis, assessment and staging/treatment guidelines
Tumors of gingivo-buccal sulcus
Tumors of the tongue
Management of neck metastasis in oral cancers
Residual/Recurrent oral tumors
Complications of surgery in oral cancers
Reconstruction of soft tissue defects in oral cancers
Reconstruction of mandible after oral cancer surgery
Principles of radiotherapy in oral cancers
Quality of life issues in oral cancers.Digital Access Springer 2021 - DigitalHisham Marwan, Yoh Sawatari, Michael Peleg.Summary: This excellently illustrated book provides a thorough overview of the management of orbito-zygomaticomaxillary fractures, which can be complex since both function and facial form may be affected. Practical guidance is offered on all aspects, including clinical examination, CT assessment, surgical planning, surgical access and techniques, soft tissue management, intra- and postoperative assessment, and management of complications. In addition, important technological advancements in planning and treatment are described, including the use of navigation systems and 3D printing. Finally, the authors discuss strategies involving delayed surgical intervention and revision surgery for the malpositioned zygomatic maxillary complex. Management of Orbito-zygomaticomaxillary Fractures will be of value for oral and maxillofacial/craniomaxillofacial surgeons at all levels of experience.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
1: Zygomaticomaxillary Complex Anatomy
2: Preoperative Assessment before Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery
2.1 Clinical Examination
2.1.1 Assessment for Function
2.1.2 Assessment for Facial Deformity
2.1.2.1 Orbit and Ocular Structures
2.1.2.2 Malar Area
2.1.2.3 Zygomatic Arch
2.2 Radiographic Examination
2.2.1 Defining the OZM
2.2.2 Displacement (Degree and Direction)
2.2.3 Comminution
2.2.4 Orbit
3: Preoperative Surgical Planning
3.1 Does the Patient Require Surgical Intervention? 3.2 Which Fractures Must Be Addressed?
3.3 Does the Orbit Require Reconstruction?
3.4 Which Access Type Will Be Necessary?
3.5 Surgical Sequence
4: Surgical Access to Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Fractures
4.1 Intraoral Approach
4.2 Periorbital Approaches
4.2.1 Approaches to the ZF Suture
4.2.1.1 Lateral Eyebrow
4.2.1.2 Upper Blepharoplasty
4.2.2 Approaches to the Floor/Inferior Orbital Rim
4.2.2.1 Subciliary
4.2.2.2 Midtarsal Approach (Subtarsal)
4.2.2.3 Infraorbital Approach
4.2.2.4 Transconjunctival Approach
4.3 Preauricular Approach 4.4 Coronal Approach
4.5 Gillies Approach
Suggested Readings
5: Fixation Techniques for Stabilizing Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Fracture
6: Soft Tissue Management in Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery
6.1 Type of Soft Tissue Injuries
6.2 Timing of Repair
6.3 Management of Primary Periorbital Injuries
6.4 Management of Primary Cheek Injuries
6.5 Soft Tissue Management during the Surgical Approach
6.5.1 Coronal Approach
6.5.2 Lower Eyelid Approach
Suggested Reading
7: Intraoperative Evaluation during Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery 8: Postoperative Assessment After Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery
8.1 Assessment
8.1.1 Linear Measurements
8.1.2 Angle Measurements
8.1.3 Surface Area
8.1.4 Volume
8.1.5 Comparison of Preoperative and Postoperative 3D Reconstruction
9: Complications Associated with Orbital-Zygomaticomaxillary Surgery
9.1 The Failure to Achieve the Desired Outcome
9.2 Iatrogenic Complications: Access-Related Complication
9.3 Fixation Plate Exposure/Sensitivity
9.4 Neurosensory Disturbances
9.5 Alopecia from Coronal Incision
9.6 Eyelid Malposition 10: New Advances in the Planning and Management of Orbital Zygomaticomaxillary Fractures
10.1 In-House 3D Printing
10.2 Intraoperative Computed Tomography
Suggested Reading
11: Management of Post-Traumatic Orbital Zygomaticomaxillary Deformities and Secondary Reconstruction
11.1 Surgical Planning
11.2 Osteotomy and Fixation Technique
Suggested Reading - DigitalAntonia Chen, MD, MBA, Director of research in Arthroplasty, Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Brigham and Women's Hospital; Associate Professor of Orthopaedic Surgery Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts, USA.Summary: "Orthopaedic infections represent common, potentially devastating, and sometimes fatal complications that can occur after any surgery. Infections associated with orthopaedic trauma are especially prevalent, and there is an increasing incidence of bone infections linked to a greater number of joint arthroplasties being performed annually. Management of Orthopaedic Infections: A Practical Guide by renowned orthopaedic surgeon and researcher Antonia Chen is a practical clinical reference to assist clinicians in the diagnosis and treatment of challenging infections spanning the entire orthopaedic specialty"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Detection of Microbes in Orthopaedic Infections / Michael Henry, Andy O. Miller, and Barry D. Brause
Antibiotics for Orthopaedic Infections / Alaina S. Ritter and Sandra B. Nelson
Irrigation Solutions for Orthopaedic Infections / Michael Yayac, Samuel J. Clarkson, Craig Della Valle, and Javad Parvizi
Surgical Wound Dressings after Treating Orthopaedic Infections / Patrick Moody and Bryan Springer
Osteomyelitis / Martin McNally
Treatment of the Septic Native Joint / Timothy L. Tan and Sommer Hammoud
Management of Periprosthetic Joint Infection / Malcolm E. Dombrowski and Brian A. Klatt
Infection after Fracture Fixation and Infected Nonunions / Arvind von Keudell and Michael J. Weaver
Spine Infections / Caleb M. Yeung and Melvin C. Makhni
Graft Infections / Robert Tisherman, Itamar Neto, Orr Limpisvasti, and Carola F. van Eck.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2021 - DigitalHiroyuki Isayama, Yousuke Nakai, Takashi Sasaki, editors.Summary: This comprehensive book presents the latest evidence-based data on pancreatobiliary malignancies, including the epidemiology, examination, treatment and endoscopic management. It explores a range of topics, such as risk factors, detection strategies, and novel treatment approaches like precision medicine and immunotherapy. Although there have been rapid improvements in the management of these diseases, the survival period has not yet reached a satisfactory level. This book will help those doctors needing to share the latest information with the patients and their families. It provides a wealth of practical information to help surgeons, endoscopists and oncologists as well as physicians, basic researchers and professionals at medical device and pharmaceutical companies broaden their understanding of the current treatment and management strategies for pancreatobiliary malignancies.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Part I: Current Topics in Epidemiology and Examinations of Pancreatic Cancer and Cholangiocarcinoma
1: Risk Factors for Pancreatic Cancer and Cholangiocarcinoma
1.1 Risk Factors for Pancreatic Cancer
1.1.1 Introduction
1.1.2 Genetic Factors
1.1.3 Pancreatic Disorders (Cystic Lesions and Chronic Pancreatitis)
1.1.4 Epidemiological Factors
1.1.5 Microbiome
1.1.6 Discussion
1.2 Risk Factors for Cholangiocarcinoma
1.2.1 Introduction
1.2.2 Microbiome (Infectious Diseases)
1.2.3 Genetic Factors 1.2.4 Pancreatobiliary and Inflammatory Disorders
1.2.5 Epidemiological Factors
1.2.6 Discussion
References
2: Detection Strategies and Examination of Early Pancreatic Cancer
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Clinical Features and Image Findings of Early-Stage PC
2.3 Cytological Diagnosis of Early-Stage PC
2.4 Pathological Features of Early-Stage PC
2.5 Statements and Detection Strategies of Early-Stage PC in Japan
2.6 Collaborations Between Specialists and General Practitioners for Early-Stage PC in Japan
References 3: Biomarkers for Pancreatic Cancer and Cholangiocarcinoma
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Currently Used Biomarkers for PDAC and CCA
3.3 Other Protein Markers for PDAC and CCA
3.4 Circulating Tumor Cells
3.5 Extracellular Vesicles
3.6 Biomarker-Based Selection of Targeted Therapies
3.7 Conclusion and Future Perspectives
References
4: Recent Advances of Precision Medicine in Pancreatic Cancer and Cholangiocarcinoma
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Features of Two Reimbursed CGP Tests
4.3 Required Tissue Samples
4.4 Liquid Biopsy 4.5 Eligible Patients for CGP Test and Optimal Timing of Its Application
4.6 Clinical Benefit of CGP Tests in Pancreatic Cancer
4.7 Clinical Benefit of CGP Tests in Biliary Tract Cancer
References
Part II: Anti-cancer Treatments for Pancreatic Cancer
5: Chemotherapy for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer
5.2.1 FOLFIRINOX
5.2.2 Gemcitabine Plus Nab-Paclitaxel
5.2.3 Selection Between FOLFIRINOX and Gemcitabine Plus Nab-Paclitaxel 5.2.4 Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy in Patients with Peritoneal Dissemination
5.3 Locally Advanced Pancreatic Cancer
5.4 The Role of Monotherapy
5.5 Second-Line Chemotherapy
5.6 Future Perspective
References
6: Neoadjuvant Therapy for Resectable and Borderline Resectable Pancreatic Cancer
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Preoperative Estimation for Surgical Resectability
6.3 Potentially Resectable Tumors
6.4 Prospective Studies for NAT and Adjuvant Therapy
6.5 Optimal Agent or Regimens for NAT for Potentially Resectable PA 6.6 Optimal Regimens for NAT: Chemotherapy or CRT? - DigitalJoseph R. Pisegna, editor.Summary: This book provides the reader with a multidisciplinary approach that is state of the art and reflects input from the European Neuroendocrine Tumor Society and the North American Neuroendocrine Tumor Society. In particular, the text focuses on the pathophysiology of neuroendocrine tumors and includes a comprehensive review of the most recent developments in understanding the complex hormone and receptor signaling that is important for the future development of potent pharmacological treatments. The volume reviews the pathological grading and staging systems providing useful clinical information for the treating clinician as well as a useful reference for pathologists. The clinical management of neuroendocrine tumors is reviewed enabling the treating physician to understand the diagnostic approaches to differentiating the various types of neuroendocrine tumors. In addition, the treatments are reviewed in great detail and include novel radiological, surgical, and chemotherapeutic approaches. The reader will utilize this book as both a comprehensive and quick reference guide through the use of diagnostic and treatment algorithms. Written by international experts in their particular field of study, Management of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors will be of great value to medical oncologists, endocrinologists, gastroenterologists, pathologists, surgeons, and diagnostic and interventional radiologists.
Contents:
Pathology of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Inherited and Somatic Genetics of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Laboratory Assessment of NETS
Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome: Diagnosis and Management
Clinical Manifestations of Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia, Type 1
Gastric Carcinoids: Classification and Diagnosis
Endoscopic Approaches for Diagnosis of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Endoscopic Approaches to Treatment of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Neoplasms
Surgical Approaches to Neuroendocrine Tumors
Radiotherapy and Radiopharmaceuticals for the Treatment of Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors
Nuclear Medicine Approaches to Treatment of Neuroendocrine Tumors
Novel Targets for Future Medical Treatments. - DigitalKristian Steen Frederiksen, Gunhild Waldemar, editors.Summary: This book provides an overall introduction to the medical management of dementia with chapters dedicated to specific topics such as pain, epilepsy, vascular risk factors in dementia and review of medication, which are often not addressed in books on the subject, and thereby filling a gap in the field. Chapters are supplemented with cases to highlight key concepts and treatment approaches, and to provide the reader with the possibility to reflect on management options and the readers own current practice. This book is aimed at clinicians of different specialties (mainly neurology, psychiatry, geriatric medicine and general practice/family medicine) who manage patients with dementia on a regular basis, and thus provides useful guidance to be used in the clinic.
Contents:
Management of patients with dementia an introduction
Diagnosis and support of patients with dementia a patient perspective on current goals and practice
Diagnostic evaluation of dementia
Disclosure of diagnosis in MCI and dementia
Anti-dementia medication
Review of medication in patients with dementia
Management approaches for behavioural and psychological symptoms of dementia
Management of vascular risk factors in dementia
Assessment and management of pain in patients with dementia
Management of Motor Symptoms in Dementia Disorders
Management of sleep disorders in patients with dementia
Seizures and Epilepsy in Dementia: Diagnosis and Management
Physical and cognitive exercise for patients with dementia
Promoting functional independence in dementia
Patients with Dementia in Hospital
Long-term care for patients with dementia
End-Of-Life Care In Patients with Advanced Dementia
Systematic medical follow-up of patients with dementia. - DigitalMichael T. McDermott, editor.Summary: Comprised of illustrative clinical cases, this unique pocket guide presents descriptions of patients who have symptoms, physical signs or laboratory abnormalities that they believe are due to disorders of the endocrine system (hormone secreting glands and overall metabolism) but which are not, or probably are not, due to an endocrine disorder. These are common situations in the clinical practice of endocrinology. Each chapter includes clinical cases illustrating differing presentations and outcomes, and each individual case description is followed by a discussion that includes the differential diagnosis of these symptoms, signs and/or lab abnormalities and why they are not likely due to endocrine disease or, alternatively, why and how a deeper exploration for endocrine disorders might be needed. In all cases, an emphasis is placed on listening to the patient and providing a respectful and compassionate response and approach to evaluation and management of the proposed disorder. Discussions are referenced whenever reference material is available, and evidence-based clinical practice guidelines are presented whenever applicable. Topics discussed include chronic and adrenal fatigue, obesity, anxiety and depression, sweating and flushing, alcohol- and opioid-induced symptoms, low testosterone, pseudo-hypoglycemia and pseudo-Cushing's syndrome, among others. Clinical endocrinologists, primary care physicians and related allied medical professionals will find Management of Patients with Pseudo-Endocrine Disorders a valuable resource in their clinical practice with these common but often challenging patients.
Contents:
Pseudo-Endocrine Disorders: Definitions, Examples and Considerations
Pseudo-Endocrine Disorders: My General Approach to Management of the Patient
Rogue Practitioners and Practices
Influence of the Internet in Endocrinology Practice
Debunking Internet Myths: What Is the Best Approach?- Bewildered by Biotin
Help, My Metabolism Is Low!- Idiopathic Postprandial Syndrome
Pseudo-Hypoglycemia
Chronic Fatigue
Adrenal Fatigue
Adrenal Insufficiency, "Relative Adrenal Insufficiency" or None of the Above?- Pseudo-Cushings Syndrome: A Diagnostic Dilemma
Pseudo-Cushings Syndrome: Alcohol Abuse, Obesity and Psychiatric Disorders
Pseudo-Pheochromocytoma
Holistic Hypercalcemia
Low Testosterone: Determine and Treat the Underlying Disorder
Inappropriate Use of Mifepristone to Treat Diabetes Mellitus
Insulin-like Growth Factor Deficiency
Non-Thyroidal Hypothyroidism
Wilsons Syndrome (Low T3 Syndrome)
Reverse T3 Dilemma
Persistent Hypothyroid Symptoms Despite Adequate Thyroid Hormone Replacement
Low Dose Naltrexone for Treatment of Hashimotos Thyroiditis
Hashimoto Encephalopathy
Non-Thyroidal Illness Syndrome (Euthyroid Sick Syndrome). - DigitalVincenzo Li Marzi, Maurizio Serati, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of the surgical treatment of pelvic organ prolapse, focusing especially on issues that continue to arouse controversy. In the first section, leading experts present detailed information on the surgical anatomy, pathophysiology, and epidemiology of prolapse and also the impact of concomitant functional disorders. The second section focuses on diagnostic work-up and the third is dedicated to the various treatment options aimed at resolution of the condition. The closing chapters discuss outcome measures and analyze the effects of prolapse surgery on urinary, bowel, and sexual symptoms. In 1966 Richard TeLinde stated that, "Every honest surgeon of extensive and long experience will have to admit that he is not entirely and absolutely satisfied with his long-term results of all his operations for prolapse and allied conditions." Although many uncertainties in the field have since been resolved, some major issues still require clarification. Often it can be difficult to find the right balance between treatment effectiveness in the long term and risk reduction, including with respect to complications. This book will help trainees and less experienced surgeons to make appropriate treatment choices and achieve optimal outcomes.
Contents:
Part 1: General Remarks
1. Surgical Anatomy for the Reconstructive Pelvic Surgeon
2. Pelvic Organ Prolapse: Pathophysiology and Epidemiology
3. Concomitant Functional Disorders in Genito-Urinary Prolapse
Part 2: Diagnostic Work-up
4. Clinical Evaluation and Diagnostic Tools in Women with Prolapse
5. Urodynamic Prolapse Assessment: When and Why
Part 3: Treatment Options
6. Pelvic Floor Muscle Training and Prolapse: Prevention or Treatment?
7. Pessary: A Rediscovered Tool
8. Fascial Surgery Repair for Prolapse
9. Sacrocolpopexy: Conventional Laparoscopic Versus Robot-assisted Approach
10. Transvaginal Mesh Repair for Pelvic Organ Prolapse: Toward a New Era
11. Posterior Prolapse Repair: Traditional, Transanal, and Employing Mesh-graft
12. The Role of Hysterectomy in Genito-Urinary Prolapse
Part 4: Outcome and Follow-up
13. Prolapse Surgery and Outcome Measures
14. Urinary, Bowel and Sexual Symptoms after POP surgery. - DigitalDaniel J. Culkin, editor.Summary: Management of Penile Cancer provides a comprehensive and state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of penile cancer. The sections of the book are structured to review the overall scope of issues of penile cancer, including diagnosis and staging, surgical approaches, and the treatment of advanced disease. As multidisciplinary care is an integral part of the treatment of penile cancer, this book is unique in the inclusion of collaborating authors from a variety of integrated disciplines, including urology, radiation oncology, medical oncology, and reconstructive surgery. Written by recognized experts in their field, Management of Penile Cancer is a unique and valuable resource in the field of penile cancer, both for those currently in training and for those already in clinical or research practice.
Contents:
Introduction to the Management of Penile Cancer
Epidemiology and Natural History
Pathology, Risk Factors and HPV in Penile Squamous Cell Carcinoma
Pathology and Genetics
Prognostic Factors
Imaging and Clinical Staging for Penile Cancer
Diagnosis and Management of Pre-Malignant Penile Lesions
Penile-Sparing Surgery
Analysis of Contemporary Treatment of Penis Cancer at the Netherlands Cancer Institute
Surgical Management of the Clinically Negative and Locally Advanced Inguinal Region in Patients with Squamous Penile Cancer
Primary and Adjuvant Radiation Therapy in the Management of Penile Cancer
Chemotherapy in Penile Cancer.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalEyal Herzog, editor.Summary: The clinical aspects of pericardial disease encompass acute and recurrent pericarditis, pericardial effusion and pericardial tamponade, constrictive pericarditis, and effusive-constrictive pericarditis. These disorders differ not only in clinical presentation but also in the timeline of development, thus management of pericardial disease can be challenging for many clinicians. To assist medical professionals with this often complex area, this book provides an extensive review of pericardial disease evaluation and management in a unified, stepwise pathway-based approach. Management of Pericardial Disease contains a selection of defining clinical images to guide in identification and management of pericardial disease. Fellows, residents, cardiologists, thoracic medicine physicians, cardiothoracic surgeons, radiologists, and intensive care and emergency medicine physicians alike will find this book to be an essential resource for developing the skills and knowledge applicable to managing pericardial disease in patients.
Contents:
Anatomy and Physiology of the Pericardium
Etiologies of Pericardial Diseases
History and Physical Examination of a Patient with Pericardial Disease
EKG in Pericardial Disease
Echocardiography in Pericardial Disease
Cardiac Catheterization Evaluation of a Patient with Pericardial Disease
Multimodality Imaging (X-Ray, CT, and MRI) in Pericardial Disease
Acute and Recurrent Pericarditis
Constrictive Pericardial Heart Disease
Pericardial Effusion and Tamponade
Echocardiography-Guided Pericardial Drainage
Surgical Management of Pericardial Disease
Pathway for the Management of Pericardial Disease.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalRizwan Ali Ansari, Rose Rizvi, Irshad Mahmood, editors.Summary: This book illustrates the currently available strategies for managing phytonematodes. It discusses the latest findings on plant-pathogen-microbiome interactions and their impacts on ecosystems, and provides extensive information on the application of microorganisms in the sustainable management of phytonematodes. This is followed by an in-depth discussion of the application of potential strains of biocontrol fungi, endophytes and actinomycetes to enhance plants ability to fend off phytonematode attacks, leading to improved plant health. In conclusion, the book addresses new aspects like the biofabrication of nanoparticles and their application in plant disease management, and presents an extensive list for further reading.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Nanobiotechnology driven management of Phytonematodes
Chapter 2. Bioprospecting compost for long-term control of plant parasitic nematodes
Chapter 3. Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria (PGPR) based sustainable management of phytoparasitic nematodes: Current understandings and future challenges
Chapter 4. Organic additives and their role in the phytoparasitic nematodes management
Chapter 5. Metagenomics insights into interactions between plant nematodes and endophytic microbiome
Chapter 6. Nanoparticles Synthesis and their application in the management of phytonematodes: An Overview
Chapter 7. Integrated management of phytopathogenic nematodes infesting mushroom
Chapter 8. Plant-parasitic nematodes and their biocontrol agents: Current status and future vistas
Chapter 9. Importance of biopesticides in the sustainable management of plant parasitic nematodes
Chapter 10. Efficacy of microbial biocontrol agents in integration with other managing methods against phytoparasitic nematodes
Chapter 11. Role of Trichoderma spp. in the management of plant parasitic nematodes
Chapter 12. Role of organic additives in the sustainable management of phytoparasitic nematodes
Chapter 13. Plant-parasitic nematode control: Current progress and challenges
Chapter 14. Utilization of beneficial microorganisms in sustainable control of phytonematodes
Chapter 15. Current management strategies for phytoparasitic nematodes
Chapter 16. Sustainable management of plant-parasitic nematodes: An overview from conventional practices to modern techniques.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Babak Azizzadeh, Charles Nduka.Digital Access
- DigitalAjay Bhalla, Jonathan Birns, editors.Summary: This book highlights the underlying importance of post-stroke complications during recovery, allowing healthcare professionals managing stroke patients to understand their frequency and identify which patients are at risk of developing such complications. Complications are categorised into neurological and non-neurological, and the time-frame for these complications both in the short-term and long-term are discussed. The common practices in managing post-stroke complications and the skills required in their prevention are described, as is the evidence base from clinical trials around their management. The book concludes with a discussion of new developments and research priorities for the future. Management of Post-Stroke Complications is aimed at members of the multidisciplinary stroke team, stroke physicians, neurologists, general practitioners, stroke specialists in training, and medical students.
Contents:
Introduction
Early Neurological Deterioration
Post-Stroke Cardiac Complications
Post-Stroke Seizures
Infections After Stroke
Venous Thromboembolism
Swallowing and Nutritional Complications
Urinary and Bowel Complications
Positioning and Pressure Care
Management of Spasticity
Falls and Osteoporosis Post-Stroke
Post-Stroke Cognitive Impairment
Post-Stroke Pain
Post-Stroke Fatigue: Common But Poorly Understood
Mental Consequences Of Stroke
Future Developments.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMerlin G. Butler, Phillip D. K. Lee, Barbara Y. Whitman, editors.Summary: Now in a fully revised and updated fourth edition, this book remains the most comprehensive resource on Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS) available on the market. There have been significant changes in the diagnosis, clinical care and treatment of PWS since the previous edition was published in 2006, and more thorough information on understanding the cause and diagnosis of the condition, along with clinical presentation and findings with natural history data now available. The book is divided into three thematic sections. Part One discusses the genetics, diagnosis, research and overview of PWS, including current laboratory testing. The medical physiology and treatment of PWS comprise Part Two, covering the GI system, obesity as well as the use of growth hormone. Part Three, the largest section, presents a wide-ranging, multidisciplinary management approach to PWS, attending to the many manifestations of the condition. Topics here include neurodevelopmental aspects, speech and language disorders, motor issues, psychological and behavioral management, educational and transitional considerations, vocational training and residential care, and advocacy for both school discipline and sexuality. Syndrome-specific growth charts, benefits eligibility information and additional resources are included in helpful appendices. Timely and well-crafted, this latest edition of Management of Prader-Willi Syndrome remains the gold standard for clinicians and health care providers working with patients diagnosed with this rare obesity-related genetic disorder.
Contents:
Part I: Diagnosis and Genetics of Prader-Willi Syndrome
Clinical Findings and Natural History of Prader-Willi Syndrome
Diagnostic Criteria for Prader-Willi Syndrome
Molecular Genetic Findings in Prader-Willi Syndrome
Laboratory Testing for Prader-Willi Syndrome
Part II: Medical Physiology and Treatment of Prader-Willi Syndrome
Medical Considerations in Prader-Willi Syndrome
Gastrointestinal System, Obesity, and Body Composition
Growth Hormone and Prader-Willi Syndrome
Part III: Multidisciplinary Management of Prader-Willi Syndrome
Neurodevelopmental and Neuropsychological Aspects of Prader-Willi Syndrome
Speech and Language Disorders Associated with Prader-Willi Syndrome
Motor and Developmental Interventions for Prader-Willi Syndrome
Educational Considerations for Children with Prader-Willi Syndrome
Tools for Psychological and Behavioral Management with Prader-Willi Syndrome
Educational and Social Issues for Adolescents with Prader-Willi Syndrome
Transition from Adolescence to Young Adulthood: The Special Case of Prader-Willi Syndrome
Vocational Training for People with Prader-Willi Syndrome
Residential Care for Adults with Prader-Willi Syndrome
Inpatient Crisis Intervention for Persons with Prader-Willi Syndrome
Social Work Interventions: Advocacy and Support for Families with Prader-Willi Syndrome
A National Approach to Crisis Intervention and Advocacy with Prader-Willi Syndrome
Advocacy Issues with Prader-Willi Syndrome: School Discipline and Expulsion
Advocacy Issues with Prader-Willi Syndrome: Sexuality. - DigitalMichel Bolla, Hendrik van Poppel, editors.Summary: This exhaustive review of prostate cancer management covers epidemiology, biology, chemoprevention, screening and diagnosis, therapies including surgery, radiation, high-intensity ultrasound, cryotherapy, and more. Includes up-to-date clinical trial data.
Contents:
Epidemiology of prostate cancer in Europe: patterns, trends and determinants
Chemoprevention
Individual and population-based screening
Anatomo-pathology
Biomarkers for prostate cancer
The clinical genomics of prostate cancer
Prostate cancer imaging: an ongoing change of paradigm
Nuclear Medecine (Bone scan, Choline and PSMA PET/CT)
Diagnosis, clinical workup, and TNM classification
Active surveillance for low risk prostate cancer
Open Radical Prostatectomy
The robotic laparoscopic radical prostatectomy
Permanent and high dose rate Brachytherapy (technique, indications, results, morbidity)
IMRT, hypofractionated radiotherapy and stereotactic radiotherapy: technique, indications, and results
Combination of androgen deprivation therapy and radiation therapy for locally advanced and localized prostate cancer
Postoperative irradiation: immediate or early delayed?
High-Intensity Focused Ultrasound (HIFU) for prostate cancer
Prostate Cryotherapy
Salvage prostate brachytherapy for postradiation local failure
Follow-up after radical treatments and relapse
First-line hormonal manipulation: surgical and medical castration with LHRH agonists and antagonists, steroids, and pure antiandrogens
Chemotherapy and androgen receptor-directed treatment of castration resistant metastatic prostate cancer
Bone-targeted therapies in prostate cancer
Immunotherapy and targeted therapies in advanced castration resistant prostate cancer
How to interpret numeric results in publications?
Management of prostate cancer: EAU guidelines on screening, diagnosis and local primary treatment
The millenium patients' perspective.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalPeter J. Snyder, Linda C. Mayes, William E. Smith.Summary: The Management of Scientific Integrity within Academic Medical Centers discusses the impact scientific misconduct has in eight complex case studies. Authors look at multifaceted mixtures of improper behavior, poor communication, cultural issues, adverse medical/health issues, interpersonal problems and misunderstandings to illustrate the challenge of identifying and managing what went wrong and how current policies have led to the establishment of quasi legal processes within academic institutions. The book reviews the current global regulations and concludes with a section authored by a US federal court judge who provides his perspective on the adequacy of current regulations and policies.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
- DigitalTerje Sundstrøm [and more], editors.Summary: This book provides sound clinical guidance on the treatment of adults and children with severe head injuries, from the time of initial contact through to the rehabilitation center. Offers recommended diagnostic and therapeutic measures, and useful flow charts.
Contents:
Rotrauma research
Index monitoring
Monitoring microdialysis
Jugular bulb measurements (SJVO2)
Cerebral blood flow (CBF) and cerebral metabolic rate (CMR)
Transcranial Doppler (TCD)
Near infrared spectroscopy (NIRS) or cerebral oximetry
Clinical Neurophysiology: Evoked Potentials
Clinical Neurophysiology: Continous EEG Monitoring
Imaging of severe traumatic brain injury in the neurointensive care unit
Serum protein biomarkers in the management of severe traumatic brain injury
Cardiopulmonary aspects
Renal aspects
Neuroendocrine aspects
Part VIII Treatment in neurointensive care
Guidelines for treatment of patients with severe traumatic brain injury
The Lund therapy: a physiological approach
Pharmacological neuroprotection
Subacute surgery in neurointensive care
Management of extracranial injuries
CSF Drainage
Hyperventilation
Osmotherapy
Barbiturates for ICP management
Management of fluid and electrolyte disturbances
Sedation: including pain treatment and withdrawal symptoms
Nutrition
Management of CNS-related infection
Management of extracranial infections
Temperature management
Seizures
Paroxysmal sympathetic hyperactivity
Prophylaxis against venous thromboembolism
Coagulopathy (bleeding tendency)
Corticosteroids
Management of acute psychiatric problems
Part IX Rehabilitation and follow-up
Rehabilitation after severe TBI
Long-term follow-up
Part X Outcome and prognosis
General overview
Somatic consequences
Neuropsychiatric consequences
Neuropsychological perspectives
Neurosurgical challenges
Minimally conscious and vegetative state
Specific peadiatric concerns
Socioeconomic consequences
Subacute MR Imaging: Traumatic axonal injury, brain stem lesions and prognostic factors
Neurodegeneration and dementia
Part XI Research in severe TBI
The neurointensive care unit as a platform for advanced clinical research
Current state-of-the-art in neu.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalAntje Welge-Lüssen, Thomas Hummel with contributions by Nasreddin Abolmaali [and 36 others].Summary: "Recent breakthroughs in the diagnosis and treatment of smell and taste disorders have dramatically altered clinical outcomes for these patients. In this important book, readers will get a full overview of the topic today, including functional anatomy, pathophysiology, diagnostic and clinical work-up, assessment techniques, medical and surgical options, and more. Focused and to-the-point, the book is especially designed for physicians treating patients in the everyday practice setting. Special Features: Written by the fields foremost leaders, who chair international working committees and run annual courses on olfaction and gustation, Covers the most important advances in diagnostic and treatment techniques, Provides a clear methodology for examining, testing, classifying, diagnosing, and treating a wide range of idiopathic, congenital, and acquired smell and taste disorders, Explores the use of MRI for improved visualization of central olfactory areas, including the lesions and other disturbances that cause olfactory disorders, Offers new information on the interaction between the chemical senses, especially important in medicolegal cases, Includes more than 130 full-color diagrams, clinical pathways, tables, photographs, and anatomic illustrations that clarify all concepts. Complete with expert foundational chapters on the anatomy and structure of the olfactory and gustatory systems, as well as compelling information on quality-of-life issues, this book makes a major contribution to the field. It is essential for otolaryngologists, neurologists, internists, residents, and other specialists treating patients with smell and taste disorders in a modern clinical setting"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2014
- DigitalD.S. Deenadayal, Vyshanavi Bommakanti.Summary: There are many books describing in detail the evaluation, diagnosis and management of OSA, but this is a first practical guide which comprehensively describes this condition. The incidence of snoring and obstructive sleep apnea is on rise and this practical guide will help not just specialists but also residents and fellows in treating their patients with Obstructive sleep apnea. Essential information is summarized in the form of charts and surgical steps are summarized in the form of diagrammatic illustration making it easy for the learners. This book additionally would help the medical practitioners to get a practical insight in the management of patients. This book will describe each entity of sleep disordered breathing, evidence based protocols , diagnostic tools required for identifying , medical therapies that will help in appropriate patients, Devices that can be used for its management . This book will also describe on how to select patients for surgery and how tailor the surgery as per the anatomy of the patient.
Contents:
1. History of snoring and obstructive sleep apnea
2. Relevant anatomy and pathophysiology
3. History and clinical examination in patients with OSAHS
4. Investigations
5. Conservative Management
6. Medical therapies
7. Oral appliances
8. Myofunctional therapy
9. Surgery for OSA
10. Perioperative management
11. Postoperative management and follow up
12. Results : definition of success
13. Medicolegal aspects and Consent in OSA surgeries
14. Newer technological tools in the management of OSA
15. Recent advances
16. Interesting cases: Management. - DigitalMurray F. Brennan, Cristina R. Antonescu, Kaled M. Alektiar, Robert G. Maki.Contents:
PART I. Introduction
1. General description
2. Natural history: importance of size, site, histopathology
3. General statement as to efficacy of surgery, chemotherapy, radiation therapy and immunotherapy
PART II. Management By Histopathology
4. Gastrointestinal stromal tumors
5. Liposarcoma
6. Leiomyosarcoma
7. Undifferentiated pleomorphic sarcoma (UPS) (malignant fibrous histiocytoma (MFH) and myxofibrosarcoma)
8. Synovial sarcoma
9. Malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (MPNST) and triton tumor
10. Desmoid tumor/deep-seated fibromatosis (desmoid-type fibromatosis)
11. Soitary fibrous tumor/hemangiopericytoma
12. Fibrosarcoma and its variants
13. Vascular sarcomas
14. Epithelioid sarcoma
15. Sarcomas more common in children
16. Radiation-induced sarcoma
17. Alveolar soft part sarcoma
18. Clear cell sarcoma/melanoma of soft parts
19. Desmoplastic small round cell tumor
20. Extraskeletal myxoid chondrosarcoma
21. Other uterine sarcomas
22. Extraskeletal osteogenic sarcoma
23. Sustentacular tumors of lymph tissue
24. Uncommon/unique sites
PART III. Benign And Less Aggressive Lesions
25. Mostly benign/rarely metastasizing
26. Selected benign tumors
27. Reactive lesions
Index. - DigitalAdel E. Ahmed Ganaw, Nissar Shaikh, Nabil A. Shallik, Marco Abraham E. Marcus, editors.Summary: This book focuses on subarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH), describing in detail the neurophysiology, anatomy, epidemiology, grading, anesthesia management, coiling and interventional treatment of this dangerous disease. Written by leading international experts, it highlights the state-of-the-art techniques for the diagnosis and treatment (non-surgical and surgical) of SAH and the clinical variations. It also examines the reliability of the new techniques versus the standard clinical methods to predict problems related to SAH and its recent diagnosis and management. The book starts with a brief discussion of the epidemiology of SAH, cerebral circulation, anatomy of brain blood vessels and neurophysiology related to this fatal disease. Then, in the following chapters it covers grading of subarachnoid hemorrhage, anesthesia management of SAH, treatment, subarachnoid hemorrhage coiling and radiological intervention. Lastly, it explores surgical treatment of intracranial aneurysms in more detail, and addresses complications, critical care management and headache in SAH, traumatic SAH and prognosis. Featuring numerous images, tables, schema, illustrations and videos, the book is intended for junior and senior anesthesiologists, neuroscientists, intervention radiologists, intensivists and neurosurgeons.
Contents:
Preface
1. Aneurysmal subarachnoid haemorrhage: Epidemiology, etiology and pathophysiology
2. Cerebral circulation and its clinical impact
3. Central Nervous System Neurophysiology
4. Neuroprotection in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
5. Systemic Approach For Diagnosis Of Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
6. Grading of Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
7. Anesthetic Management of aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage (aSAH)
8. Sub-Arachnoid hemorrhage coiling and intervention
9. Surgical Management of Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
10. Complications and Critical Care Management Of Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
11. Headache in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
12. Traumatic Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
13. Prognosis of aneurysmal subarachnoid hemmorrhage: Facts and figures
14. Brain death
Abbreviation
Index. - DigitalAtilla Soran, Faina Nakhlis, editors.Summary: Over the last several decades breast cancer management has made great strides in the improvement of oncologic treatment outcomes, particularly so in patients with early stage disease. While wide-spread access to screening resulting in early detection is undoubtedly to be credited for this trend, at the same time, the management of breast cancer has evolved to be an intricate multidisciplinary collaboration between breast imagers, surgeons, medical oncologists and radiation oncologist. As a result, with better mutual understanding of multidisplinary goals and challenges, the treatment strategies have become more individualized, with a great emphasis being placed on the intrinsic disease biology. Furthermore, the indications for neoadjuvant systemic therapy have significantly broadened, with a substantial number of patients with early stage breast cancer being able to take advantage of this strategy to decrease the extent of breast surgery they would undergo at its completion. As such, the management of the axilla in these patients has presented with new challenges as well as with new opportunities to scale down on the extent of local therapy and, consequently, its toxicity. This text will provide a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of this field, and will serve as a valuable resource for clinicians (surgeons, medical oncologists, radiation oncologists) and researchers with an interest in breast cancer. The book will review novel and evoling strategies in neoadjuvant systemic therapy forn early stage breast cancer, provide new perspectives about appropriate axillary imaging in anticipation of neoadjuvant systemic therapy, and describe new data on innovative surgical techniques and Radiation Oncology concepts designed to deescalate the extent and toxicity of local therapy while insuring oncologic safety. Several landmark clinical trials have been published in the last few years and will be placed in context with respect to current management. Integration of novel diagnostic and interventional breast imaging, local therapy (surgery and radiation) with contemporary systemic therapy will also be discussed. This text will serve as a very useful resource for physicians and researchers dealing with, and interested in, this challenging field. It will provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts. All chapters will be written by experts in their fields and will include the most up to date scientific and clinical information.
Contents:
Evolution of the indications for neoadjuvant systemic therapy
Defining response
Imaging of the breast
Imaging of the axilla and approach to node-negative vs. node-positive disease at presentation
Guidelines for imaging during neoadjuvant systemic therapy
Neoadjuvant systemic therapy based on the underlying tumor biology
Adjuvant vs. neoadjuvant systemic therapy
Molecular testing and personalized neoadjuvant treatment
Pre-and post-neoadjuvant systemic therapy imaging assessment
Surgical management of the axilla in node-negative and node-positive disease at diagnosis
Surgical considerations and expectations in patients receiving neoadjuvant hormonal therapy and neoadjuvant chemotherapy
Postmastectomy radiation considerations in patients receiving neoadjuvant chemotherapy
Pathologic evaluation in neoadjuvant systemic therapy setting
Guidelines for Neoadjuvant systemic therapy
Ongoing Clinical studies and future direction. - Digitaledited by Narasimhan Jagannathan, John Fiadjoe.Summary: Complications during airway management occur frequently when treating children. Although tracheal intubation is a routine procedure, there are no pediatric texts dedicated to this essential practice. The lack of specific resources and knowledge makes treating children with complex airways even more challenging. This landmark book is dedicated to the successful management of the complex pediatric airway. It explores and evaluates current research and covers novel topics such as airway ultrasonography and apneic oxygenation. It delineates the risks associated with intubating children, and their preventative measures. Aimed at clinicians involved in airway management in any form, this book covers the basics of airway management and how to perform a variety of essential techniques. Both occasional and exclusive pediatric clinicians will find this a valuable resource to support best practice. The book is supplemented by additional videos online, enhancing the demonstration of devices and techniques discussed in the text.
Contents:
Developmental anatomy of the airway / Rebecca S. Isserman and Ronald S. Litman
The difficult pediatric airway : predictors, incidence, and complications / Nicholas Burjek
Universal algorithms and approaches to airway management / Thomas Engelhardt and Andreas Machotta
Direct laryngoscopy equipment and techniques / Maria Matuszczak and Cheryl K. Gooden
Supraglottic airways equipment and techniques / Andrea S. Huang, Lisa E. Sohn, Suman Rao, and Narasimhan Jagannathan
Oxygenation techniques for children with difficult airways / Paul A. Baker
Video laryngoscopy equipment and techniques / Agnes I. Hunyady, James Peyton, Sarah Lee and Raymond Park
Flexible bronchoscopy techniques: nasal and oral approaches with evidence base / Paul Stricker and Pete Kovatsis
Optical stylet and light guided equipment and techniques / Rajeev Subramanyam and Mohamed Mahmoud
Rigid bronchoscopy equipment and techniques / Jessica M. Van Beek-King and Jeffrey C. Rastatter
Hybrid approaches to the difficult pediatric airway / Patrick N. Olomu, Grace Hsu and Justin L. Lockman
Muscle relaxants / Annery Garcia-Marcinkiewicz
Management of can't intubate and can't oxygenate scenario in children and infants / Vivian Man-ying Yuen, Stefano Sabato, and Birgitta Wong
Ultrasonography for airway management / Michael S. Kristensen, Wendy H. Teoh and Thomas Engelhardt
Difficult airway cart for management of the difficult pediatric airway / Alyson Walker and Britta S von Ungern Sternberg
Extubation in children with difficult airway / Luis Sequera-Ramos, Alec Zhu, Benjamin Kiesel, and Narasimhan Jagannathan
Airway management in the child with an airway injury / Somaletha T. Bhattacharya
Airway management outside of the operating room : the emergency department / Aaron Donoghue
Airway management of the neonate and infant : the difficult and critical airway in the icu setting / Janet Lioy
Airway management in EXIT procedures / Debnath Chatterjee and Timothy M. Crombleholme
One lung ventilation in pediatric patients / T. Wesley Templeton.Digital Access Cambridge 2020 - DigitalK. Alok Pathak, Richard W. Nason, Janice L. Pasieka, editors.Contents:
Molecular risk stratification of well-differentiated thyroid cancer
The significance of cervical lymph nodes in well-differentiated thyroid cancer
Management of the central compartment in well-differentiated thyroid carcinoma
Management of the lateral neck in well-differentiated thyroid cancer
The management of recurrent/persistent well-differentiated thyroid cancer in the central compartment
Management of distant metastases in differentiated thyroid cancer
Risk-adjusted strategies in post-treatment surveillance of well-differentiated thyroid carcinoma
Medullary thyroid cancer
Anaplastic thyroid cancer: Current concepts
External beam radiotherapy for thyroid cancer
Targeted therapies in thyroid cancer.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalSanziana A. Roman, Julie Ann Sosa, Carmen C. Solórzano, editors.Contents:
Incidence and Epidemiology
The Clinically Detected and Palpable Thyroid Nodule
Ultrasound of the Thyroid and Soft Tissues of the Neck
Thyroid Nodule Biopsy
The Bethesda System of Reporting Cytopathology (BSRTC)
Utility of Non-Ultrasound Imaging for the Evaluation of Thyroid Nodules and Cancer
Surveillance of Benign Thyroid Nodules
Role of Medical Management
Role of Surgery
Surgical Intervention for Indeterminate Nodules
Staging
Importance of Surgeon Experience in the Surgical Management of Thyroid Cancer
The pediatric thyroid nodule and Papillary Thyroid Cancer Management
Microcarcinoma
Surgical Management of Low Risk Papillary Thyroid Cancer
Management of the Central Neck Lymph Nodes: Prophylactic Central Lymph Node Dissection vs. Therapeutic
Management of the Persistent and Recurrent PTC Lymph Node Metastases
Management of Thyroid Nodules and Cancer in the Pregnant Patient
Perioperative Management of the Voice and Calcium
Initial Treatment/Ablation Based on Risk Stratification
Treatment of Recurrent/Metastatic Thyroid Cancer with RAI
Surveillance of Treated Thyroid Cancer Patients and Thyroid Hormone Replacement and Suppression
Holistic and Integrative Approaches to Patients Undergoing Thyroid Surgery
Follicular and Hurthle Cell Carcinoma
Locally Advanced Differentiated Thyroid Cancer: What Are the Surgical Treatment Options?
External Beam Radiation for Locally Advanced and Metastatic Differentiated Thyroid Cancer
Systemic Therapy for Advanced Metastatic Thyroid Cancer.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalGian Luigi Canata, Pieter D'Hooghe, Kenneth J. Hunt, Gino M. M. J. Kerkhoffs, Umile Giuseppe Longo, editors.Summary: This volume offers a comprehensive guide to the prevention, management of injury, risk factor mitigation, and rehabilitation in track and field athletes. It serves as a valuable resource for the sports medicine community, including surgeons, sports medicine physicians, physical therapists, and athletic trainers. In addition to addressing current management techniques for injuries, the book discusses various special considerations, e.g. biologics, the aging athlete, rehabilitation, nutrition, and gender. Published in collaboration with ISAKOS, this book offers an updated information authored by experts in the field, and a valuable contribution to the field of orthopedics and sports medicine.
Contents:
1 The Burden and Epidemiology of Injury in Track and Field
I Anatomy, Physiology and Biomechanics
2 The sprinters muscle - Anatomy and pathomechanics of muscle
3 Tendons and jumping - Anatomy and pathomechanics of tendon injury
4 Ligament function and pathoanatomy of ligament injury and healing
5 Anatomy and function of articular cartilage
6 Bone structure and function in the distance runner
7 Imaging considerations in track and field injuries
II Upper Extremity
8 Shoulder Instability in the throwing athlete
9 Rotator Cuff injuries in throwing athletes
10 Elbow injuries in throwing athletes
11 Wrist injuries in throwers
III Spine
12 Back strains and sprains
13 Spinal overuse injuries
14 Spinal injuries and spondylolisthesis
IV Hip Injuries
15 Groin strain, Adductor and rectus injuries
16 Stress fractures and AVN of the femoral head
17 Femoro-acetabular Impingement and Labral injuries
18 Gluteal muscle/tendon injuries and Pyriformis syndrome
19 Trochanteric bursitis and IT band friction syndrome
V Muscle injuries
20 Hamstring and overuse muscle injuries
21 Regenerative medicine (biologics) therapies for muscle strains and tears
22 Shin splints and Compartment Syndrome
VI Common Knee Injuries
23 Knee meniscal and chondral injuries
24 Patellofemoral overuse injuries and anterior knee pain (Fat pad syndrome included)
25 Knee ligament injuries in track and field athletes
VI Common Foot and Ankle Injuries
26 Achilles Tendon and calf injuries
27 Peroneal tendon injuries
28 Bunions, Hallux rigidus and sesamoiditis in the running athlete
29 Ankle impingement syndromes and FHL tendinopathy
30 Ankle sprains and instability
31 Heel spurs and Plantar fasciitis and metatrsalgia in runners
32 Nerve injuries in the foot and ankle: Neuromas, entrapment and tarsal tunnel syndrome
33 Stress fractures of the foot, ankle and tibia
VIII Special considerations
34 Gender considerations - the female athlete triad
35 The aging athlete - influence of age on injury risk and rehabilitation
36 The developing athlete - considerations for athletes age 10-18
37 Psychological aspects of sport and injury
38 Nutrition and Environmental factors
39 Optimizing training and performance
40 Rehabilitation and Return to sport after injury - Protocols and outcomes. - Digitaledited by Mark P. Schoenberg and Kara L. Watts.Summary: Managing urologic cancer by preserving, as opposed to removing, affected tissue, is rapidly becoming the favoured choice for urologists and oncologists. Discover all available options and how to achieve the best possible patient management with this expert guide to the area. The editor, Mark Schoenberg, is an internationally-renown expert in this exciting new area and has recruited an outstanding team featuring some of the leading urologists/oncologists in North America and Europe to assist him.
Contents:
Cancer genetics, cancer biology, and tumor growth and metastasis : the interaction of cancer and its host environment / Mark C. Markowski and Kenneth J. Pienta
Pathological basis of tumor characterization: cytopathology, surgical pathology, and how histo-morphology informs treatment decision making / Oleksandr N. Kryvenko and Fadi Brimo
The immunobiology of tumor ablation / Rafi Kabarriti and Chandan Guha
Computed tomography of urologic malignancies : the role of mdct in renal cell carcinoma and transitional cell carcinoma / Siva P. Raman and Elliot K. Fishman
Mri and metabolic imaging / Louise Dickinson, Francesco Fraioli, Athar Haroon, and Clare Allen
Biopsy strategies in the analysis of urologic neoplasia / Nabeel A. Shakir, Soroush Rais-Bahrami, and Peter A. Pinto
Active surveillance for low-risk prostate cancer / Laurence Klotz
Tissue-preserving surgical approaches in urologic oncology : the therapeutic mechanism for tumor ablation / Ganesh Kartha and J. Stephen Jones
Prostate cancer : an evidence-based approach to tissue-preserving strategies / Kara L. Watts, Yaalini Shanmugabavan, Mark Emberton, and Hashim Uddin Ahmed
The modern basis for nephron-sparing surgery in patients with renal cancer : biologic heterogeneity, the significance of tumor biopsy, and the changing roles of partial nephrectomy and tumor ablation / Jeffrey J. Tomaszewski, Robert G. Uzzo, and David Y.T. Chen
Bladder-preserving strategies in the treatment of urothelial cancer : the disease spectrum and the dawn of molecular surgical guidance / Stephan Kruck and Arnulf Stenzl
Image-guided thermal ablation of adrenal malignancies / Kyungmouk Steve Lee, Bradley B. Pua, and Stephen B. Solomon / Chapter 13
Managing penile cancer : integrating tissue preservation, energy-based therapeutics, and surgical reconstruction / Arthur L. Burnett
Testis cancer : testis-sparing cancer surgery / Nilay M. Gandhi and Pravin K. Rao
Nanotechnology : an evolution in tissue preservation and focal-targeted oncologic therapy / Kara L. Watts and Joshua M. Stern
Trial design issues in the study of focal therapy in prostate and kidney cancer / John b. Eifler and David F. Penson.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalJa Hyeon Ku, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of contemporary evidence-based management of urothelial carcinoma. The first part of the book is devoted to urothelial carcinoma of the bladder and includes detailed description of the diagnosis and treatment of non-muscle-invasive, muscle-invasive, and advanced or metastatic disease. Attention then turns to upper tract urothelial carcinoma (UTUC), with individual chapters on diagnosis, nephron-sparing surgery, nephroureterectomy, and treatment of advanced or metastatic UTUC. The text is supported by many illustrations, photos, and tables that clarify management, and surgical video clips are also available to readers. The book will be a welcome addition to the literature as progress continues to be made in understanding the exact pathophysiology of urothelial carcinoma and in developing more effective diagnostic and therapeutic modalities. It will be useful both to researchers in the field of urothelial carcinoma and to clinicians, including especially residents and fellows.
- DigitalMichael L. Schilsky, editor.Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Introduction to Copper Metabolism and Wilson Disease; Introduction; Cellular Mechanisms of Copper Transport; Wilson Disease; Abnormal Copper Metabolism and Injury in Wilson Disease; Ceruloplasmin: A Marker of Wilson Disease and Copper Status; When Copper Is in Excess; Summary and Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Diagnosis Confirmation and Screening of Wilson Disease; Introduction; Patients to Test for Wilson Disease; Liver Disease and Extrahepatic Involvement in Wilson Disease The Neuropsychiatric Manifestations of Wilson Disease: More than Meets the EyeTremor; The Cranial Nerves; The Cerebellum; Psychiatric Symptoms; Other Organs Involved in Wilson Disease; Confirming the Diagnosis; Slit-Lamp Examination for Kayser-Fleischer (KF) Rings; Serum Ceruloplasmin; Free (Unbound) Serum Copper; Twenty-Four-Hour Urinary Copper; Genetic Analysis: Testing for ATP7B Mutations; Liver Biopsy: Histology and Hepatic Copper Concentration; Hemolysis (Breakdown of Red Blood Cells); Imaging Tests; Acute Liver Failure Secondary to Wilson Disease; Family Screening; Conclusion Dietary Modifications in Wilson DiseaseFood; Water; Cooking Methods; Nutritional Supplements; Special Considerations; Liver Disease; Neurological Involvement; Dysphagia; Nutrition Support; Resources; One-on-One RD Assistance; USDA Food/Nutrient Database; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Treating Other Symptoms of Wilson Disease: The Liver; Introduction; Asymptomatic or Mild Symptoms; Portal Hypertension; Varices (Esophageal and Gastric); Management of Variceal Bleed; Ascites; Treatment of Resistant Ascites; Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis; Sepsis; Hepatic Encephalopathy; Malignancy Acute Liver FailureBibliography;
Chapter 6: Treatment of Neurological Symptoms in Wilson Disease; Introduction; Neurological Manifestations of WD; Tremor; Medications for Action Tremor; Dystonia; Treatment Options for Dystonia; Botulinum Toxin Injections; Oral Medications; Parkinsonism; Cerebellar Ataxia; Dysphagia; Neurological Manifestations in Children; Clinical Scales Used for Neurological Evaluation of WD; Neuroimaging in WD; Conclusion; Bibliography;
Chapter 7: Psychiatric Aspects of Wilson Disease; Introduction; Evaluation of Psychiatric Symptoms in WDDigital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalRichard Scher, David Myssiorek, editors.
- DigitalHua Yan, editor.Summary: This book is aimed at illustrating the common complicated ocular trauma with typical signs, examinations, surgical procedures and conservative management to clinical practitioners including the nurses, medical students, residents, fellows and ophthalmologists, and help them make the most appropriate decision on the diagnosis and management of such patients. There are 23 chapters introduced in the book, which covers all types of complicated ocular trauma with brief case reports combined with the most comprehensive pictures. For each disease, a brief introduction, explanation as well as management are offered to the readers. With the illustrative figures and explanations, the goal of making the right diagnose, offering the best advice or treatment to the patients, and understanding surgical procedures would be easily achieved. This book is useful for readers to be fully prepared for the challenge of complicated ocular traumatic cases. This is the fifth volume of the book series Ocular Trauma.
Contents:
Complicated Corneal and Scleral Rupture
Traumatic Cyclodialysis
Traumatic Aniridia
Traumatic Dislocation of Lens
Intraocular hemorrhage
Open Globe Injury with Choroidal and Retinal Detachment
Choroidal and Retinal Detachment combined with Cyclodialysis In Open Globe Injury
Repairment of Traumatic Choroidal Tear
Complicated Ocular Trauma with Corneal Opacity
Traumatic Giant Macular Hole
Posterior Polar Ocular Perforating Injury
Giant Intraocular Foreign Body
Orbital Foreign Body
Traumatic Glaucoma
Traumatic Endoophthalmitis
Permanent silicon oil tamponade
Contusion of optic nerve and Fracture of optic canal
Severe Orbital Fracture
Traumatic Globe Luxation
Complicated Blepharal trauma
Severe Ocular Chemical Injury
Ocular Laser Burns
Pediatric Ocular Trauma. - Digitaledited by Mary Margaret Gleason, Allison Boothe TriggSummary: This quick-reference guide is designed for those who work with young children in child care and school settings. Topics cover social-emotional development, biting, napping difficulties, PTSD, gender development, self-stimulation behaviors, and more. In addition to behavioral issues commonly seen in small children, the editors touch on epigenetics, medications, toxic stress, ACEs (adverse childhood experiences), and how to help children who have undergone traumatic experiences
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
About This Book
1. Managing Behavioral Issues in Child Care and Schools: Introduction and Overview
Introduction
Overview
Summary
2. The Social and Emotional Development of Young Children
Introduction
Emotional Development
The Effect of Temperament
Caregiver-Child Attachment Considerations
Social Development
Typical Concerns of Early Childhood
Responding to Challenging Behaviors
Additional Resources
3. Contributors to Social-Emotional Development
What Influences Young Children's Social-Emotional Development? Genetics and Epigenetics
Medical Conditions
Environmental Factors (Relationships)
Community Factors
Adverse Childhood Experiences
Protecting Children
Summary
References
4. Promoting Well-being in Early Care and Education Settings
Center-Level Well-being
Family-Level Well-being
Classroom-Level Well-being
Child-Level Well-being
5. Addressing Challenging or Disruptive Behaviors
The ABCs of Behavior
Step 1: Identify the Behaviors to Target
Step 2: Consider Contextual Influences Step 3: Observe What Occurs Immediately Before Challenging Behaviors (the Antecedent)
Step 4: Understand the Consequences
Step 5: Understand the Meaning of Behaviors
Step 6: Respond to Children's Needs, Prevent Challenging Behaviors, and Teach New Behaviors
Step 7: Determine New Responses
Crisis Responses
Concerns Specific to Infants
Consider Infant and Early Childhood Mental Health Consultants
Implicit Bias and Its Role in Behavioral Expectations
Untitled
6. Children With Special Needs
Children With Developmental Delays
Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Children With Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
Children Exposed to Trauma and Adversity
Recognizing Abuse and Neglect
Children With Chronic Medical Conditions
Children Taking Medications That Influence Social-Emotional Functioning
Medications for Mental Health Problems
Medications for Other Concerns
Summary
References
7. When the Usual Approaches Are Not Working
Partnering With Parents
Anticipating Challenges
Mental Health Consultation
Community Resources
Clinical/Professional Partners
Evidence-based Treatments
Suspensions and ExpulsionsDigital Access AAP ebooks 2020 - Digitalby Francoise Simon, Professor Emerita, Columbia University and Senior Faculty, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, NY, Glen Giovannetti, EY Global Biotechnology Leader.Summary: Featuring numerous case studies and state-of-the-art marketing models, this thorough resource provides a comprehensive overview of the new business context and marketing models for biotech companies. -- Edited summary from book.
Contents:
Foreword / by Philip Kotler
New models for networked innovation
Biotechnology as an innovation driver
Biotechnology financing strategies
Success through collaboration
New business and marketing models
Precision medicine
Precision marketing
Patient centricity strategies
Drug pricing in context
Strategic payer engagement
Winning in the global marketplace
Digital health strategies
Creating agility through data and analytics
Conclusion
Index. - DigitalJeffrey A. Gusenoff.Summary: Obesity has become a worldwide epidemic. An increasing number of patients are undergoing weight loss procedures, resulting in an increase in patients with massive weight loss desiring body contouring surgeries. These patients can present with very challenging deformities of skin laxity, and are at higher risk of complications. Most texts only provide a chapter with basic descriptions of procedures for managing moderate deformities, with short discussions of complications. Managing Body Contouring Challenges and Complications offers comprehensive insight on the management of the most complex deformities after weight loss. Procedures are described in a step-by-step fashion, including small pearls of knowledge. This book also includes complex subjects not addressed in other books such as arm band deformities in brachioplasty, gluteal crease elongation in lower body lifting, recurrent saddlebag deformities, breast implant problems in massive weight loss, and many other topics. Managing Body Contouring Challenges and Complications focuses on the most challenging deformities and how to optimize results. Disappointing long term results are used to teach key areas of difficulty or potential pitfalls to avoid. This book also highlights evidence-based outcomes data from large studies to help guide surgical decision making.
Contents:
1. Challenges of obesity medicine and bariatric surgery
2. Safety in Body Contouring
3. Abdominal Contouring
4. Thigh Contouring
5. Lower Body Lifting and Augmentation
6. Breast Contouring
7. Arm Contouring
8. Male Body Contouring
9. Face and Neck Contouring
10. Combining Procedures
11. Common Complications. - DigitalSara Booth, Julie Burkin, Catherine Moffat, Anna Spathis.Summary: Breathlessness Management in Clinical Practice presents evidence-based practical techniques for helping the breathless patient with advanced disease of any aetiology used in the Cambridge Breathlessness Intervention Service (CBIS). This book will help individuals in the multidisciplinary team both manage breathlessness in their current clinical setting and describe the breathlessness service model which can be adapted for use in any situation. It uses a model of care based on interventions for breathing, thinking and functioning. Breathlessness Management in Clinical Practice is an invaluable resource for those working in the respiratory medicine, oncology and cardiology and other specialties where breathlessness is commonly managed although less recognised like nephrology and neurology. It will be of help to occupational therapists, physiotherapists and specialist nurses as well as physicians. It will also be of interest to anyone who wishes to increase their knowledge of the advances in evidence that now enable clinicians to offer much improved care for those suffering with frightening symptom of breathlessness.
Contents:
Part I Introduction
Breathlessness; the experience for the patient, and approach for the clinician
The genesis and assessment of breathlessness
Part II Non-pharmacological interventions - breathing
Fan and oxygen therapy
Positions to ease breathlessness
Breathing techniques for breathlessness
Part III Non-pharmacological interventions - thinking
Anxiety management
Energy conservation
Part IV Non-pharmacologica interventions - functioning
Exercise and activity promotion
Supporting carers
Part V An integrated strategy
Care towards the end of life for the breathless patient
An approach to the breathless patient. - Digitaledited by Hatem A. Azim Jr.Contents:
Overview
1.Epidemiology of cancer in pregnancy
2.Staging workup in pregnant cancer patients
3.General concepts on surgical management of cancer during pregnancy
4.Role and consequences of radiotherapy in managing cancer during pregnancy
5.Pharmacokinetics of systemic anti-cancer therapies during pregnancy
6.Obstetrical care of a pregnant woman with cancer
7.Psychological and psychosocial care of a pregnant woman with cancer
8.Supportive care during pregnancy
10.Neonatal care and long-term consequences of in-utero exposure to systemic anticancer therapy
Disease-specific chapters
11.Managing breast cancer during pregnancy
12.Managing melanoma during pregnancy
13.Managing cervical cancer during pregnancy
14.Managing ovarian tumors during pregnancy
14.Managing lymphoma during pregnancy
15.Managing leukemia during pregnancy
16.Managing thoracic cancers during pregnancy. - Digitaledited by D. John Betteridge, Stephen Nicholls.Contents:
The vascular endothelium in diabetes / Andrew Lansdown, Elizabeth Ellins, Julian Halcox
New biomarkers of cardiovascular disease in diabetes / Hitesh Patel, Sujay Chandran, Kausik K. Ray
Kidney disease in diabetes / Amanda Y. Wang, Meg Jardine, and Vlado Perkovic
Vascular imaging / Kiyoko Uno, Jordan Andrews and Stephen J. Nicholls
Glycaemia and CVD and its management / Jeffrey W. Stephens, Akhila Mallipedhi, Stephen C. Bain
Hypertension and cardiovascular disease and its management / Jose A. García-Donaire and Luis M. Ruilope
Dyslipidaemia and its management in type 2 diabetes / D. John Betteridge
Thrombosis in diabetes and its clinical management / R.A. Ajjan and Peter J. Grant
Diet and lifestyle in CVD prevention and treatment / Alice H. Lichtenstein
Management of acute coronary syndrome / Christopher M. Huff and A. Michael Lincoff
Management of peripheral arterial disease / Rüdiger-Egbert Schernthaner, Gerit-Holger Schernthaner, Guntram Schernthaner.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Digitaleditors, Elaine A. Donoghue, Colleen A. Kraft.Summary: "This fully revised and updated resource helps teachers and caregivers address the challenges of caring for children with chronic health conditions and special health care needs in child care and school settings"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction: safe and appropriate care of children with chronic health needs
Background
The treatment team: partners in caring for children with chronic health needs
Care plans
Care plan implementation strategies for teachers and caregivers
Medication administration issues
Handling symptoms that develop while a child is in child care or school
Planning for emergencies
Transportation issues
How to use the quick reference sheets
Quick reference sheets
Sample documents and forms.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019 - PrintJohn D. Otis.Summary: Chronic pain has a multitude of causes, many of which are not well understood or effectively treated by medical therapies. Individuals with chronic pain often report that pain interferes with their ability to engage in occupational, social, or recreational activities. Sufferers' inability to engage in these everyday activities may contribute to increased isolation, negative mood and physical deconditioning, which in turn can contribute to their experience of pain. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) has been proven effective at managing various chronic pain conditions, including rheumatoid arth.Digital Access Oxford 2007
- DigitalJohn Y.S. Kim, editor.Summary: Offering the perspective of seasoned surgeons who have seen, thought about, and worked through the common and uncommon problems that can arise in aesthetic breast surgery, this book serves as a reference to guide surgeons through the steps of understanding, potentially avoiding, and then treating these issues. Managing Common and Uncommon Complications of Aesthetic Breast Surgery is methodical in its approach, beginning with key relevant highlight of embryology and anatomy of the breast and continuing into common problems in breast surgery, implant-related surgery, breast lifts and reductions. A variety of pitfalls are also explored from rupture, capsular contracture, and implant malposition to the rare and uncommon surface-texture related lymphoma. Every process is explored in depth with carefully crafted, practical, and experientially tested solutions proposed. Featuring real patient photos, detailed tables, and high definition videos for supplemental learning, this text is a one-stop reference to help surgeons understand, manage, and treat complications in aesthetic breast surgery both common and uncommon.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Implants and Breast Augmentation
1: Breast Embryology and Anatomy
Introduction
Embryology and Development
Blood Supply to the Nipple-Areolar Complex
Pedicles to the Nipple-Areolar Complex
Innervation to the Breast and Nipple-Areolar Complex
Pectoralis Muscle Anatomy
What Is the IMF?
Conclusion
References
2: Double Bubble: An Anatomic Analysis and Management Algorithm
Introduction
What Is the IMF?
Translating IMF Anatomy to Iatrogenic Deformities: Pathophysiology of Double-Bubble Deformities Etiology, Incidence, and Risk Factors
Prevention
Techniques for Correction
Pocket Conversion Techniques
Inferior Support with Suture or Mesh-Assisted Capsulorrhaphy
Algorithm for Double-Bubble Treatment
Case Example
Conclusion
References
3: Guiding Principles for Congenital Chest Wall and Breast Anomalies: Avoiding Complications
Introduction
Basic Science: Chest Wall Embryology and Breast Development
Surgical Correction of Chest Wall Anomalies
Rare Acquired Deformities
The Psychosocial Implications Patient Assessment and Planning for Patients with Chest Wall and Breast Asymmetry
Correction with Shaped Textured Versus Round Gel Implants
The Increasing Role of Fat
Conclusion
References
4: Treatment of Implant Malposition
Introduction
Types of Malposition and Their Causes
Inferior Malposition
Medial Malposition
Lateral Malposition
Superior Malposition
Causes of Implant Malposition
Operative Technique-Related Factors
Implant-Related Factors
Patient-Related Factors
Treatment of Implant Malposition
Evaluation
Repair Approaches and Techniques Revision of Existing Pocket
Creation of a New Pocket
Case Examples
Correction of Inferolateral Malposition
Correction of Medial Malposition
Correction of Inferior Malposition
Prevention of Implant Malposition
Conclusion
References
5: Implant Rupture: Pathophysiology, Diagnosis, and Management
Introduction
Pathophysiology
Incidence of Implant Rupture
Etiology of Rupture
Diagnosis
Management
Management of Saline Implant Ruptures
Management of Silicone Implant Ruptures
Conclusion
References 6: Capsular Contracture: Controversies in Etiology and Management
Introduction
Clinical Presentation
Causes
Prevention
Implant Irrigation
Insertion Devices
Prophylactic Antibiotics
Nipple Shields
Incisions
Postoperative Care
Treatment
Leukotriene Antagonists
Capsulectomy
Implant Site Change
Acellular Dermal Matrices
Case Examples
Case 1
Case 2
Conclusion
References
7: Breast Infections
Introduction
Risk Factors for Infection in Breast Augmentation
Presentation
Management
Conclusion
References - DigitalLakshmi Ratnam, Uday Patel, Anna Maria Belli, editors.Summary: Managing Common Interventional Radiology Complications: A Case Based Approach is an easy-to-use manual that will help trainees and practising radiologists by providing cases which cover most of the complications that a general interventionalist may encounter in normal practice. The cases are presented succinctly but thoroughly, so that the reader is equipped to manage the complication immediately. Managing Common Interventional Radiology Complications: A Case Based Approach aims to teach the range of procedures involved in interventional radiology, and focuses on the complications that can arise in the process.
Contents:
Embolization Coil Trapped in the Side Hole of a Catheter
Retrieval of an Intravascular Foreign Body in the Venous System
Migrated Superior Vena Cava Stent Repositioned Using a Balloon and Loop Snare Combination
Central Venous Catheter Inserted into the Mediastinum
Femoral Artery Pseudoaneurysm Treated with Percutaneous Thrombin Injection
Superficial Femoral Artery Thrombosis Post-angioplasty
Superficial Femoral Artery Rupture Following Angioplasty
Distal Embolization Following Common Iliac and Superficial Femoral Artery Angioplasty
Flow-Limiting Iliac Artery Dissection Post-angioplasty
Dissection of Superior Mesenteric Artery (SMA) During Transarterial Chemoembolization (TACE) via a Replaced Right Hepatic Artery
Iatrogenic Iliac Artery Rupture During Arterial Stenting
Detachment of a Balloon-Expandable Stent from the Balloon and the Wire
Migration of Common Hepatic Artery Stent Graft Occluding Right Hepatic Artery Flow
Migrated Stent Graft During TIPS Revision
Type 1A Endoleak Following EVAR Treated with a Proximal Cuff
Management of a Type 1B Endoleak Following EVAR
Persistent Type 2 Endoleak Post-EVAR with Aneurysm Expansion
Acute Renal Artery Occlusion and Trapped Renal Artery Catheter During Infrarenal AAA Stent Grafting
Maldeployment of the Contralateral Limb During EVAR
Branch Endograft Disconnection and Impending Type 3 Endoleak Post-EVAR
Hemorrhage Following Percutaneous Nephrostomy
Injury to Bowel Following Transplant Nephrostomy Insertion
Renal Arterial Hemorrhage Following Renal Artery Stenting
Pyrexia After Tumor Embolization: Infection Versus Post-embolization Syndrome
Arterioportal Fistula and Liver Hemorrhage After Radiofrequency Ablation and TACE
Protrusion of Vena Cava Filter into the Aorta
The Multiple Options for Retrieval of a Tilted IVC Filter
Retrieval of a Well-Orientated IVC Filter with Embedded Struts
Retrieving a Tilted IVC Filter with Struts Penetrating the IVC
Fistula Rupture Post-fistuloplasty
Circumferential Balloon Rupture and Retained Fragments During Fistuloplasty and Thrombolysis of a Thrombosed Fistula
Hemorrhage After Transjugular Liver Biopsy. - DigitalFrancis Carbonaro, K. Sheng Lim, editors.Summary: This well-illustrated book is intended as the go-to guide for the identification and management of the complications associated with specific glaucoma procedures. All of the routinely performed procedures are covered: filtration surgery, including trabeculectomy and ExPRESS shunt, nonpenetrating surgeries such as deep sclerectomy and canaloplasty, procedures involving the placement of tube shunt devices, glaucoma laser treatments, and minimally invasive glaucoma surgeries (MIGS). The book is succinct but sufficiently detailed to provide the reader with a very well informed description of possible complications and the best way to manage them, based on the evidence from recent and seminal research. The authors are recognized experts who come from a wide geographic and varied glaucoma background. The book will be ideal for all surgeons, whether new or experienced, who seek easily accessible, reliable guidance on how to manage the intraoperative and early and late postoperative complications that may arise when performing glaucoma surgery.
Contents:
Complications in Glaucoma Laser
Minimally-invasive glaucoma surgery
Non-penetrating Glaucoma Surgery (Deep Sclerectomy, Viscocanaloplasty and Canaloplasty)
Trabeculectomy complications and their management
Complications associated with Glaucoma Tube Surgery.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMartin Jöhr.Contents:
Concepts and strategy
Airway related problems
Vascular access
Regional anaesthesia
Medication related problems
Pre-existing conditions.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - Digital/Printmajor contributors, Matthews Mathai, Susheela Engelbrecht ; contributors, Mercedes Bonet [and others].Digital Access WHO 2017
- DigitalIvica Smokovski.Summary: This book covers the complexity of diabetes and related complications and presents the socio-economic burden of the disease, taking into account the rising prevalence reaching pandemic proportions and the associated costs. Factors causing high diabetes prevalence and the influence of the pharmaceutical industry are evaluated and solutions for sustainable diabetes care with limited resources are provided, including national focus on providing cost-effective diabetes treatment, nutrition and physical activity, structured diabetes education and centralized National e-Health System. Moreover, elaboration of long-term efforts to curb the diabetes burden through prevention activities are presented in this book. Managing Diabetes in Low Income Countries represents an essential guide for diabetes care clinicians and researchers, medical students and clinicians in training, diabetes policy makers, regulatory authorities, international diabetes and patient organisations all of whom are involved in current clinical practice for diabetes management.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Author
Abbreviations
Chapter 1: Burden of Diabetes Prevalence
References
Chapter 2: Diabetes Drivers
References
Chapter 3: Impact of Diabetes Complications
References
Chapter 4: Cost-Effectiveness of Available Diabetes Treatments
References
Chapter 5: Cost-Effectiveness of Monitoring Metabolic Control
References
Chapter 6: Importance of Structured Diabetes Education
References
Chapter 7: Benefits of Centralized e-Health System in Diabetes Care
References
Chapter 8: Promise of Nutrition
References Chapter 9: Focus on Diabetes Prevention
References
Index - Digitaleditor: Rishi P Singh.Summary: This handbook is an overview of the diagnosis, treatment and long-term management of diabetic retinopathy, within the context of overall long-term diabetes disease management. Diabetes-related eye damage (diabetic retinopathy) is one of the most common complications of diabetes, affecting approximately 30-40% of people with diabetes. The situation is so severe that in countries such as the US and UK, diabetic retinopathy is currently the leading cause of blindness in people age 20 to 74 years old. Fortunately, there are several existing and emerging treatments on the horizon and with adequate control of the underlying diabetes, this condition can be successfully managed.
Contents:
Impact of diabetic retinopathy
A basic scientific understanding of diabetic retinopathy
Diabetic retinopathy screening
Medical management of diabetic retinopathy
Diabetes and cataracts
Diabetes and glaucoma
Ocular surface disease in diabetes
Management of diabetic macular edema
Management of proliferative diabetic retinopathy
Future therapies.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalGeorge L. Bakris, Allison Hahr, Romesh Khardori, Daisuke Koya, Mark Molitch, Friedrich C. Prischl, Guntram Schernthaner, Bijin Thajudeen.Summary: An overview of the diagnosis, treatment, and long-term management of diabetic-related kidney disease in clinical practice. Includes an evidence-based discussion of currently available and experimental drug therapies currently in development, guided by international consensus guidelines. Ideal for physicians, medical trainees, nurses and other medical professional that regularly screen and treat patients with all types of diabetes.
Contents:
Overview
Stages of disease and clinical features
Pathogenesis and pathophysiology
Patient assessment
Treatment options.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJoseph M. Galante, Matthew J. Martin, Carlos J. Rodriguez, Wade Travis Gordon, editors.Summary: This text is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art approach to dismounted complex blast injuries. Sections address care of these patients from the point of injury through rehabilitation. The specific areas addressed include blast mechanics, stabilization and hemorrhage control at the point of injury, early resuscitation at local hospitals, a systematic approach to surgical care, and finally reconstruction and rehabilitation. Specific chapters focus on operative management of pelvic, abdominal, genitourinary, orthopedic, neurological and thoracic injuries. The authors of each chapter, are experts in treating DCBIs that have had direct hands-on experience through military deployments in Iraq and Afghanistan. Each chapter describes patient presentation and an algorithm outlining treatment with support from the literature. The text will conclude with three chapters. The first explores new advances in care that can be applied to these injuries. The second highlights the organization and team approach to care of these patients. Finally, the last chapter describes an actual case, cared for by the editors, that encompasses points from the chapters in the text. Extensive illustrations and flow diagrams are used throughout the text. This text is specifically designed to be a “how to” guide for inexperienced military and civilian providers. The chapters are organized in a step-wise fashion that mirrors the patient’s course from point of injury through their hospital course. Combining authors’ experience with illustrations and algorithm diagrams creates a text that is easy to use as a reference text or basis of training for future military and civilian surgeons.
- DigitalNaim Kapucu, Alpaslan Özerdem, Abdul-Akeem SadiqSummary: "Managing Emergencies and Crises: Global Perspectives is primarily for graduate level students and instructors who study and research on a wide range of socio-economic and political issues related to the management of 'natural' disasters from a 'social disaster' perspective. From a broad perspective this book covers various concepts including prevention, preparedness, response, and recovery, as well as vulnerability and risk assessment that need to be understood by those in the emergency management field"-- Provided by publisher. "As the scale, frequency, and intensity of crises faced by the world have dramatically increased over the last decade, there is a critical need for a careful stocktaking on the knowledge of managing disasters. Managing Emergencies and Crises: Global Perspectives clearly and comprehensively explores the most important concepts of emergency and crisis management, such as mitigation, protection, prevention, preparedness, response, recovery, and vulnerability and risk assessment, and illustrates them with cases involving disasters and emergencies worldwide. Substantially revised, the Second Edition has been reorganized and includes two new and timely chapters on terrorism and emergency management and public health emergencies and crises. It also provides an emphasis on management and leadership and cross-sector governance from interdisciplinary and global perspectivesKey Features:- Two new chapters: Terrorism and Emergency Management and Public Health Emergencies and Crises. - Diverse scholarly perspectives are presented to guide readers' understanding of various concepts in the emergency and crisis management field. - Rich and diverse case studies illustrate how various stakeholders, including emergency program managers, respond in crisis and emergency management situation. - Navigate eBook Access (included with the print text) provides online or offline access to the digital textbook"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Hazards, Disasters, and Vulnerability
Prevention, Mitigation, and Preparedness
Response and Recovery
Risk Perception and Communication
Community Disaster Resilience
Emergency and Crisis Management Stakeholders
Decision Making in Managing Emergencies and Crises
Leadership in Managing Emergencies and Crises
Building an Effective Emergency Management Organization
Evaluation and Accountability
Public Health Emergencies and Crises
Terrorism and Emergency Management
International Actors and Perspectives
Future Directions in Emergency and Crisis Management.Digital Access R2Library 2023 - DigitalGregory M. Booth, Sarah Frattali, editors.Summary: Many primary care clinicians are busy to the point of being overwhelmed and there is not time to do thorough evaluations on every patient. The outpatient clinician must be able to quickly identify and manage the overtly ill but also those with potential or even hidden issues that require a referral to the emergency department. This book provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the various conditions the primary care practitioner could encounter in his/her office that require emergency department referral. Organized system by system, this manual provides short, readable yet detailed descriptions of situations where the clinician must make the quick decision to escalate the level of care. The book is comprised of thirteen main sections, each detailing a medical specialty and is further broken down into specific conditions within these specialties. The specialties that are featured are cardiology, dermatology, endocrinology, gastroenterology, HEENT, hematology and oncology, infectious disease, nephrology, neurology, gynecology, ophthalmology, psychiatry, pulmonology and urology. The chapters are broken down into five key aspects. First, a brief synopsis of the problem is identified covering the incidence, the risk factors and general information to give the clinician the insight to manage the situation. Next, there is a review of key elements of the history that can elucidate whether the patient has or does not have the emergent condition. Physical exam findings that the clinician can look for during the evaluation are then discussed followed by diagnostics that the clinician can get quickly the same day to help evaluate the situation. Lastly, treatments that can be provided while waiting for the urgent or emergent condition to be evaluated are identified. Written by experts in the field, Managing Emergencies in the Outpatient Setting is a valuable resource for primary care physicians, physician assistants and nurse practitioners alike. .
Contents:
1. Cardiovascular Disease
2. Infectious Disease
3. Gastroenterology
4. Neurology
5. Nephrology
6. Urology
7. Obstetrics and Gynecology
8. Otolaryngology (Ear Nose and Throat)
9. Pulmonology
10. Endocrinology
11. Hematology and Oncology
12. Ophthalmology
13. Dermatology
14. Psychiatry. - Digital/PrintDigital Access WHO 2018
- DigitalEditors: Fernando Perez-Ruiz, Ana Maria Herrero-Beites.Summary: "Gout has been a well-known disease for over 2000 years, and is the most common cause of joint inflammation in adult males. It has become apparent that no therapeutic target based on hyperuricemia outcome had been defined. Very few controlled trials were available to test the efficacy and safety of treatments, and no research on diagnosis and management had been done despite data showing that patients with gout were generally improperly treated even in the hands of specialists. In the last 10 years, good-quality evidence on gout impact and management has grown exponentially, renal transporters have been recently identified, and a number of new drugs have been approved or are under current development. This handbook discusses these developments and the future of gout treatment, which now looks promising."--Publisher's website.
Contents:
1. Disease overview
2. Physiopathology of gout
3. Diagnosis of gout
4. Treatment of hyperuricemia in gout
5. Prevention and treatment of inflammation in gout
6. Appendix. - DigitalHelen Westman, Malinda Itchins, Bernardo L. Rapoport.Summary: "Fast Facts: Managing Immune-Related Adverse Events in Oncology, 2nd edition, provides an overview of immuno-oncology and an update on immune checkpoint inhibitors and their associated toxicities, alongside the principles of diagnosing and managing immune-related adverse events, important nursing care considerations and a set of convenient management summaries for quick reference. As such, it is essential reading for all members of the cancer care team."--Provided by publisherDigital Access R2Library 2023
- DigitalYinghong Wang, editor.Summary: Certain organ toxicities can be severe and life-threatening. Therefore, it is crucial to recognize these disease entities early on to provide prompt and effective treatments to improve the quality of patient care, and enable the continuation of cancer therapy long-term. A clinical handbook with a particular focus in this field is lacking. This handbook focuses on the comprehensive, systematic review of clinical aspects of immunotherapy-induced toxicities in 15 major organ systems. The organs covered include endocrine, eye, gut, heart, kidney, liver, lung, muscular-skeletal, neuro, pancreas and skin etc. A unique feature about this book is the inclusion of perspectives from Anesthesiology, Infectious Disease, and Pathology besides specific organ toxicity management. The contributors are a group of experts offering routine clinical care to patients with most complex and refractory toxicity conditions, conducting pioneering research, and providing the guidance for the clinical practice to the peers and trainees in the field. The topics of each chapter include incidence, clinical presentations, evaluation, management, and long term follow up of each disease entity. There is also a simplified management algorithm or table illustrated in each chapter as well as audio PowerPoint slide deck to provide straightforward general instruction on the evaluation and treatment.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Introduction
Contents
Contributors
Chapter 1: Anesthesia
General Recommendations
Organ-Specific Treatment Strategies
References
Chapter 2: Cardiology (Heart)
Available Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors
Cardiac Side Effect Profile of Immune Checkpoint Inhibitors
Mechanisms of Myocardial Toxicity
ICI-Associated Myocarditis
Timing Onset of Myocarditis
Diagnostic Testing Considerations in ICI-Associated Myocarditis
Troponin
Natriuretic Peptide
Electrocardiogram (ECG)
Echocardiography
Cardiac Magnetic Resonance (CMR) Imaging Endomyocardial Biopsy (EMB)
Management
Advanced Management
Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Dermatology (Skin)
Epidemiology
Clinical Characteristics
Morbilliform/Maculopapular Rash (MPR)
Pruritus
Eczematous Dermatitis
Urticaria
Lichenoid/Lichen Planus-Like Eruption
Psoriasiform Dermatitis
Vitiligo
Granulomatous Dermatitis
Xerosis
Autoimmune Bullous Disorders
Severe Cutaneous Adverse Reactions
Erythema Multiforme (EM)
Neutrophilic Dermatoses
Sweet's Syndrome (Acute Febrile Neutrophilic Dermatosis)
Pyoderma Gangrenosum Follicular Eruptions
Rheumatologic Disease
Dermatomyositis and polymyositis
Mucosal Toxicities
Hair Toxicities
Nail irCAEs
Less Common irCAEs
Grover's Disease
Keratoacanthoma/Cutaneous Squamous Cell Carcinoma
Evaluation
Diagnostic Tests for Specific irCAEs
Bullous Pemphigoid
Dermatitis Herpetiformis
Pemphigus Vulgaris-Like Lesions
Urticaria
Hair Toxicities
Rheumatologic Diseases
Treatment
Treatment Pearls
Pruritus
Eczematous
Urticaria
Lichenoid
Psoriasiform
Vitiligo
Bullous Pemphigoid
Alopecia Mucosal Toxicities (Including Lichenoid Eruptions)
Nail Toxicities
Neutrophilic Dermatoses
Granulomatous
SCARs
Erythema Multiforme
Sarcoidosis
Treatment Recommendations
Long-Term Complication and Follow-Up
References
Chapter 4: Endocrine
Introduction
Checkpoint Inhibitor-Induced Hypophysitis
Epidemiology
Clinical Characteristics
Evaluation
Treatment
Long-Term Complications and Follow-Up
Thyroid Dysfunction
Epidemiology
Clinical Characteristics
Evaluation
Treatment
Long-Term Complications and Follow-Up Primary Adrenal Insufficiency
Epidemiology
Clinical Presentation
Treatment
Checkpoint Inhibitor-Induced Diabetes
Epidemiology
Clinical Characteristics
Evaluation
Treatment
Long-Term Complications and Follow-Up
References
Chapter 5: Gastroenterology (GI)
Epidemiology and Risk Factors
Type of ICI Agent
Type of Cancer
The Patient
Clinical Presentation and Evaluation
Clinical Presentation
Clinical Evaluation
Biochemical and Stool Evaluation
IMC, Infections, and Its Management
Imaging
Endoscopic Evaluation
Histologic Evaluation - Digitaleditors, Timothy R. Shope, Andrew N. Hashikawa.Summary: This guide provides child care directors, teachers, and caregivers with essential information on infectious diseases in group care settings. It includes a robust section of more than 55 quick reference fact sheets on common infectious diseases and symptoms. Additionally, it includes forms that can be photocopied and used with families. As always, the reference is easy to use, providing clear, authoritative information on infectious diseases.
Contents:
Overview of Managing Infectious Diseases in Child Care and Schools
Reduce the Risk of Infection: Practice Prevention
Health of Educators and Other Staff Members
Recognizing the Ill Child: Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria
Signs and Symptoms Chart
Quick Reference Sheet
Emergencies and Disasters: Infectious Disease Outbreaks, Epidemics, Pandemics, and Bioterrorism
Sample Letters, Forms, and Relevant Resources.Digital Access AAP ebooks [2023] - Digitaledited by Susan S. Aronson and Timothy R. Shope.Summary: This award-winning guide provides child care directors, teachers, and caregivers with essential information on the prevention and management of infectious diseases in group care settings. The newly revised and updated fifth edition is aligned with the most recent version of the premier AAP source of information on infectious diseases, Red Book®: 2018-2021 Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 31st Edition.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
- Digitaleditor, Jane Meschan FoySummary: This all-new point-of-care clinical support chart aids physicians in responding to the mental health needs of their patients encountered in everyday practice.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2021
- DigitalDonald R Taylor, MD.Summary: This text will provide readers with a thorough review of the complex condition of chronic pain and addictions. The book was originally commissioned due to the need in the field for more literature on the topic. This concise pocket book will review epidemiology, clinical features, diagnosis, and medical management of both chronic pain and addiction. Busy healthcare professionals will benefit from this text, which will not only cover the foundation of the management of both conditions and together, but discuss up-to-date national and international treatment guidelines, upcoming therapies and REMS.
Contents:
Preface
Introduction to Chronic Pain
Introduction to Managing Patients with Addictions and Chronic Pain
Managing Patients with Chronic Pain and Addiction
Case Studies
Conclusion.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalHania González.Contents:
Introduction to obesity
understanding a patient with obesity
preventative care and behaviour modification
medical management of the patient with obesity
surgical management of the patient with obesity
long-term support for the patient with obesity. - DigitalMichael Haase, Anja Haase-Fielitz, editors.Summary: As the number of people aged 65 years and above rises, physicians are increasingly confronted by elderly patients with impaired renal function, altered drug metabolism and multiple comorbidities. This book examines in detail the nature of renal injury in the elderly and its optimal management. A wide range of key topics are covered, including end-stage renal disease, diabetic nephropathy, acute kidney injury, drug metabolism and renal toxicity, dialysis and its complications and the use of renal transplantation. In addition, the assessment of glomerular filtration rate in the elderly and the role of novel renal biomarkers are carefully examined. Quality of life issues, the significance of other age-related medical problems and end of life care are also discussed. This book will be of value not only to nephrologists but also to general practitioners, medical students, intensivists, cardiologists, pharmacologists and those working in related specialties.
Contents:
Managing kidney injury in older patients
Incidence, risk factors, and outcome
Assessing glomerular filtration rate in older adults
Risk assessment and diagnostic criteria of acute kidney injury: the role of tubular damage markers
Pathogenesis and susceptibility to injury
Drug kinetics, dosing, and renal toxicity in older adults
Acute dialysis in older patients
Quality of life, functional status, and specific medical problems in older patients
End-of-life decision making in older patients with acute kidney injury and end-stage renal disease: ethical perspectives. - DigitalDavid A. Jobes ; foreword by Marsha M. Linehan.Contents:
Collaborative assessment and management of suicidality: a suicide-specific clinical intervention within contemporary health care
The SSF and the evolution of CAMS
Systems of clinical care and optimizing the use of CAMS
CAMS risk assessment: the collaborative use of the SSF
CAMS treatment planning: coauthoring a suicide-specific treatment plan
CAMS interim sessions: tracking suicide risk assessments and treatment plan updates
CAMS clinical outcomes and disposition: lessons in living and a postsuicidal life
CAMS as a means of decreasing malpractice liability
CAMS adaptations and future developments.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016 - Digitaledited by Nicholas Panay, Paula Briggs, Gabor T. Kovacs.Summary: "The menopause marks the permanent cessation of menstruation and heralds the transition in a woman's life from a reproductive state to a non-reproductive one. Whilst the average age of this landmark varies slightly across the world, the menopause generally occurs in the early 50s, and is only truly affected by factors such as smoking, and medical and surgical induction of the menopausal state. However, clinical symptoms may precede this, and the physiological changes which occur with the menopausal transition may begin several years prior to the onset of any manifestations. The basis of the clinical and biochemical changes associated with the perimenopausal period is the depletion of ovarian follicles to a critical level"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Physiology of the Menstrual Cycle and Changes in the Perimenopause / Philip J. Dutton and Janice M. Rymer
Clinical Features of the Menopause/Post-menopause / Gab Kovacs
The Ovarian Reserve : Predicting the Menopause / Richard A. Anderson
Premature Ovarian Insufficiency : Fertility Options / Tony Rutherford and Gab Kovacs
Premature Ovarian Insufficiency : Optimizing Quality of Life and Long-Term Effects / Vujovic Svetlana, Miomira Ivovic, Milina Tancic Gajic, Ljiljana Marina and Svetlana Dragojevic-Dikic
Natural Hormone Replacement Therapy After Menopause by Ovarian Tissue / Jacques Donnez and Marie-Madeleine Dolmans
Migraine in the Menopause / E. Anne MacGregor
Psychological aspects of the menopause / Myra S. Hunter
Memory and Mood in the Menopause / Michael C. Craig
Libido and Sexual Function in the Menopause / Claudine Domoney
Vulvo-Vaginal Atrophy (VVA) / Rossella E. Nappi
Pelvic Floor, Urinary Problems and the Menopause / Marco Gambacciani, Eleonora Russo, Magdalena Montt Guevara and Tommaso Simoncini
The Effect of Menopause of the Musculoskeletal System / Jean Calleja-Agius and Mark P. Brincat
Hormonal Management of Osteoporosis During the Menopause / Panagiotis G. Anagnostis and John C. Stevenson
Cardiovascular Disease and the Menopause / Marta Caretto, Andrea Giannini, Tommaso Simoncini and Andrea R. Genazzani
Gynecological Pathology in the Menopause (Excluding Cancers) / John Eden
Nutrition and Weight Gain in the Menopause / Nigel Denby
The Use of Estrogens and Progestogens in Menopausal Hormone Therapy / Kugajeevan Vigneswaran and Haitham Hamoda
Androgen Therapy for Postmenopausal Women / Susan R. Davis
Contraception for the Perimenopausal Woman / Paula Briggs and Nicola Kersey
Hormone Therapy and Cancer / Anne Gompel
Menopausal Hormone Therapy (MHT) and Venous Thrombosis / Sven O. Skouby and Johannes J. Sidelmann
The Risk-Benefit Analysis of Menopausal Hormone Therapy in the Menopause / Elizabeth Stephenson and Tim Hillard
Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulators (SERMs) and Menopausal Hormone Therapy (MHT) / Steven R. Goldstein
Non-hormonal Treatments for Menopausal Symptoms / Jenifer Sassarini
Alternative Therapies for the Management of Menopausal Symptoms /
Edzard Ernst and Paul Posadzki
Menopause Symptoms / Sarah GrayDigital Access Cambridge 2020 - DigitalKieron P. O'Connor, Marc E. Lavoie, Benjamin Schoendorff.Summary: A pioneering guide for the management of tics and habit disorders Managing Tic and Habit Disorders: A Cognitive Psychophysiological Approach with Acceptance Strategies is a complete client and therapist program for dealing with tics and habit disorders. Groundbreaking and evidence-based, it considers tics and habit disorders as part of the same spectrum and focuses on the personal processes that are activated prior to a tic and habit rather than the tic or habit itself. By drawing on acceptance and mindfulness strategies to achieve mental and physical flexibility in preparing action, individuals can release unnecessary tension, expend less effort and ultimately establish control over their tic or habit. The authors explain how to identify the contexts of thoughts, feelings and activities that precede tic or habit onset, understand how self-talk and language can trigger tic onset, and move beyond unhelpful ways of dealing with emotions - particularly in taking thoughts about emotions literally. They also explore how individuals can plan action more smoothly by drawing on existing skills and strengths, and overcome shame by becoming less self-critical and more self-compassionate. They conclude with material on maintaining gains, developing new goals, and creating a more confident and controlled lifestyle. Managing Tic and Habit Disorders is a thoughtful and timely guide for those suffering from this sometimes all-consuming disorder, and the professionals who set out to help them.
Contents:
1. The nature of tics and habits
2. Evaluation and assessment
3. Motivation and preparation for change
4. Developing awareness
5. Identifying at-risk contexts
6. Reducing tension
7. Increasing flexibility
8. Addressing styles of planning action
9. Experiential avoidance, cognitive fusion, and the matrix
10. Emotional regulation and overcoming the habit-shame loop
11. Achieving goals and maintaining gains.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalStefano Guerriero, Wellington P. Martins, Juan Luis Alcazar, editors.Summary: This book is a practical guide to the performance of ultrasonography in women of reproductive age for the diagnosis and treatment of infertility. The coverage includes the use of ultrasonography for evaluation of the various disorders associated with infertility, such as endometriosis, anovulatory disorders, tubal disease, and adenomyosis; its role in assisted reproductive techniques; and its application to assess the viability and early complications of pregnancy. The more recent advances in the field are all addressed, including assessment of ovarian reserve, new classifications of uterine malformations using three-dimensional ultrasonography, and novel ultrasonographic modalities for the evaluation of tubal patency. Within each chapter, the focus is especially on the performance of the ultrasound examination, with highlighting of useful technical tips. The contributors are acknowledged experts from across the world, and the book will be of value for physicians, ultrasonographers, and other medical staff involved in caring for patients with fertility issues.
Contents:
Part 1 Ultrasound evaluation of women with infertility: Assessment of the functional ovarian reserve.-Anovulatory disorders
Tubal diseases
Endometrial cavity
Adenomyosis and fibroids
Congenital uterine anomalies
Endometrioma and pelvic endometriosis
Saline/gel/foam for examining the endometrial cavity and tubal patency
Part 2 Ultrasound in assisted reproductive techniques: Monitoring ovulation induction and controlled ovarian stimulation
Oocyte retrieval
Ultrasound guidance during embryo transfer
Part 3 Initial ultrasound evaluation in women with positive pregnancy test: Evaluation of pregnancy viability
Ectopic pregnancy and pregnancy of unknown location.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMariagrazia Stracquadanio.Summary: This book is a practical clinical guide to the correct diagnosis and appropriate treatment of hyperandrogenism, an extremely common endocrine disease that can affect women from adolescence to menopause. The volume covers topics ranging from the causes to the treatment, providing an expert point of view on the assessment and the differential diagnosis. Since the hyper androgenic syndromes are often associated with menstrual disorders, it is a valuable and easy-to-use resource, not only for endocrinologists but for gynecologists as well. Thanks to its clear approach, it is also useful for all specialists who deal with this women's disease.
Contents:
1. Definition, epidemiology, genetics
2. Causes of hyperandrogenism: Ovarian diseases
Adrenal diseases
Iatrogenic forms and other diseases
3. Clinical features and assessment of hyperandrogenism: Hirsutism
Acne
Androgenic alopecia
4. Differential Diagnosis for clinical use
5. Treatment: Hormonal and antiandrogenic treatment
Non-hormonal treatment
Topical therapies. - Digital[edited by] John E. Bennett, Raphael Dolin, Martin J. Blaser.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
- DigitalRaymond A. Pensy, John V. Ingari, editors.Summary: This practical and generously illustrated text presents the current concepts regarding the management of the mangled extremity, including microsurgery, vascular surgery, free tissue, nerve, hand, and replantation surgery. Since the advent of microsurgical reconstruction, significant progress has been made in the areas of replantation, free tissue transfer, as well as the refinement of skeletal fixation techniques. The scope will encompass the initial triage of a patient with a mangled upper or lower extremity, the initial and subsequent reconstructive efforts, to include skeletal fixation, vascular and soft tissue reconstruction, muscle and tendon transfers, psychological impact, therapy requirements, amputation considerations, and current data on salvage versus amputation in these scenarios. Case examples will be included to add further depth and context to the techniques and recommendations provided. Presenting these surgical challenges in detail, The Mangled Extremity will be an ideal resource for orthopedic and trauma surgeons, residents and fellows, as well as emergency surgeons facing these intense, traumatic injuries.
Contents:
Rebuilding the Mangled Extremity: Foundation to Rooftop
The Triage of the Patient with the Mangled Extremity
Temporizing and Definitive Skeletal Fixation for the Mangled Lower Extremity
Temporizing and Definitive Skeletal Fixation for the Mangled Upper Extremity
Revascularization of the Mangled Limb
Replantation of the Mangled Upper Extremity
Non-Microsurgical Soft Tissue Coverage of the Mangled Limb
Microsurgical Reconstruction for the Mangled Limb
Growing Bone: Lengthening and Grafting
Restoring Function: Tendon and Nerve Transfers
Functional Muscle Transfer for the Mangled Limb
The Psychological Impact of the Mangled Limb
Therapy Requirements and Goals of the Patient with the Mangled Limb
Non-Opioid Strategies for Pain Management
Salvage vs. Amputation: Lower Extremity and Upper Extremity
Orthotic Management of the Mangled Extremity
Prosthetic Care for the Mangled Extremity
The Mangled Extremity: Osseointegration. - DigitalChittaranjan Kole, editor.Summary: This book represents the first comprehensive compilation of deliberations on botany; genetic resources; genetic diversity analysis; classical genetics & traditional breeding; in vitro culture & genetic transformation; detailed information on molecular maps & mapping of economic genes and QTLs; whole genome sequencing of the nuclear genome and sequencing of chloroplast genome; and elucidation of functional genomics. It also addresses alternate flowering, a unique problem in mango, and discusses currently available genomic resources and databases. Gathering contributions by globally reputed experts, the book will benefit the students, teachers, and scientists in academia and at private companies interested in horticulture, genetics, breeding, pathology, entomology, physiology, molecular genetics and breeding, in vitro culture & genetic engineering, and structural and functional genomics.
Contents:
Mango: The King of Fruits
Botany of Mango
Mango Propagation
Genetic Resources in Mango
Genetic diversity analysis of mango
Alternate flowering in mango
Classical genetics and breeding
In Vitro Culture and genetic transformation in mango
Molecular mapping and breeding in mango
The genome sequence and transcription studies in mango (Mangifera indica L.)
The mango chloroplast genome
Mango functional genomics
Mango genomic resources and databases. - DigitalJeremy Farrar, Peter J. Hotez, Thomas Junghanss, Gagandeep Kang, David Lalloo, Nicholas J. White, Patricia J. Garcia.Summary: "For 125 years, physicians have relied on Manson's Tropical Diseases for a comprehensive clinical overview of this complex and fast-changing field. The fully revised 24th Edition, Dr. Jeremy Farrar, along with an internationally recognized editorial team, global contributors, and expert authors, delivers the latest coverage on parasitic and infectious diseases from around the world. From the difficult to diagnose to the difficult to treat, this highly readable, award-winning reference prepares you to effectively handle whatever your patients may have contracted"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
History of Tropical Medicine, and Medicine in the Tropics
21st Century Drivers of Tropical Medicine
Health Research and Ethics
Epidemiology
Clinical Assessment
Viral Infections
Bacterial Infections
Fungal Infections
Mycobacterial Infections
Protozoan Infections
Helminthic Infections
Ectoparasites
Non-communicable Diseases in the Tropics
Environmental Disorders
Nutrition
Maternal/Child Health.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digital[edited by] Jeremy Farrar [and 5 others].Summary: From the difficult to diagnose to the difficult to treat, Manson's Tropical Diseases prepares you to effectively handle whatever your patients may have contracted. Featuring an internationally recognized editorial team, global contributors, and expert authors, this revised and updated medical reference book provides you with the latest coverage on parasitic and infectious diseases from around the world. Incorporate the latest therapies into your practice, such as recently approved drugs and new treatment options.Find what you need easily and apply it quickly with highlighted key information, convenient boxes and tables, extensive cross-referencing, and clinical management diagrams.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- PrintComité Asesor de la OPS/OMS en Bacteriología de la Tuberculosis.Contents:
Pt.
1. La Muestra; El Examen microscópico.--pt.
2. El Cultivo del Mycobacterium tuberculosis.--pt.
3. Sensibilidad del Mycobacterium tuberculosis a lsa drogas; La Identificación de micobacterias.--pt.
4. La Organización de los laboratorios de bacteriología de la tuberculosis; medidas de seguridad. - Digital/Print[por] Gilbert ... [et al.].Contents:
1. Enfermedades infecciosas y diatésicas. Intoxicaciones. Enfermedades de la sangre / [por C. Doptor, ... et al.]
2. Enfermedades del aparato respiratorio. Enfermedades del aparato circulatorio / por M. Loeper ... [et al.].Digital Access Google Books [1916?]- - Digitaledited by, Angela D. Klimaszewski, RN, MSN, [and 5 others].Digital Access R2Library 2015Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalDerek L. Milne and Robert P. Reiser.Contents:
Introduction and overview of evidence-based CBT supervision
Guiding principles behind our CBT supervision manual
The context for CBT supervision
Training CBT supervisors
The alliance in CBT supervision
Goal-setting in CBT supervision
Facilitating learning in CBT supervision
Feedback and evaluation in CBT supervision
Support and guidance in CBT supervision
Concluding remarks
Appendix: Video catalogue
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalMark W. Leitman.Contents:
Medical history
Measurement of vision and refraction
Neuro-ophthalmology
External structures
The orbit
Slit lamp examination and glaucoma
The retina and vitreous.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalMark W. Leitman, MD.Summary: "The eye exam depends on many sophisticated, and costly instruments, together with highly trained professionals to operate them. Ophthalmologist - The ophthalmologist attended 4 years of college, 4 years of medical (MD) or osteopathic (DO) school, and 3 years of specialty eye residency training. They may remain general ophthalmologists, but now, more often than not, spend an additional 1-2 years subspecializing in corneal and external disease, vitreoretinal disease, cataracts, glaucoma, neuro-ophthalmology, oculoplastic surgery, pathology, pediatric (strabismus), or uveitis. Optometrist (OD) - The optometrist completes 4 years of college and 4 years of optometry school. They perform similar tasks to the ophthalmologist, with subspecialty fellowships similar to ophthalmology, but with stress on medical, rather than surgical skills.Opticians (ABO, American Board of Opticians) - Opticians grind the lenses and put them in frames (laboratory optician) or fit them on the patient (dispensing optician). Their training and certification is highly variable from state to state, but often includes 2 years at a community college. Ocularists (BCO, BRDO, FASO) - Ocularists are few in number and often learn their craft by apprenticeship. They have to pass tests for certification. Their job is to fit the rarely needed sclera shell after removal of an eye. (Fig. 423-426). Ophthalmic technicians - Ophthalmic technicians have varying degrees of licensure. With medical supervision, they may take medical histories; measure eye pressure; do refractions and visual field testing; take visual activities; teach contact lens fitting; and often assist in using the following diagnostic tests"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Medical history
Measurement of vision and refraction
Neuro-ophthalmology
External structures
The orbit
Slit lamp examination
Glaucoma
Uvea
Cataracts
Retina.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - Print[American Heart Association, Subcommittee on Emergency Cardiac Care, Working Group on CPR-ECC in Basic Cardiac Life Support].
- DigitalJudd W. Landsberg.Summary: "Clinical Practice Manual for Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, by Judd W. Landsberg, MD, is a unique point-of-care manual that provides essential information on managing inpatients and outpatients with common, serious respiratory and internal medicine presentation and problems. Easy-to-follow diagnostic and therapeutic algorithms are accompanied by case-based illustrations encountered on a daily basis by attendings, fellows, residents, and students. The bulleted format, concise approach, and familiar examples provide a framework for effective teaching, learning, and patient care"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section 1: Pulmonary. Approach to oxygenation, hypoxemia and hypoxemic respiratory failure
Ventilation and hypercapnic respiratory failure
The chest radiograph
Evaluating chronic dyspnea, dyspnea on exertion and exercise limitation
Heart failure for the pulmonary critical care physician
Pulmonary hypertension
Exacerbation of obesity hypoventilation syndrome
Lung cancer
Aspergillus lung disease
Oral anaerobic lung infection, aspiration pneumonia, lung abscess and empyema
Chronic cough
Cough syncope
Bronchiectasis
Sarcoidosis
Acute venous thromboembolic disease
Pneumothorax (PTX) and bronchopleural fistulas (BPF): air in the pleural space
Smoking cessation
Diffuse parenchymal lung disease and its mimics
Section 2: Critical care. Shock
Invasive mechanical ventilation
Non-invasive ventilatory support with BIPAP
Tracheostomy
Hemoptysis
Salt and water: the physiology of volume and tonicity regulation
Diabetic emergencies
The obtunded inpatient with normal vital signs
Bedside presentations in the ICU
Code status
Advanced care planning and the family meeting-
Compassionate, terminal extubation
ICU pearls.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - Digitaledited by Maurene McQuestion, Lorraine C. Drapek, Mary Ellyn Witt.Summary: "Advances in technology, research, and evidence-based practice have led to improvements in the care of patients receiving radiation therapy. The knowledge and expertise required by nurses must focus on the needs of patients who come into their care at any point across the trajectory of the cancer journey. Nurses may work with patients at varying stages of the radiation therapy process and in a wide range of settings. Regardless, however, the need to be knowledgeable about the symptoms and side effects associated with this treatment is essential for nurses caring for this patient population. The Oncology Nursing Society has published the fifth edition of Manual for Radiation Oncology Nursing Practice and Education to support nurses who care for patients who will receive, are receiving, or have received radiation therapy. The fifth edition features significant updates and changes to the content to reflect advances in technology, treatment options, and symptom manage¬ment. New sections have been added based on input from radiation oncology nurses or as a result of changes in treatment options, the needs of specific patient populations, and observations from clinical practice. New topics include patients with cognitive changes and dementia; general distress and coping; patients with mental illness; special populations, such as women who are pregnant, ado-lescents, and young adults; special needs related to late effects of treatment and cardiac toxicities; and treatment modalities, includ¬ing cobalt therapy and immunotherapy. This manual serves as an essential resource for individual nurses new to working in a radiation therapy set¬ting as well as to nurses wanting to advance their knowledge in radiation biology and protection, diverse radiation therapy modalities, combination treatments, site- or disease-specific concerns, symptom management, special populations, and care during transition points. Additionally, this manual can be a resource to advanced practice clinicians, educators, and administrators, with a focus on support for nursing staff seeking the education and skills required to care for patients receiving radiation therapy and their families"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Scope of practice for the registered nurse
Practice of radiation oncology
Radiation protection and safety
Symptom management
Site-specific management
Disease-specific management
Oncologic emergencies : spinal cord compression and superior vena cava syndrome
Modality-specific management
Special populations
Chemical modifiers of treatment
General radiation oncology issues
Patient, caregiver, and family education.Digital Access R2Library 2021 - DigitalEduardo Casas Rojo, Covadonga Fernandez-Golfin, José Luis Zamorano, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalBenjamin D. Nicholson, Michael J. Vitto, Harinder S. Dhindsa, editors.Summary: Ultrasound has rapidly become integral to the practice of emergency medicine. Over the past few years, with improvements in device size and cost, there has been increasing interest in exploring the utility of ultrasound in the prehospital environment. Much of the available literature on ultrasound in the emergency setting focuses on care delivered in emergency departments and intensive care units within the developed world. As a result, most resources are inappropriate and inadequate for doctors and non-physicians practicing in out-of-hospital environments that, by definition, are resource limited. This manual fills that gap by focusing on simplified discussions of ultrasound studies, ultrasound physics, and research that impacts out-of-hospital care in order to meet the needs of prehospital and austere providers. The manual discusses the use of ultrasound for diagnosis in out-of-hospital care, advanced noninvasive monitoring of patients, and safety in performing procedures common to the prehospital and austere environment. As is the approach for prehospital education, the chapters are complaint based and not diagnosis based where applicable. Chapters cover ultrasound image interpretation and basic physics; common image adjustments to improve image quality; unique challenges found in urban prehospital environments, austere/wilderness environments, tactical environments, and military special operations environments; and initial training, quality improvement/assurance programs, and credentialing. It also includes a section on procedures such as pericardiocentesis, vascular access, cricothyroidotomy, and others specific to austere providers. The Manual of Austere and Prehospital Ultrasound is an essential resource for physicians and related professionals, residents, and medical students in emergency medicine, civilian and military EMS providers, and critical care flight paramedics and nurses.
Contents:
Part 1: Introduction and Background
Chapter 1: Physics and Knobs
Part 2: Considerations for Specific Environments
Chapter 2: Ground EMS
Chapter 3: Helicopter Emergency Medical Services
Chapter 4: Military Special Operations and Prolonged Field Care
Chapter 5: Considerations for Ultrasound in the Urban Search and Rescue (USAR) Environment
Part 3: Diagnosis
Chapter 6: Shortness of Breath
Chapter 7: Chest Pain
Chapter 8: Trauma
Chapter 9: Undifferentiated Hypotension
Chapter 10: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Abdominal Pain
Chapter 11: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Ocular
Chapter 12: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Obstetric
Chapter 13: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Skin and soft tissue
Chapter 14: Advanced Diagnostic Topic for Austere Providers: Skeletal Trauma
Part 4: Monitoring
Chapter 15: Ultrasound Guidance of Resuscitation in Shock
Chapter 16: Endotracheal tube placement
Chapter 17: Intracranial Pressure Evaluation
Chapter 18: Bladder Volume and Assessment of Hydronephrosis
Part 5: Procedures
Chapter 19: Vascular Access
Chapter 20: Pericardiocentesis
Chapter 21: Surgical cricothyroidotomy
Chapter 22: Advanced Procedure Topic for Austere Providers: Thoracentesis
Chapter 23: Advanced Procedure Topic for Austere Providers: Upper extremity nerve blocks
Chapter 24: Advanced Procedure Topic for Austere Providers: Lower extremity nerve blocks
Part 6: Training
Chapter 25: Initial Training, Credentialing, and Quality Assurance/Quality Improvement Processes
Chapter 26: Care of Equipment. - Digitaledited by David L. Brown, David Warriner.Contents:
Cardiac Physical Examination in the Cardiac Intensive Care Unit
Acute Myocardial Infarction
Acute Myocardial Infarction: Adjunctive Pharmacologic Therapies
Right Ventricular Myocardial Infarction
Mechanical Complications of Acute Myocardial Infarction
Cardiogenic Shock
Acute Heart Failure and Pulmonary Edema
Acute Fulminant Myocarditis
Stress (Takotsubo) Cardiomyopathy
Cardiorenal Syndrome Type 1
Sudden Cardiac Death
Ventricular Tachycardia
Diagnosis and Treatment of Unstable Supraventricular Tachycardia
Acute Presentations of Valvular Heart Disease
Hypertensive Emergencies
Acute Aortic Syndromes
Inotropic and Vasoactive Agents
Intensive Diuresis and Ultrafiltration
Antidysrhythmic Electrophysiology and Pharmacotherapy
Central Venous and Arterial Access Procedures
Temporary Cardiac Pacing
Pericardial Tamponade
Invasive Hemodynamic Monitoring
Temporary Mechanical Circulatory Support Devices
Ventricular Assist Device Therapy in Advanced Heart Failure.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - Digital/PrintBradley J. Harlan, Albert Starr, Fredric M. Hawrin.Digital Access
- DigitalChiara Lestuzzi, Stefano Oliva, Francesco Ferraù, editors.Contents:
I. Introductory aspects
II. Cardiac problems as a consequence of cancer
III. Oncologic treatments and cardiotoxicity
IV. Cardiac tumors
Improving the cooperation between oncologists, cardiologists, and general practitioners.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaleditor, Brian P. Griffin, Venu Menon ; guest editors, Joseph M. Bumgarner, Chetan P. Huded, Newton B. Wiggins.Summary: "Publisher's Note: Products purchased from 3rd Party sellers are not guaranteed by the Publisher for quality, authenticity, or access to any online entitlements included with the product. An ideal reference for residents, fellows, practitioners, and nurse practitioners, Manual of Cardiovascular Medicine, 5th Edition is a concise, up-to-date overview of key topics in cardiology. Using a practical, outline format, this best-selling title presents evidence-based approaches to cardiovascular diagnosis, diseases, and treatment - perfect for daily practice or exam preparation. A new, larger format and content that is thoroughly up to date; organized by disease and treatment so you can find what you're looking for quickly. With a focus on guidelines and the evidence basis for cardiovascular disease management, coverage includes approaches to common clinical syndromes and investigations, including drug therapy. Updated content with the latest innovations in cardiovascular medicine- including percutaneous approaches to valve disease, device management of cardiogenic shock, and the heart in the athlete. Clear diagrams, high-quality ECGs, and helpful summary tables provide excellent visual reinforcement to the text. Authoritative perspectives from the experienced staff and fellows at the Cleveland Clinic provide practical guidance in performance of common cardiovascular procedures and integration of devices.Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience with Enhanced Video, Audio and Interactive Capabilities! Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech Adapt for unique reading needs, supporting learning disabilities, visual/auditory impairments, second-language or literacy challenges, and more"-- Provided by publisher. "The 5th edition of the Manual of Cardiovascular Medicine has been extensively updated and revised"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section VIII: Preventive cardiology. Dyslipidemia / Mohamed B. Elshazly, Leslie Cho
Nonlipd cardiovascular risk factors / Donald Clark III
Diabetes and the heart / Khendi White Solaru, Haitham Ahmed, Venu Menon. Section IX: Noninvasive assessment. Exercise electrocardiographic testing / Rayji S. Tsutsui
Nuclear cardiac imaging / Brett W. Sperry, Wael A. Jaber
Stress echocardiography / Jimmy L. Kerrigan
Testing for myocardial viability / Terence Hill, Patrick Collier
Cardiovascular computed tomography including calcium storing / Bo Xu, Christine Jellis
Cardiovascular magnetic resonance imaging / Serge C. Harb. Section X: Electrophysiologic procedures. Electrophysiologic studies / Newton B. Wiggins, Thomas D. Callahan
Cardiac resynchronization therapy / Mohamed B. Elshazly, John Rickard
Cardiac pacing / Joseph M. Bumgarner
Antitachycardia devices / Joseph M. Bumgarner
Cather Ablation / Corey M. Coleman, Thomas D. Callahan. Section XI: Common cardiology procedures. Common ECG patterns / Salim H. Ahmed ... [et al.]
Temporary cardiac pacing / Erich L. Kiel, Bryan J. Baranowski
Electrical cardioversion / Corey M. Coleman
Right heart catherization / Grant W. Reed, Venugopal Menon
Endomyocardial biopsy / Antonio L. Perez, W. H. Wilson Tang
Short-term mechanical circulatory support device / Grant W. Reed ... [et al.]
Left heart catheterization / Samuel E. Horr, Amar Krisshnaswamy
Percutaneous coronary intervention / Daniel M. Shivapour, Amar Krishnaswamy, Samir R. Kapadia
Percutaneous structural heart disease procedures / Michael J. Johnson, Amar Krishnaswamy
Transthoracic echocardiography / Albree Tower-Rader
Transesophageal echocardiogarphy / Jorge Betancor, Maran Thamiliarasan
Pericardiocentesis / Carlos L. Alviar, Brian P. Griffin.Digital Access - DigitalGiulio Agnetti, Merry L. Lindsey, D. Brian Foster, editors.Contents:
Introduction: why proteomic is important to you and the broad scientific community
State-of-the-Art in Cardiac Proteomics
Pitfalls to be avoided in experimental design
Proteomic workflow: one size does not fit all
Bottom-up Proteomics
Top-Down Proteomics
Targeted Proteomics
Data Analysis and Data Mining
Post-translational Modifications in the Cardiac Proteome
Taylored Approaches to Study Post-translational Modifications
Concluding Remarks: Proteomics AD 2025.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Mike Sharland [and twenty-seven others].Summary: This manual gives information on the causative organisms, epidemiology and clinical features of all important childhood infections. It includes guidance on the clinical management of the infections and on steps to be taken to prevent future cases.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- Digitaleditors-in-chief, Larry F. Chu, Andrea J. Traynor, and Viji Kurup.Contents:
Section I. Practice of anesthesiology
section II. Monitoring
section III. Equipment and procedures
section IV. Pharmacology
section V. Intraoperative fluid management and blood component therapy
section VI. Neuraxial and regional anesthesia
section VII. Anesthesia and comorbid diseases
section VIII. Pediatric anesthesia
section IX. Cardiac anesthesia
section X. Obstetric anesthesia
Section XI. Anesthetic concerns in other subspecialty anesthesia
section XII. Postoperative concerns in anesthesia
section XIII. Crisis management algorithms in anesthesia
section XIV. Atlas of clincial procedures
section XV. Atlas of preipheral nerve block procedures
section XVI. Atlas of echocardiography.Digital Access Ovid 2021 - Printresearched and approved by Chicago Dietetic Association and South Suburban Dietetic Association of Cook and Will Counties.
- Digitaleditors in chief, James H. Jorgensen, Emeritus, Department of Pathology, University of Texas Health Science Center, San Antonio, Texas, Michael A. Pfaller, T2 Biosystems, Lexington, Massachusetts, and Professor Emeritus, University of Iowa College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa ; volume editors, Karen C. Carroll, Department of Pathology, Division of Microbiology, The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland [and 4 others].Digital Access Wiley 2015
- Digital/Printeditors-in-chief, Karen C. Carroll, Division of Medical Microbiology, Department of Pathology, The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland, Michael A. Pfaller, Departments of Pathology and Epidemiology (emeritus), University of Iowa, Iowa City, and JMI Laboratories, North Liberty, Iowa ; volume editors, Marie Louise Landry, Laboratory Medicine and Internal Medicine, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, Alexander J. McAdam, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Boston Children's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Robin Patel, Infectious Diseases Research Laboratory, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota, Sandra S. Richter, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, Ohio, David W. Warnock, Atlanta, Georgia.Contents:
V. 1: Sect. I: Diagnostic strategies and general topics
Sect. II: Bacteriology
Sect. III: Antibacterial agents and susceptibility test methods
V. 2: Sect. IV: Virology
Sect. V: Antiviral agents and susceptibility test methods
Sect. VI: Mycology
Sect. VII: Antifungal agents and susceptibility test methods
Sect. VIII: Parasitology
Sect. IX: Antiparastitic agents and susceptibility test methods.Digital Access Wiley 2019 - Printeditors, Timothy A. Morris, Andrew L. Ries, Richard A. Bordow.
- Digitaledited by Lais R. Costa, Mary Rose Paradis.Contents:
Part I: General clinical examinations and routine procedures. Principles of horse handling for veterinarians: horse handling versus horse restraint
Physical restraint of the horse for clinical procedures
History and physical examination of the horse
Venous blood collection
Arterial blood collection
Injection techniques
Other routes of medication administration
Placement and care of intravenous catheters
Chemical restraint
Aseptic technique
Part II: Clinical procedures by body systems: digestive system. Oral and dental examination
Perineural anesthesia for dental procedures
Common dental procedures
Nasogastric intubation
Abdominocentesis
Rectal examination
Percutaneous cecal trocharization
Gastroscopy and esophagoscopy
Part III: Clinical procedures by body systems: respiratory system. Endoscopic examination of the upper respiratory tract
Tracheostomy
Nasopharyngeal sampling
Nasotracheal intubation
Endoscopy and catheterization of the guttural pouch for sampling and lavage
Local bronchoalveolar lavage of adults and foals
Transtracheal aspiration of adults and foals
Part IV: Clinical procedures by body systems: locomotor system. Lameness examination.
Perineural anesthesia of the limbs
Arthrocentesis and intraarticular analgesia/anesthesia
Intravenous regional limb perfusion in adult horses
Collection of muscle biopsy in horses
Examination of foot conformation and balance
Limb bandages and splints
Cast application
Part V: Clinical procedures by body systems: reproductive system. Reproductive evaluation of the stallion
Reproductive evaluation of the mare
Artificial insemination
Placement of Caslick's suture
Evaluation and monitoring of the pregnant mare
Impending parturition and delivery
Evaluation and monitoring of the post-parturient mare
Part VI: Clinical procedures in neonatal medicine. Restraining the neonatal foal
Physical examination of the neonatal foal
Electrocardiography in the neonatal foal
Arterial blood pressure measurement in the neonatal foal
Measurement of central venous pressure in the neonatal foal
Pulse oximetry in the neonatal foal
Cardiopulmonary cerebral resuscitation of the neonatal foal
Arterial blood sampling in the neonatal foal
Venous blood sampling in the neonatal foal
Urinary catheter placement in the neonatal foal
Cerebral spinal fluid collection in the neonatal foal
Intravenous catheter placement in the neonatal foal
Intraosseus needle placement in the neonatal foal
Placement of a nasal insufflation tube in the neonatal foal
Placement of a nasogastric tube in the neonatal foal
Administration of enema in the neonatal foal
Arthrocentesis and joint lavage in the neonatal foal
Regional limb perfusion in the neonatal foal
Part VII: Clinical Procedures by Body Systems: Urinary System. Urinary catheterization of adult male horses
Urinary catheterization of mares
Part VIII: Clinical procedures by body systems: ocular procedures. Equine ocular examination
Ophthalmic nerve blocks
Ophthalmic diagnostic procedures
Ophthalmic therapeutic procedures
Part IX: Clinical procedures by body systems: dermatological procedures. Brushing/grooming
Cellophane tape preparation
Skin scraping
Dermatophilus preparation
Fungal culture of superficial skin lesions
Skin biopsy
Onchocerca preparation
Intradermal sweat testing
Part X: Clinical procedures by body systems: neurologic procedures. Neurologic examination
Epidural anesthesia and analgesia
Equine field anesthesia
Part XI: Clinical procedures by body systems: miscellaneous procedures. Bone marrow aspiration
Saddle evaluation and fitting
Pre-purchase examination
Euthanasia.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalAllan L. Truant, editor-in-chief.Contents:
Role of the U.S Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in the regulation of clinical microbiology devices / Kathleen B. Whitaker, Sally A. Hojvat, and Estelle Russek-Cohen
Commercial blood culture systems and methods / Micheal L. Wilson, Melvin P. Weinstein, and L. Barth Reller
Rapid devices and instruments for the identification of aerobic bacteria / Laura J. Chandler, P. Rocco LaSala, and Susan Whittier
Rapid devices and instruments for the identification of anaerobic bacteria / Christopher L. Emery, Maria D. Appleman, Jean A. Siders, Thomas E. Davis (and Stephen D. Allen, deceased)
Rapid antigen devices and instruments for the detection and identification of viruses / Wallace H. Greene, Marilyn A. Menegus, and Allan L. Truant
Molecular tests for the identification of viruses / Scott Duong and Christine C. Ginocchio
Viral hepatitis / Emily Cartwright and Yun F. (Wayne) Wang
Human papillomaviruses / N. Esther Babdy
Human immunodeficiency virus / Richard L. Hodinka
Chlamydia / Claudiu I. Bandea, Robert C. Jerris, and Carolyn M. Black
Mycoplasma / Ken B. Waites and Cecile Bbar
Commercial methods for identification and susceptibility testing of fungi / Stephen A. Moser and Jason Wicker
Mycobacteria / Xiang Yang Han
Diagnostic medical parasitology / Lynne S. Garcia and Gary W. Procop
Molecular microbiology / Raghava Potula and Yi-Wei Tang
Automated immunoassay analyzers / Richard L. Hodinka and Matthew J. Binnicker
Molecular typing instruments and methods / Ruth Ann Luna
Commercial methods in clinical veterinary microbiology / Thomas J. Inzana, Xiang-Jin Meng, Tanja Opriessing, and Lora Ballweber
Microbiology laborry information systems / Raymond D. Aller and Vincent Salazar
Emerging infectious diseases / Brett Laurence, Julie Collins, Carolyn Fernandes, Rafik Samuel, and Byungse Suh
Automated and manual systems for antimicrobial susceptibility testing of bacteria / Alan T. Evangelista and James A. Karlowsky
Bioterrorism / James W. Snyder and Michael A. Pentella
Clinical microbiology : looking ahead / Natalie N. Whitfield, Raquel M. Martinez, and Donna M. Wolk.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalEmmanouil Brilakis.Summary: "Manual of Coronary Chronic Total Occlusion Interventions: A Step-by-Step Approach, Second Edition, is an easy to read reference for coronary chronic total occlusion interventions (CTO). Written by recognized national and international experts in the field, this reference compiles the steps necessary to preform, what pitfalls to watch out for, and troubleshooting tactics necessary for coronary chronic total occlusion interventions (CTO). This second edition is updated with new developments in the field. The 2nd edition covers techniques like the Carlino technique, "scratch and go", "BASE", double-blind stick and swap, and subintimal crush, along with tips about how to use the latest complex PCI equipment. It also covers recently published trials, CTO scores and hybrid series"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
When to perform chronic total occlusion interventions
Equipment
The basics : timing, dual injection, studying the lesion, access, anticoagulation, guide support, trapping, pressure and electrocardiogram monitoring
Antegrade wire escalation : the foundation of chronic total occlusion percutaneous coronary intervention
Antegrade dissection/reentry
The retrograde approach
Putting it all together : the hybrid approach
“balloon-uncrossable” and “balloon-undilatable” chronic total occlusions
Complex lesion subsets
Radiation management during chronic total occlusion percutaneous coronary intervention
Stenting of chronic total occlusion lesions
Complications
How to build a successful coronary chronic total occlusion program
Equipment commonly utilized in CTO interventions
Commonly used acronyms in CTO interventions.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018 - DigitalMohan Thomas, James D'Silva.Summary: The most comprehensive cosmetic plastic surgery manual on body contouring surgeries explains in detail how to undertake body contouring procedures to remove excess fat deposits and sagging skin so as to improve the shape as well as the tone of the abdomen, back, thighs and other areas of the body, resulting in a body with smoother contours and providing an appropriate shape. It also describes the latest procedures including high definition and fine definition liposuction with the use of various technologies and body contouring after massive weight loss. It also contains chapters on important procedures of fat grafting along with live stem cells, and how they can only be harvested from the fat during liposuction. This surgical manual discusses all possible body contouring procedures in a step by step How To manner so as to help the novice Cosmetic Surgeons as well as seasoned and experienced Surgeons alike. The risks, complications along with pearls are discussed along with individual procedures with a series of step-by-step photographs and pre and post images and short video clips. This Manual in Cosmetic Surgery and Medicine sets the standard for doctors entering the field of aesthetic surgery and medicine. It is a reference book for people who are in practice as well as a step-by-step manual for students and young doctors wanting to pursue this field. The other volumes are on: Rhinoplastic procedures Intimate Genital procedures Non-Invasive Aesthetic procedures Breast reshaping Cosmetic procedures of the Face.
Contents:
The Art and Science of Body Sculpting - Sculptor's Perspective
Surgical Anatomy of Different Areas of The Body
Preoperative Consultation and Evaluation of a Liposuction Patient
Liposuction- Principles and Techniques
Upper Limb Lipo-contouring
Lipocontouring of Lower- Limbs
Back Rolls and their Treatment Options
Lipocontouring of the Back and Buttocks
Contouring of the Male Breast
Large Volume Liposuction
Complications in Body Contouring
Hi- Def Liposuction
Hi-Def Liposuction in Males and Females
Hi-Def Liposuction
Ultrasound Assisted Liposuction
Radio Frequency Assisted Liposuction
Lasers as an Adjunct to Body Contouring
Use of J Plasma as an Adjunct
Abdominoplasty Principles
Lipo-abdominoplasty Techniques
Lipo-abdominoplasty
Tulua Abdominoplasty
Secondary Abdominoplasty- Classification of Deformities and Treatment
Abdominoplasty Procedure in Combination with Breast Surgery
Neo-Umbilicus
Banana Fold and its Treatment
Thigh Lift
Classification of Contour Deformities After Massive Weight Loss: Utilization for Proper Treatment Planning
Upper Body Lifts
Brachioplasty (Arm Reduction)
Circumferential Body Lift with Breast Procedures
Complications of Fat Transfer
Spiral Lift
Liposuction Body Lift in a Patient with Massive Weight Loss
Modern Concepts and Safety in BBL
Buttock Augmentation Using Autologous Flaps
Body Reshaping Using Implants
Gluteoplasty- Submuscular Implant.-Hand Rejuvenation. - DigitalMarianne Saunorus Baird.Summary: "Compact, yet comprehensive, Manual of Critical Care Nursing: Interprofessional Collaborative Management, 8th Edition is the go-to reference for helping you provide safe, high-quality nursing care in critical care settings. Written in an abbreviated outline format, it presents essential information on more than 75 disorders and conditions, as well as concepts relevant to caring for critically ill patients and functioning in the critical care environment. Award-winning clinical nurse specialist Marianne Baird separates the content first by body system and then by disorder, with each disorder including a brief description of pathophysiology, assessment, diagnostic testing, collaborative management, nursing diagnoses, desired outcomes, nursing interventions, and patient teaching and rehabilitation." -- Amazon
Contents:
General concepts in caring for the critically ill
Managing the critical care environment
Trauma
Respiratory disorders
Cardiac and vascular disorders
Kidney injury
Neurologic disorders
Endocrine disorders
Gastrointestinal disorders
Hematologic/immunologic disorders
Complex special situations.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2023] - Digital/PrintKenneth A. Arndt, Jeffrey T.S. Hsu, Murad Alam, Ashish C. Bhatia, Suneel Chilukuri.Digital Access Ovid 2014
- DigitalDaniel Simmen, Professor and Lecturer in Rhinology, University of Zurich, ENT Center, the Hirslanden Clinic, Zurich, Switzerland, Nick Jones, Professor, Department of Otorrhinolaryngology, Head and Neck Surgery, Queen's Medical Centre, University Hospital, Nottingham, UK ; with contributions by Karthik Balakrishnan, Hans Rudolf Briner, Leonardo Lopes Balsalobre Filho, Kris S. Moe, Robert Reisch, Bernhard Schuknecht, Aldo Cassol Stamm.Summary: "Highlighted by thousands of outstanding photographs and schematic illustrations, this step-by-step guide to endoscopic sinus and skull base surgery is ideal for all specialists who need to stay current in the field. In this expanded second edition, practitioners will not only find basic and advanced procedures in endoscopic sinus surgery (including key criteria for patient selection), but also four entirely new chapters on anterior skull base surgery that reflect important recent developments. Special features of the second edition: 30% larger, with nearly 1500 endoscopic images and corresponding line drawings that make every procedure easy to visualize. Provides a practical management approach that leads to optimal outcomes: Who are the best candidates for specific procedures? When should medical treatment or surgery be used? Why should surgery be undertaken? How are the operative procedures performed? Covers the latest techniques for removal of skull base tumors and repair of skull base defects. Includes new chapters on pathophysiology of rhinosinusitis, sense of smell, applied anatomy, the endoscopically assisted bimanual operating technique (developed by the author), transorbital surgery, interdisciplinary teamwork, and more. Offers online access to 18 videos of endoscopically guided surgical procedures and patient interviews, for an excellent review and refresher. From diagnosis and preoperative counseling to evidence-based procedures, complication avoidance, and postoperative management, this book covers the gamut of topics clinicians face in everyday practice. All otolaryngologists, neurosurgeons, and maxillofacial surgeons will find it essential when making diagnostic and treatment decisions involving the skull base and paranasal sinuses"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2014
- DigitalShikha Jain, Dattaprasad B. Inamdar, editors.Summary: This book is an illustrated yet comprehensive compilation by experts in the field of fertility enhancing endoscopic surgery and assisted reproduction. This book catalogues full spectrum of diagnostic and operative hysteroscopy in the infertile population. The authors describe different techniques in various clinical conditions and review the recent evidence based literature supporting them. All procedures are explained in clear and precise text supplemented with high quality color pictures.
Contents:
1. Introduction and general principles of hysteroscopy
2. Anaesthesia for hyteroscopy
3. Indications and contraindications of hysteroscopy
4. Hysteroscopy and fertility
5. Polyps: Hysteroscopic diagnosis & management
6. Hysteroscopic myomectomy
7. Hysteroscopy in mullerian anomalies
8. Asherman syndrome and hysteroscopy
9. Role of hysteroscopy in ART
10. Hysteroscopy in tubal disease
11. Hysteroscopy in endometrial tuberculosis
12. Complications of hysteroscopy
13. Newer developments and future applications of hysteroscopy in infertility. - Digital[edited by] Stefan Rammelt, Michael Swords, Mandeep S. Dhillon, Andrew K. Sands.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
- DigitalAngela H.E.M. Maas, C. Noel Bairey Merz, editors.Summary: This book provides a much-needed, internationally oriented text, focusing on specific aspects of heart disease in women. Despite the large amount of information available, there is still considerable confusion regarding female patients. As such, the book highlights the health events that occur during aging in women and that may influence the future CVD risk. For instance, pregnancy-related disorders are important predictors for CVD risk in women, and inflammatory diseases like rheumatic, thyroid disorders etc, which also interfere with CVD risk, are also more common in women. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach, including gynecology and endocrinology, it offers separate chapters on female-specific manifestations of ischemic heart disease, such as Tako Tsubo CMP and spontaneous coronary artery dissections. The book also discusses the effects and side effects of important medications. The chapters are clearly formatted, making it easy for readers to find subjects of interest.
Contents:
Epidemiology cardiovascular disease in women
Gender differences in traditional risk factors
Female-specific risk factors
Stable coronary artery disease
Microvascular coronary artery disease
Acute coronary syndromes
Cardiovascular critical ill female patient
Heart failure in women
The female ECG and rhythm disorders
Aortic diseases and peripheral arterial disease in women
Stroke and cognition disorders in women
Inflammatory disorders and CVD in women
Gynecardiology in clinical practice
Communication, coping with stress and psychosocial factors and CVD in women
Pharmacotherapy in women. - DigitalPrashant Raghavan, Sugoto Mukherjee, Mark J. Jameson, Max Wintermark.Summary: This book is designed as an easily readable manual that will be of great practical value for radiology and otolaryngology residents during their clinical rotations. Key facts on head and neck imaging are presented in short chapters written in an easily readable style. Line drawings are used to illustrate key concepts, and tables, checklists, and algorithms will enable the readers to arrive at a quick diagnosis. In addition, emphasis is placed on clinical pearls that will assist them in preparing suitable reports. The Manual of Head and Neck Imaging is sized to allow residents to read it completely within a matter of days, and it will also serve as an ideal quick reference guide as different clinical situations arise.
Contents:
Spaces of the Neck
Cervical Lymphadenopathy
Nasopharynx
Oral Cavity and Oropharynx
Larynx and Hypopharynx
Salivary Glands
Orbits
Temporal Bone and Skull Base
Sinonasal Cavities
Head and Neck Trauma
Maxilla and Mandible
Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands
Pediatric Head and Neck Lesions. - DigitalBoban M Erovic, Piero Lercher.Summary: Ablative tumor surgery of the head and neck region often results in severe cosmetic and functional deformities. In these cases, microvascular free-tissue transfer enables three-dimensional reconstruction of head and neck defects. The selection of adequate donor tissue and a profound knowledge of the human anatomy and the various harvesting techniques are paramount in ensuring successful reconstruction. Reflecting current surgical approaches, this book presents the most frequently used flaps in head and neck surgery, including detailed overviews as well as their respective pearls and pitfalls. Moreover, each section contains a synopsis and pre-operative checklist. The overlay-technique merges high-quality-photographs with drawings and precisely illustrates the step-to-step descriptions of the different flap harvesting techniques, making this manual in pocket size an unique and accessible reference for both doctors in training and specialists in the field of otolaryngology, head and neck, plastic, maxillofacial and skull base surgery.
Contents:
Part I: Introduction
1. History of microvascular surgery
2. Selection of flaps
3. Classification of flaps
4. Preoperative considerations
5. Intraoperative considerations
6. Arterial anastomosis
7. Venous anastomosis
8. Postoperative care
9. Timetable of homeostasis
10. Flap surveillance protocol
11. No patency and flap salvage options
12. Skin graft harvest
13. Full-thickness skin graft
14. Harvesting vein grafts
15. Sural nerve grafts
16. Harvest of rib cartilage
Part II: Regional Flaps
17. Paramedian flap
18. Buccal flap
19. Palatal island flap
20. Facial artery musculomucosal flap
21. Sternocleidomastoid flap
22. Supraclavicular artery flap
23. Deltopectoral flap
24. Pectoralis major flap
Part III: Free flaps
25. Tempoparietal fascia free flap
26. Scapula/parascapula free flap
27. Latissimus dorsi free flap
28. Radial forearm free flap
29. Tensor fascia lata free flap
30. Anterolateral thigh flap
31. Fibula free flap.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalDonald N. Lombardi, Anthony D. Slonim.Contents:
Making the transition to healthcare and physician leadership
The PACT system for strategic leadership communication
A healthcare leader's guide to people management
Dealing with politics, problems, and process
Practical strategy for planning
Motivation, communication, and negotiation
Maximizing team action and individual performance
Encouraging creativity and innovation
Education and development strategies
Applying the C-formula: strategies for staff engagement.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014 - Digitaledited by Qaiser Bashir, Elizabeth J. Shpall, Richard E. Champlin.Summary: Led by authors from MD Anderson’s Stem Cell Transplantation and Cellular Therapy Department, the world’s largest and highly respected program at the forefront of rapidly advancing treatments in the field, Manual of Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation and Cellular Therapies is a comprehensive, focused reference covering the latest clinical developments and applications of stem cell transplant and cellular therapies for hematologic malignancies and solid tumors. This cutting-edge title, with a majority contribution from the MD Anderson Cancer Center and leading faculty from other academic institutions, covers breakthrough cell-based therapies for various diseases including lymphoma, multiple myeloma, leukemia, and select solid tumor and autoimmune diseases. This unique, definitive resource is essential for hematologists, fellows in hematology and immunotherapy, mid-level providers, pharmacists, and oncologists who refer patients for cell-based therapies. Addresses hematologic conditions including leukemia, lymphoma, and myeloma.
Contents:
Hematopoietic Transplantation: Past, Present, and Future
Role of the Human Leukocyte Antigen System in Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
Hematopoietic Cell Collection
Bayesian Statistical Methods in Stem Cell Transplantation and Cellular Therapy
Patient and Donor Assessments in Preparation for Transplant
Transfusion Support During Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation
Haploidentical Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation
Umbilical Cord Blood Transplantation
Process and General Management of Patients Undergoing Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapies
Preparative Regimens Used in Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation and Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapies
Pharmacology of Drugs Used in Hematopoietic Cell Transplant and Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapies
Radiobiologic Principles and the Role of Radiotherapy in Hematopoietic Cell Transplant and Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapy
Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Adult With Acute Myeloid Leukemia
Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapy in Acute Myeloid Leukemia
Allogeneic Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Patients With Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapy in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation and Other Cellular Therapies for Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia
Allogeneic Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Myelodysplastic Syndrome Patients
Allogeneic Cell Transplantation for Myeloproliferative Neoplasms
Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Aplastic Anemia
Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Multiple Myeloma
Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapy in Multiple Myeloma
Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Light Chain Amyloidosis
Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Hodgkin Lymphoma
Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapy in Lymphoma
Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation in Rare Hematologic Malignancies
Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation for Germ-Cell Tumors and Other Adult Solid Tumors
Natural Killer Cells: A Promising Cellular Therapy Platform to Conquer Cancer
Infection Control, Prophylaxis, and Vaccinations in Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation Recipients
Management of Infections in Stem Cell Transplant Recipients
Graft Failure After Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation
Graft-Versus-Host Disease
Miscellaneous Complications of Hematopoietic Cellular Transplantation
Cytokine Release Syndrome Following CD19 Directed Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapy
Neurologic Complications of Chimeric Antigen Receptor Therapy
Miscellaneous Complications of Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-Cell Therapy
Symptom Management and Palliative Care in Hematologic Malignancies
Survivorship.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - DigitalAjay Garg, Anil Dewan.Summary: This book is a one-stop resource on all the critical aspects of planning and designing hospitals, one of the most complex healthcare projects to undertake. A well-planned and designed hospital should control infection rate, provide safety to patients, caregivers and visitors, help improve patients' recovery and have scope for future expansion and change. Reinforcing these basic principles, guidance on such effective planning and designing is the key focus. Readers are offered insights into eliminating shortcomings at every stage of setting up a hospital which may not be feasible to rectify later on through alterations. Chapters from 1 to 12 of the book provide exhaustive notes on initial planning, such as detailed project reports, feasibility studies, and area calculation. Chapters 13 to 27 include designing and layout of all the essential departments/units such as OPD, emergency, intermediate care, diagnostics, operating rooms, and intensive care units. Chapters 28 to 37 cover designing support services like sterilization department, pharmacy, medical gas pipeline, kitchen, laundry, medical record, and mortuary. Chapters 38 to 48 take the readers through planning other services like air-conditioning and ventilation, fire safety, extra low voltage, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing services. Chapter 49 is for the planning of medical equipment. A particular chapter on "Green" hospital designing is included. This book is a single essential tabletop reference for hospital consultants, medical and hospital administrators, hospital designers, architecture students, and hospital promoters.
Contents:
Section one - Hospital planning: phases of hospital planning and designing
Inception of the idea
Factors assessing feasibility of the hospital planning
Preparation of detailed project report (dpr) and techno-commercial feasibility report (tcfr) for hospital
Site selection for hospital
General issues to be considered while designing hospital building
Area requirement & planning
Section two - Schematic design of hospital: schematic design
Effects of covid-19 on the design of the hospital
Site plan
Detailed engineering drawings
Section three - Construction documents
Preparation of construction documents
Section four - Design & development
Designing details of department or spaces of the hospital
Design of the main entrance gate to the hospital
Entrance lobby of the hospital
Emergency services
Outpatient department
Intensive care units
Operation theatre suite
Delivery room / labor room
Intermediate care area (patient rooms)
Radiology
Clinical laboratories
Blood bank
Other investigation & procedures
Radiation therapy
Rehabilitation & allied health therapies
Pharmacy unit
Central sterilization supply department
Piped medical gas supply system (mgps)
Hospital kitchen
Laundry
Medical record department (mrd)
Mortuary
Administration area
Stores in the hospital
Engineering & maintenance unit
Section five - Mep planning & designing
Hvac (air-conditioning) system
Electrical services
Elv, ict and ibms services
Information technology & computerization
Water supply & drainage system
Vertical transportation system
Pneumatic tube systems (pts)
Signage system
Bio-medical waste management
Fire safety
Green hospitals
Section six - Equipment planning. - Digitaledited by Giuseppe Mancia, Guido Grassi, Konstantinos P. Tsioufis, Anna F. Dominiczak, Enrico Agabiti-Rosei.
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Google Books 1970-
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Google Books 1914-
- DigitalDouglas M. Coldwell.Contents:
Essentials of medical oncology / Vivek R. Sharma
Essentials of surgical oncology / Robert C.G. Martin II
Essentials of radiation oncology / Andrew S. Kennedy
Interventional radiology in the treatment of the cancer patient / Douglas M. Coldwell
Chemotherapeutic agents / Douglas M. Coldwell
Colorectal cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
Cancer of the pancreas / Douglas M. Coldwell
Carcinoid tumor (neuroendocrine tumors of the gastrointestinal tract) / Douglas M. Coldwell
Hepatocellular carcinoma / Douglas M. Coldwell
Cholangiocarcinoma / Douglas M. Coldwell
Lung cancer (non-small cell) / Douglas M. Coldwell
Head and neck cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
Renal cell carcinoma / Douglas M. Coldwell
Urothelial cancer and transitional cell cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
Prostate cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
Breast cancer / Douglas M. Coldwell
Gynecologic tumors / Douglas M. Coldwell
Clinical trials of interventional oncology / Douglas M. Coldwell
Building an interventional oncology practice / Douglas M. Coldwell.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Frances Talaska Fischbach, RN, BSN, MSN, Associate Clinical Professor of Nursing, School of Nursing, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Associate Professor of Nursing (Ret), School of Nursing, University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Marshall Barnett Dunning III, BS, MS, PhD, Professor of Medicine & Physiology, Department of Medicine, Division of Pulmanary/Critical Care Medicine, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.Contents:
Diagnostic testing
Blood studies : hematology and coagulation
Urine studies
Stool studies
Cerebrospinal fluid studies
Chemistry studies
Microbiologic studies
Immunodiagnostic studies
Nuclear medicine studies
X-ray studies
Cytologic, histologic, and genetic studies
Endoscopic studies
Ultrasound studies
Pulmonary function, arterial blood gases (abgs), and electrolyte studies
Prenatal diagnosis and tests of fetal well-being
Special diagnostic, special specimen collection, and postmortem studies.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - DigitalDr Paromita Mazumdar, Dr Deepshikha Chowdhury.Summary: "Dental postgraduate trainees often face the difficulty of formulating a study design due to lack of knowledge of instrument and experiment availability as well as the type of equipment that will be appropriate for conducting experiments and tests related to dental materials. This manual will be an accessible reference, providing an insight into the materials used in restorative dentistry, the properties studied, the methods used to study the properties and their respective advantages and disadvantages. Since there are many products available, it becomes difficult for dentists to select appropriate materials which are used in the oral cavity for various purposes -- restorations, endodontic treatments, orthodontic applications, surgical and prosthodontic treatments. Even though material testing has not reached the level of clinical simulation, they represent an important parameter of analyses. The knowledge of the principle laboratory tests is of high importance for proper screening of different dental restorative materials available. The book will be a helpful addition to any institute library or personal collection and will cater to the needs of postgraduate dental students, researchers and academics in the fields of dentistry and material sciences"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Assessment of Mechanical Properties of Dental Restorative Materials
Assessment of Physical Properties of Dental Restorative Materials
Isolation and Identification of Oral Microflora
Assessment of Biocompatibility of Dental Materials
Assessment of Optical Properties
Simulation of Oral Environment
Extra Mile : Biofilm Models and Assessment of Biofilms in Restorative Dentistry. - Digital/Printby Guy Montrose Whipple ...Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Barbara Detrick, John L. Schmitz, Robert G. Hamilton.Summary: Features detailed descriptions of general and specific methodologies; special focus on the interpretation of laboratory findings. Covers the immunology of infectious diseases, including specific pathogens, and the full range of autoimmune and immunodeficiency diseases, cancer, and transplantation.Digital Access Wiley 2016
- DigitalSteven M. Donn, Sunil K. Sinha, editors.Contents:
Section I. Lung development and maldevelopment
Section II. Principles of mechanical ventilation
Section III. Procedures and techniques
Section IV. Monitoring the ventilated patient
Section V. Noninvasive ventilatory techniques
Section VI. Ventilatory modes and modalities
Section VII. High-frequency ventilation
Section VIII. Commonly used neonatal ventilators
Section IX. Adjunctive therapies
Section X. Management of common neonatal respiratory diseases
Section XI. Bronchopulmonary dyplasia
Section XII. Complications associated with mechanical ventilation
Section XIII. Other considerations
Section XIV. Ethical and legal considerations
Section XV. Research, quality, and the literature
Section XVI. Ventilatory case studies
Appendix
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalSteven M. Donn, Mark C. Mammel, Anton H. L. C. van Kaam, editors.Summary: Respiratory care is the largest overall component of neonatal intensive care, and the fifth edition of the Manual of Neonatal Respiratory Care is the leading bedside guide for all aspects of respiratory care in the neonatal intensive care unit. Its easy-to-read outline format is simple yet comprehensive and covers all aspects of lung disease in the newborn. The latest edition includes fully revised and updated information, coverage on new equipment and devices, and an expanded authorship to enhance its international appeal. The new edition also features two new co-editors, Dr. Mark Mammel and Dr. Anton Van Kaam, who bring a fresh and global perspective to the book. The text also features over 300 high-yield radiographic images, figures, tables, and algorithms covering the full spectrum of neonatal respiratory care.
Contents:
Development of the Respiratory System
Malformations, Deformations, and Disorders of the Neonatal Airway
Developmental Lung Anomalies
Spontaneous Breathing
Pulmonary Gas Exchange
Oxygen Therapy
Oxygen Toxicity
Pulmonary Mechanics
Basic Principles of Mechanical Ventilation
Classification of Mechanical Ventilation Devices
Ventilator Parameters
Respiratory Gas Conditioning and Humidification
Cardio-Respiratory Examination
Neonatal Resuscitation
Laryngoscopy and Endotracheal Intubation
Vascular Access
Tracheostomy
Continuous Monitoring Techniques
Clinical Controversies in Pulse Oximetry
Interpretation of Neonatal Blood Gases
Volumetric Capnography
Neonatal Pulmonary Graphics
Radiography
Transillumination
Echocardiography
Bronchoscopy
Nasal Interfaces for Noninvasive Ventilation
Humidified High-Flow Nasal Cannula Therapy
Continuous Distending Pressure
Sustained Inflation
Noninvasive Ventilation
Nasal Intermittent Positive Pressure Ventilation
Vapotherm High-Flow Support
Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation
Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilaton
Assist/Control Ventilation
Pressure Support Ventilation
Volume-Targeted Ventilation
Volume Guarantee Ventilation
Pressure Control Ventilation
High-Frequency Ventilation: General Concepts
High-Frequency Jet Ventilation
High-Frequency Oscillatory Ventilation
Ventilator Mode Classification
VIP BIRD Gold Ventilator
AVEA Ventilator
Twinstream Ventilator
Puritan Bennett 840 and 980 Ventilators
Draeger VN500 Ventilator
Servo-i Ventilator/NAVA
SLE 5000 and SLE 4000 Infant Ventilators
STEPHANIE and SOPHIE Ventilators
Leoni Plus Infant Ventilator
Bunnell Life-Pulse High-Frequency Jet Ventilator
High-Frequency Oscillatory Ventilators
Hemodynamic Support
Nutritional Support of Ventilated Infants
Surfactant Replacement Therapy
Pharmacologic Agents
Automatic Control of Oxygen Delivery
Aerosolization and Nebulization
Sedation and Analgesia
Inhaled Nitric Oxide Therapy
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation
Liquid Ventilation for Neonatal Respiratory Failure
Mechanisms of Respiratory Failure
Tissue Hypoxia
Indications for Mechanical Ventilation
Respiratory Distress Syndrome
Pneumonia
Meconium Aspiration Syndrome
Persistent Pulmonary Hypertension of the Newborn
Congenital Diaphragmatic Hernia
Pulmonary Hypoplasia/Agenesis
Chylothorax
Apnea, Bradycardia, and Desaturation
Optimizing Lung Volume
Weaning and Extubation
Etiology and Pathogenesis
Management
Long-Term Outcome of Newborns with Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Thoracic Air Leaks
Patent Ductus Arteriosus
Neonatal Pulmonary Hemorrhage
Retinopathy of Prematurity
Neurologic Complications of Mechanical Ventilation
Nursing Care of the Ventilated Infant
Transport of Ventilated Babies
Role of the Respiratory Therapist in the NICU
Long Term Ventilator Dependency in Infants without Lung Disease
Home Ventilation
Discharge Planning and Follow-Up of the NICU Graduate
Initiation of Life Support at the Border of Viability
Withdrawal of Ventilatory Support
Medical Liability, Documentation, and Risk Management
Interpreting Medical Literature
Data Collection and Assessment of Respiratory Outcomes
Practical Quality Improvement in the NICU
Contemporary Classics in Neonatal Respiratory Care
Ventilatory Cases. . - Digital/Printedited by Robert W. Schrier.Contents:
The edematous patient : cardiac failure, cirrhosis, and nephrotic syndrome / Robert W. Schrier and David H. Ellison
The patient with hyponatremia or hypernatremia / Robert W. Schrier and Tomas Berl
The patient with hypokalemia or hyperkalemia / Jie Tang and Stuart L. Linas
The patient with an acid-base disorder / William D. Kaehny
The patient with disorders of serum calcium and phosphorus / Jeffrey G. Penfield and Robert F. Reilly
The patient with kidney stones / Robert F. Reilly
The patient with urinary tract infection / Jessica B. Kendrick, L. Barth Reller, and Marilyn E. Levi
The patient with hematuria, proteinuria, or both, and abnormal findings on urinary microscopy / Godela Brosnahan
The patient with glomerular disease or vasculitis / Sarah E. Panzer and Joshua M. Thurman
The patient with acute kidney injury / Sarah Faubel and Charles L. Edelstein
The patient with chronic kidney disease / Michel Chonchol and Jessica B. Kendrick
The patient receiving chronic renal replacement with dialysis / Seth Ferguson and Isaac Teitelbaum
The patient with a kidney transplant / James Cooper, Lawrence Chan, and Alexander Wiseman
The patient with kidney disease and hypertension in pregnancy / Phyllis August, Diana I. Jalal, and Judy Blaine
The patient with hypertension / Seth Ferguson, Charles R. Nolan, and Robert W. Schrier
Practical guidelines for drug dosing in patients with impaired kidney function / Ali Olyaei and William Bennett.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - Digitaledited by Andy S. Jagoda, Christopher A. LewandowskiDigital Access
- DigitalJohn G. Morris and Padraic J. Grattan-Smith.Contents:
1. Higher functions
2. Movement disorders
3. Eyes/eye movements
4. Head and neck
5. Epilepsy
6. Reflexes
7. Gait
8. Cerebellar disorders
9. Upper motor neuron disorders
10. Lower motor neuron/muscle disorders
11. Faces
12. Psychogenic disorders
13. Skin disorders
14. Miscellaneous signs.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digitaledited by Daniel Thomas Ginat.Summary: This text is a comprehensive reference guide for normative measurements of anatomic structures in the head and neck, including lymph nodes, temporal bone, skull base, craniocervical junction, orbit, tonsillar tissues, thyroid, and salivary glands. The aim is to assist in the accurate interpretation of imaging studies of this region, where the size of different structures is of high importance for the differentiation of normal and abnormal anatomy, taking into account patient age and gender. The book includes illustrated examples of the proper measurement techniques. Furthermore, examples of pathology with abnormal measurements are included for comparison. The Manual of Normative Measurements in Head and Neck Imaging will serve as a valuable asset for radiologists and clinicians who are involved in the evaluation of patients with head and neck disorders.
Contents:
Basic Quantitative Imaging Approaches
Normative Measurements of the Orbital Walls and Contents
Normative Measurements of Temporal Bone Structures on Imaging
Normative Measurements of the Skull Base on Imaging
Normative Measurements of the Craniocervical Junction on Imaging
Normative Measurements of Head and Neck Lymph Nodes on Imaging
Normative Measurements of the Thyroid, Salivary Glands, and Tonsils on Imaging. - Digital/PrintDavid H. Alpers, Beth E. Taylor, Dennis M. Bier, Samuel Klein.Digital Access Ovid 2015
- DigitalValerie A. Dobiesz, Kathleen A. Kerrigan.Summary: "Manual of Emergency Medicine Obstetrics provides a practical overview of all trimesters in a convenient manual format. Nearly two dozen expert contributors representing both emergency medicine and obstetrics offer evidence-based treatment and management guidelines for virtually any situation you may encounter, providing a unique emergency medicine perspective on best practices for high-risk, high-stress obstetric situations in the ED"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section I: General overview in pregnancy. Physiologic changes in pregnancy
Drug therapy in pregnancy
Venous thromboembolism in pregnancy
Airway management in pregnancy
Trauma in pregnancy
Management of common medical comorbidities during pregnancy
Management of common surgical conditions during pregnancy
Ultrasound in obstetric emergencies
Section II: EMS management of obstetric emergencies. Active labor and out-of-hospital delivery
Prehospital management of obstetric bleeding
Section III: Early pregnancy (<weeks). Nausea and vomiting of pregnancy
Vaginal bleeding in the first trimester of pregnancy
Ectopic pregnancy
Gestational trophoblastic disease
Section IV: Later pregnancy (>weeks). Preparation for precipitous delivery
Hypertensive disorders in pregnancy
Peripartum cardiomyopathy
Preterm labor
Prelabor rupture of membranes
Placental abnormalities
Section V: Delivery. Normal vaginal deliveries
Breech deliveries
Twin deliveries
Emergency hysterotomy
Umbilical cord abnormalities
Shoulder dystocia
Section VI: Emergencies after delivery. Postpartum hemorrhage
Uterine inversion and uterine rupture
Amniotic fluid embolism
Postpartum infections
This section is expanded section vii: care of the mother and newborn
Resuscitation of the newborn.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021 - Digital/Printeditors, Arthur T. Evans, Emily DeFranco.Contents:
Part I. Obstetric care
Part II. Obstetric complications
Part III. Maternal complications
Part IV. Fetal assessment
Part V. Fetal complications
Part VI. Neonatal care.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Digitaleditors, Arthur T. Evans, Emily DeFranco.Summary: "Manual of Obstetrics skillfully addresses the care, assessment, and complications, as well as other emerging issues handled daily by obstetric providers. Top-rated among obstetrics manuals, this practical, authoritative text is both an excellent desk reference and on-the-spot guide. Essential data and commentary are provided on all the major areas of obstetric care, obstetric complications, maternal complications, fetal assessment, fetal complications, fetal therapy, fetal intervention issues, endocrine disorders, and neonatal care"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Mark R. Levine ; Richard C. Allen, editors.Summary: "For the last two decades, this best-selling, step-by-step guide to oculoplastic surgery has been highly respected and widely used by ophthalmologists, oculofacial plastic fellows, residents, ENT-facial plastic surgeons, and general plastic surgeons. The revised and updated fifth edition of Manual of Oculoplastic Surgery is designed to guide the physician in exploring and completing a variety of ocular plastic procedures in a comprehensive and logical step-by-step sequence. It features new authors. Sections include: Trauma, Lacrimal Surgery, Cosmetic, Congenital Ptosis, Acquired Ptosis, Eyelid Malposition, Facial Nerve Dysfunction, Eyelid Flaps, Orbital Surgery, and Therapeutic Considerations. Each procedure in this must-have resource includes a review of the surgical anatomy, step-by-step instructions, plus the book is complete with more than one hundred color illustrations and dozens of surgical videos for further education."-- Provided by publisher.
- Digitaleditor, Marc F. Swiontkowski ; associate editors, Steven D. Stovitz, Dagan Cloutier.Digital Access
- DigitalChristoph Arnoldner, Vincent Y.W. Lin, Joseph M. Chen.Summary: Temporal bone dissection training is paramount to the surgical education of any otolaryngologist and a special rite of passage for those who wish to focus their practice on otology. The complexity of temporal bone anatomy, which is exposed in a stepwise fashion during dissection, holds a particular fascination for surgeons at all levels, while mastery of the microsurgical anatomy remains the most basic attribute defining surgical competence and skills. In spite of the recent progress in surgical simulation, the cadaver bone remains the gold standard and provides an indispensable platform for otological training. The Manual of Otologic Surgery takes the reader step-by-step through routine temporal bone surgeries while maximizing the use of the cadaver tissue. In an effort to improve visual realism, the book provides high-resolution photographs and anatomically accurate illustrations to allow the reader to better appreciate the three-dimensional relationship of the internal constructs of the temporal bone. Special emphasis is placed on describing the latest techniques for cochlear implantation and active middle ear implants. The book is further enhanced by additional links to edited videos of surgical cases and will therefore serve as a valuable reference guide to otologic surgeons of all experience levels.
Contents:
General Considerations
Cortical Mastoidectomy
Facial Nerve
Facial recess
Round window exposure
Alternative approaches to the cochlea
Unroofing the Epitympanum
Canal Wall Down
Skeletonizing the Facial Nerve
Endolymphatic Sac Dissection
Labyrinthectomy
Internal Auditory Canal
Middle Fossa Approach.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJerrold Lerman, Charles J. Coté, David J. Steward.Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Foundations of Pediatric Anesthesia
Chapter 2. Anatomy and Physiology
Chapter 3. Clinical Pharmacology
Chapter 4. Techniques and Procedures
Chapter 5. Regional Analgesia Techniques
Chapter 6. Medical Conditions Influencing Anesthetic Management
Chapter 7. Postoperative Care and Pain Management
Chapter 8. Neurosurgery and Invasive Neuroradiology
Chapter 9. Ophthalmology
Chapter 10. Otorhinolaryngology
Chapter 11. Dental Surgery
Chapter 12. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery
Chapter 13. General and Thoraco-abdominal Surgery
Chapter 14. Cardiovascular Surgery and Cardiologic Procedures
Chapter 15. Orthopedic Surgery
Chapter 16. Urologic Investigation and Surgery
Chapter 17. Trauma, Including Acute Burns and Scalds
Chapter 18. Anesthesia outside the operating room
Appendix 1. Anesthesia
Appendix 2. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation, Including Neonatal Resuscitation
Appendix 3. Drug Doses
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalKishore Phadke, Paul Goodyer, Martin Bitzan, editors.Summary: This manual is designed to meet the everyday needs of the wide range of medical professionals across the globe who play a role in the treatment of children referred because of renal disease. It is an easy-to-use, portable guide that will assist pediatricians, residents, and trainees in making prompt and appropriate first-level management decisions. It will also prove invaluable for adult nephrologists who are responsible for the care of children in many developing areas of the world, and will serve as a teaching guide for experts when training non-subspecialists. Individual sections are devoted to the evaluation of renal disease; fluid, electrolyte, and acid-base disorders; glomerular diseases; tubular disorders; congenital, inherited, and urological disorders; consequences of renal disease; and miscellaneous topics. The text is in a bulleted format with tables and algorithms wherever possible, making it straightforward and easy to read. An appendix includes further important information such as normal values, drug dosages, dosage adjustment in renal failure, drug nephrotoxicity, and dietary recommendations. The complexities of pediatric nephrology like pathogenesis, intricate physiological aspects, and details of advanced management are deliberately avoided since these issues typically arise during tertiary care at a referral center. If you are searching for a practical, comprehensive guide on pediatric nephrology that will meet the first-line needs of all practitioners, whether in developed or developing countries, this manual will be ideal.
Contents:
Evaluation of Renal Disease
Fluids, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Disorders
Glomerular Diseases
Tubular Disorders
Cystic Renal Diseases
Issues Related to Pediatric Urology
Hypertension
Acute Kidney Injury
Chronic Kidney Disease (CKD)
Chronic Dialysis
Renal Transplantation
Oncology and Kidney
The Kidney and the Tropics
HIV and the Kidney
Newborn and the Kidney
Nephrotoxicity
Appendix. - DigitalRobert M. Bojar.Summary: "It is essential that all individuals involved in the assessment and management of patients with cardiac surgical disease have a basic understanding of the disease processes that are being treated. This chapter presents the spectrum of adult cardiac surgical disease that is encountered in most cardiac surgical practices. The pathophysiology, indications for surgery, specific preoperative considerations, and surgical options for various diseases are presented. Diagnostic techniques and general preoperative considerations are presented in the next two chapters. Issues related to cardiac anesthesia and postoperative care specific to most of the surgical procedures presented in this chapter are discussed in Chapters 4 and 8, respectively. The most current guidelines for the evaluation and management of patients with cardiac disease can be obtained from the American College of Cardiology website (www.acc.org)"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Synopsis of adult cardiac surgical disease
Diagnostic techniques in cardiac surgery
General preoperative considerations and preparation of the patient for surgery
Cardiac anesthesia
Cardiopulmonary bypass
Myocardial protection
Admission to the ICU and monitoring techniques
Early postoperative care
Mediastinal bleeding
Respiratory management
Cardiovascular management
Fluid management, renal, metabolic, and endocrine problems
Post-ICU care and other complications.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - Digital[edited by] Mariano Socolovsky, Lukas Rasulic, Rajiv Midha, Debora Garozzo.Contents:
Nerve anatomy of the upper limbs
Surgical anatomy and approaches to the nerves of the lower limb
Nerve injuries : anatomy, pathophysiology, and classification
Clinical aspects of peripheral nerve lesions in the upper limb
Clinical aspects of traumatic peripheral nerve lesions in the lower limb
Electrodiagnostic pre-, intra-, and postoperative evaluations
Magnetic resonance neurography and peripheral nerve surgery
Ultrasound in peripheral nerve surgery (compression neuropathy, trauma, tumor)
Surgical repair of nerve lesions : neurolysis and neurorrhaphy with grafts or tubes
Timing in traumatic peripheral nerve lesions
Outcomes in the repair of nerve injuries
Gunshot and other missile wounds to the peripheral nerves
Compressive lesions of the upper limb : clinical presentation, timing, and surgical strategies
Compressive lesions of the lower limb and trunk : clinical presentation and surgical management
Thoracic outlet syndrome
Traumatic brachial plexus lesions : clinical aspects, assessment, and timing of surgical repair
Traumatic brachial plexus injuries : surgical techniques and strategies
Neonatal brachial plexus lesions : clinical presentation and assessment
Neonatal brachial plexus lesion : surgical strategies
Lumbosacral plexus injuries : clinical presentation, assessment, and surgical strategies
Facial nerve palsy : indications and techniques of surgical repair
Benign peripheral nerve tumors
Malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors.Digital Access - Digital/PrintCunningham, D. J.; Robinson, Arthur.Contents:
Vol.
1. Superior extremity; inferior extremity - Vol.
2. Thorax and abdomen - Vol.
3. Head and neck.Digital Access - DigitalNiraja Rajan, editor.Summary: This key resource provides insight and guidance to managing ambulatory surgery centers (ACSs) from a broad spectrum of expertise. Intended for a wide audience of healthcare professionals, this book covers topics such as regulatory issues, outpatient pediatric anesthesia, inventory management, personnel training, the culture of safety, and sedation standards. The format found in each chapter is designed intentionally to function as an educational manual. Many chapters are supplemented by high quality figures and tables to aid in visual learning. This text brings together authors from diverse professions including lawyers, administrators, surgeons, anesthesiologists and architects - all of whom have contributed their expertise to address the multitude of subjects that pertain to ASCs. Manual of Practice Management for Ambulatory Surgery Centers: An Evidence-Based Guide is a concise and evidence-based guide to successfully operating the modern health care facilities that have transformed the outpatient experience for millions of people.
Contents:
Chapter 1: ASC Design and Construction
Chapter 2: Obtaining ASC Contracts and Responding to RFPs
3: Nuts and Bolts of Ambulatory Anesthesia Billing
Chapter 4: Sterile Processing and Infection Control in ASCs
Chapter 5: Scheduling: Optimal Block Schedule, Improving Utilization
Chapter 6: Lean Management: Inventory, Waste Management
Chapter 7: Perioperative Surgical Home Principles Applied to the Ambulatory Setting
Chapter 8: Enhanced Recovery Program in the Ambulatory Surgery Setting
Chapter 9: Medication Safety: Unique Aspects in ASCs
Chapter 10: Sedation Guidelines
Chapter 11: Monitors and Equipment for the Ambulatory Surgical Care Setting
Chapter 12: PACU Management: Unique Concepts to ASCs
Chapter 13: EHR
Incorporating Into Practice
Using Data Meaningfully, Obtaining Benchmarking and Metrics Information
Chapter 14: Accreditation for the Ambulatory Surgery Center
Chapter 15: HR Issues: Sexual Harassment, Workplace Diversity, Cultural Sensitivity, Privileging, Credentialing, Denying Privileges, Difficult Conversations
Chapter 16: Risk Management and Quality Improvement
Chapter 17: Culture of Safety
Chapter 18: Education and Training: Staff and Facility
Chapter 19: Emergency Preparedness in Ambulatory Surgery Centers and Office-Based Anesthesia Practices
Chapter 20: Office-Based Anesthesia and Surgery: Unique Aspects
Chapter 21: Pediatric Anesthesi. - Print
- Digitaledited by Hossein Ardehali, Roberto Bolli, Douglas W. Losordo ; section editors, Sanjiv Shah, Marina Bayeva, Amy Rines, Andy Wasserstrom.Digital Access Wiley 2014
- Digitalby A.J. Larner.Summary: This book draws on the author's experience in conducting pragmatic test accuracy studies on screening instruments for dementia/mild cognitive impairment. To facilitate comprehension and assimilation, all data is presented in an easily accessible, succinct and user-friendly way by means of a structured tabular format that allows tests to be easily compared. The pragmatic design of studies ensures high external validity and generalizability for the test results. The book includes a wealth of data on previously presented studies, as well as hitherto unreported test measures ("Number needed" metrics). It presents recently described and new diagnostic metrics (Likelihood to be diagnosed or misdiagnosed; Summary utility index; Number needed for screening utility); data from new studies on screeners (Attended with sign; Free-Cog; Two question depression screener; Jenkins Sleep Questionnaire; Triple test); and previously unpublished data (combination of SMC Likert and MACE; IADL Scale and MMSE). Given its scope, the book will be of interest to all professionals, beginners and seasoned experts alike, whose work involves the assessment of individuals with cognitive (memory) complaints.
Contents:
1 Introduction
1.1 Screening for dementia
1.2 Pragmatic diagnostic test accuracy studies
1.3 Data presentation
1.3.1 "Number needed" metrics
1.3.2 Likelihood to be diagnosed or misdiagnosed (LDM)
1.3.3 Summary utility index (SUI) and its reciprocal (NNSU)
2 Single-item cognitive screening questions
2.1 Dementia CQUIN question
2.2 Subjective Memory Complaint (SMC) Likert scale
3 Neurological signs
3.1 Attended alone sign
3.2 Attended with sign
3.3 Head turning sign
3.4 Applause sign
3.5 La maladie du petit papier
4 Cognitive screeners (1): Brief patient-performance scales
4.1 Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE)
4.2 Mini-Mental Parkinson (MMP)
4.3 Codex
4.4 Free-Cog
4.5 Mini-Addenbrooke's Cognitive Examination (MACE)
4.6 Short Montreal Cognitive Assessment (s-MoCA)
4.7 Six-Item Cognitive Impairment Test (6CIT)
4.8 Test Your Memory (TYM) test
4.9 Hard-TYM (TYM-MCI)
4.10 DemTect
^5 Cognitive screeners (2): Longer patient-performance scales
5.1 Addenbrooke's Cognitive Examination (ACE)
5.2 Addenbrooke's Cognitive Examination-Revised (ACE-R)
5.3 Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA)
6 Cognitive screeners (3): Informant scales
6.1 AD8
6.2 Informant Questionnaire on Cognitive Decline in the Elderly (IQCODE)
6.3 Cambridge Behavioural Inventory (CBI)
7 Depression screeners
7.1 Two question depression screener
7.2 Patient Health Questionnaire-9 (PHQ-9)
7.3 Cornell Scale for Depression in Dementia (CSDD)
8 Functional screeners
8.1 Instrumental Activities of Daily Living (IADL) Scale
8.2 Zarit Burden Interview (ZBI)
9 Sleep disorder screeners
9.1 Jenkins Sleep Questionnaire (JSQ)
9.2 Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI)
10 Combining screeners (1): cognitive screeners
10.1 MMSE and MoCA
10.2 MMSE and IQCODE
10.3 MMSE and AD8
10.4 ACE-R and IQCODE
10.5 AD8 and 6CIT
10.6 AD8 and MoCA
^10.7 AD8 and MACE
11 Combining screeners (2): other combinations
11.1 Single-item and cognitive screener: SMC Likert scale and MACE
11.2 Neurological signs: Triple
11.3 Functional and cognitive screener: IADL Scale and MMSE
11.4 Functional and cognitive screener: IADL Scale and ACE-R
12 Converting screeners: Linear regression equations. - DigitalStephen R. Thompson, Dan A. Zlotolow ; photography by Brian O'Doherty.Summary: "Now in vibrant full color, Manual of Splinting and Casting, 2nd Edition, provides highly visual, step-by-step instructions on the most common, need-to-know techniques for initial orthopaedic injury management. This practical point-of-care reference uses a highly templated format with hundreds of illustrations and photographs so you can quickly grasp exactly how to perform each technique. It's an ideal resource for orthopaedic and sports medicine residents, nurses, medical students, emergency physicians, and orthopaedic technologists--anyone who needs a concise, easy-to-follow guide to splinting and casting at the point of care."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Basic Principles of Analgesia
Hematoma Block
Elbow Block
Wrist Block
Digital Block
Ankle Block
Intraarticular Ankle Block
Basic Principles of Reduction Maneuvers
Shoulder and Elbow Reduction
Forearm, Wrist, and Hand Reduction
Pelvis and Lower Extremity Reduction
Basics of Splinting and Casting
Upper Extremity Splints and Casts
Lower Extremity Splints and Casts
Femoral Skeletal Traction
Tibial Skeletal Traction
Calcaneal Skeletal Traction
Cervical Spine Traction With Gardner-Wells Tongs.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - Digitaledited by Sameer Mehta.Contents:
Part I. Guidelines, thrombolytic therapy, pharmacology
1. Compendium of STEMI clinical trials
2. European Society of Cardiology and American College of Cardiology STEMI guidelines
3. The role of thrombolytic therapy in the era of STEMI interventions
4. Anticoagulants in STEMI interventions
5. New oral and intravenous adenosine diphosphate blockers in STEMI intervention
Part II. The STEMI procedure
6. The role of acute circulatory support in STEMI
7. Thrombus management for STEMI interventions
8. Transradial techniques to improve STEMI outcomes
9. Management of cardiogenic shock
10. Present role of thrombectomy in STEMI interventions
11. Choice of stent in STEMI interventions
12. Illustrated STEMI procedures I. Basic STEMI skills
13. Illustrated STEMI procedures II. Basic STEMI skills
14. Illustrated STEMI Procedures III. Basic STEMI skills
15. Remote ischemic conditioning for acute myocardial infarction
Part III. The STEMI process
16. Reducing door-to-balloon times
17. Pre-hospital triage and management
18. Creating networks for optimal STEMI management
19. Pharacoinvasive management of STEMI
Part IV. Global STEMI initiatives
20. Stent for life: the European perspective on STEMI interventions
21. Urban combined pharmacoinvasive managment of STEMI patients as antidote to traffic in large metropolitan cities
22. Lessons from the Puerto Rico Unfarction National Collaborative Experience Initiative
23. The STEMI Care Program in China
24. STEMI India
25. The role of telemedicine in STEMI interventions
26. Innovative telemedicine STEMI protocols
Part V. Future perspectives
27. STEMI interventions, beyond the culprit lesion
28. Promising technologies for STEMI interventions
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalR. T. Floyd EdD, ATC, CSCS, Director of Athletic Training and Sports Medicine, Distinguished Professor of Physical Education and Athletic Training Chair, Department of Physical Education and Athletic Training Chair, School of Health Sciences and Human Performance, The University of West Alabama Livingston, Alabama.Summary: "A very careful review of the entire text including all figures and tables has been conducted with the intent of simplifying and clarifying for better understanding when possible. Additional terms, content and concepts in select cases have been added. These include body positions, open vs. c;lose packed joint positions, concave-convex rule, Lombard's paradox, and a lever terminology table. Chapters 4 through 11 now have a table detailing how to locate and palpate the key bony and joint landmarks. The labeling and captions in many figures have been enhanced with further details. Terms for the "peroneal" muscles and nerves have been changed to more current international term fibular or fibularis. In many cases fibularis is directly followed by peroneal in parenthesis to avoid confusion. Further details on the plantaris muscle have also been added. Additional references have been added along with some revisions and additions to the review and laboratory exercises, and end-of-chapter worksheets. Additional questions and exercises will continue to be added to the Online Learning Center. Finally, a few new terms have been added to the Glossary"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021
- DigitalSusan C. Lester ; [illustrated by] Christopher A. French, Shogun G. Curtis.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- Print
- DigitalJoseph Torresi, Sarah McGuinness, Karin Leder, Daniel O'Brien, Tilman Ruff, Mike Starr, Katherine Gibney.Summary: The fourth edition of this well received book provides an authoritative and up-to-date resource to support good practice in travel medicine, a field that has evolved substantially in recent years. Concretely, there has been intensified monitoring of health problems among travellers, as well as extensive research efforts, which have led to the development of evidence-based approaches to the field. The book includes expert recommendations regarding e.g. immunizations, malaria prophylaxis, travellers diarrhea, altitude sickness, emerging infections, and non-infectious health issues encountered by travellers. It provides a practical approach to the pre-travel consultation and management of most issues that arise in medical care for travellers. In addition, it provides expert advice for high-risk travellers, e.g. those with immunosuppression, the elderly, pregnant women and young children. The text offers a user-friendly, practical handbook for healthcare practitioners during their clinical consultations, as well as nurses and pharmacists.
Contents:
Principles of pre-travel health care
Pre-travel immunisation for various diseases
Malaria prevention in travellers
Arboviral infections in travellers
Travellers diarrhoea
Non-vaccine preventable infectious problems in travellers
Non-infectious problems in travellers
Travellers with special needs
Illness in returned travellers
Resources for travel health information. - Digitaledited by Ranee Thakar, Philip Toozs-Hobson, Lucia Dolan.Summary: "Patient-centred questionnaires and patient reported outcome (PRO) measures are terms that are used interchangeably to reflect an instrument that provides evaluation of the lived experience of symptoms from the patients' perspective. PRO use has grown significantly in number and use in the past ten to fifteen years, recognising the importance of placing patients at the centre of their care [1)]. It is recognised that only those individuals experiencing symptoms can report on the more subjective elements (2). This is particularly important in the case of urodynamics, which is a clinical test. PROs provide a method of measuring subjective phenomena in an objective way and provide context to the data provided by clinical measurements. PROs can be used to record the presence and severity of symptoms and also to measure their impact, in particular on quality of life. This is useful when interpreting patients' priorities for treatment and understanding the most bothersome aspect of their symptoms"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Pre-test assessment of urodynamic function, using patient-centred questionnaires / Nikki Cotterill
The assessment of women with lower urinary tract dysfunction, using bladder diaries / Prathiba De Silva & Matthew Parsons
The assessment of women with urinary incontinence, using pad testing / Emmanuel Karantanis
Setting-up urodynamic equipment / Lucy Swithinbank & Louise Webster
Urodynamic flow-rate testing / Laura Thomas, Marcus Drake & Ahmed Shaban
The cystometrogram / Angie Rantell
Videocystourethrography / Sushma Srikrishna, Smita Rajshekhar
Ambulatory urodynamic monitoring / Kate Anders & Kal Perkins
Urodynamic artefacts / Reeba Oliver & Ranee Thakar
The assessment of urethral function : supplementary investigations / Mark Slack & Rob Sherwin
Urodynamics in the neurological patient / Laura Thomas & Chris Harding
Urodynamics terminology / Paul Abrams.Digital Access Cambridge 2020 - Digital[edited by] Craig R. Asher, Brian P. Griffin.Summary: "Portable and clinically oriented, this full-color handbook is a unique and timely guide to valvular heart disease and percutaneous coronary interventions. A structured, standardized format helps you quickly find the information you need, while numerous illustrations and videos online provide visual support for key concepts and procedures. Key Features: Numerous tables, diagrams, and images highlight concepts, procedures, and devices related to valvular heart disease. Structured outline format lists landmark articles, key reviews, and relevant book chapters at the end of each chapter. Online chapter self-assessment questions and answers allow you to self-test and review key concepts. Authored by current or former Cleveland Clinic trainees and clinicians, as well as international experts in the field. Ideal for interventional cardiologists, fellows, cardiothoracic surgeons, anesthesiologists, cardiac technicians, sonographers, nurses, physician assistants and nurse practitioners. Your book purchase includes a complimentary download of the enhanced eBook for iOS, Android, PC & Mac."--Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018
- DigitalMarie Gerhard-Herman, Aaron Aday.Summary: This practical manual makes clinical vascular medicine easy for the health care provider to master by providing frameworks for each area of diagnosis and a practical approach to necessary testing. Rather than providing long lists of possible diagnoses for a clinical question, each approach is broken down into a flow chart of the thinking and questions necessary so that only those needed in each situation are utilized. Chapters cover a broad range of topics including arterial and venous testing in the laboratory, thrombophilia, cold disorders of the extremities and lymphatic diseases. Manual of Vascular Medicine provides extensive case-based learning for trainees and practicing physicians looking to expand their knowledge in this field that crosses many traditional disciplines. It is therefore of importance to any medical professional managing vascular patients, including cardiovascular and vascular physicians, nephrologists, neurologists, phlebologists, dermatologists, general medical doctors and vascular radiologists.
Contents:
Noninvasive Vascular Testing
Evaluation of Leg Pain
Peripheral Artery Disease
Aortic Disease
Renal and Mesenteric Vascular Disease
Vasospastic Disease
Cerebrovascular Disease
Evaluation of Limb Swelling
Venous Thromboembolic Disease
Lymphedema
Vascular Compression Syndromes
Special Populations.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital/PrintEdwin J. Wylie, Ronald J. Stoney, William K. Ehrenfeld ; illustrated by Ted Bloodhart.Digital Access Springer 1980
- DigitalJörn Rittweger, editor.Summary: This book addresses various practical aspects of vibration exercise and vibration therapy. In addition, it describes the technical and physiological background, providing applied scientists and doctors with a deeper understanding of the therapeutic potential that vibration exercise holds. Having first emerged two decades ago, vibration exercise has since established itself as a widespread form of physical exercise, used in all rehabilitation areas. The goal of this book is to close the gap between scientific knowledge and practice. Given that occupational exposure to vibration leads to well-known unfavorable effects, a substantial section of the book is dedicated to potential risks, hazards and contra-indications. Moreover, the application of vibration therapy in a number of specific conditions is presented in a clinically usable fashion. Lastly, the use of vibration as a diagnostic tool will also be discussed. Given its breadth of coverage, this book will be of interest to physiotherapists and exercise scientists, but also to a wider range of physicians working in the field of rehabilitation.
Contents:
Preface
THE FUNDAMENTALS
Physics of Vibration
The Biology of Vibration.-Design principles of Available machines.-Safety and contra-indications
PHYSIOLOGICAL RESPONSES
Biomechanics of Vibration Exercise
Cutaneous and muscle mechanoreceptors, their sensitivity to mechanical vibrations.-Electromyographical recordings during Vibration
Supraspinal Responses & Spinal Reflexes
Assesing reflex latencies in responses to vibration: Evidence for the involvement of more than one receptor.-Metabolic responses to whole body vibration exercise
Circulation Effects
Hormonal responses to vibration therapy
USE OF VIBRATION FOR TRAINING
Warming up.-Modulation of Neuromuscular Function
Application in Athletics
Using whole body vibration for countermeasure exercise
CLINICAL APPLICATIONS
How to Design Exercise Sessions with Whole Body Vibration Platforms
Whole Body Vibration in Geriatric Rehabilitation. -Application of vibration training for enhancing bone strength.-Whole body vibration exercise as a treatment option for chronic lower back pain
Pediatric Rehabilitation
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
Urinary Incontinence.-Primary Muscle Disorders.-Application of vibration training in people with common neurological disorders
Whole body vibration therapy in patients with pulmonary hypertension and right heart failure: Lessons from a pilot study.-Vibration exercise and vibration therapy in metabolic syndrome.-Whole body vibration exercise in Cancer.-GLOSSARY, APPENDICES. - DigitalKonrad Mohnike, Jens Ricke, Stefanie Corradini, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive insight into this special form of image-guided interventional therapy and its indications. It begins by introducing the fundamental principles of radiotherapy, the most up-to-date guidelines and the interdisciplinary aspects of the technique and then expands to more practical aspects such as therapy planning, indications and the use of the technique for certain tumor types, including liver metastases, rare tumors, cerebral malignancies and prostate tumors. Written and edited by pioneers in this technique, the chapters outline results and numerous illustrated case studies from the daily routine of daily clinical practice providing an insightful guidance to this relatively new but growing method. This is an indispensable guide for oncologists, radiation therapists and radiologists, but also general practitioners and all other specialties, which have an oncological focus.
- Printjointly sponsored by ILO, IAEA, and WHO.Contents:
v. 1. Basic protection requirements / C.B. Braestrup, K.J. Vikterlöf, 1974
v. 2. Unsealed sources / D. Frost, H. Jammet, 1975
v. 3. X-ray diagnosis / B.E. Keane, K.B. Tikhonov, 1975
v. 4. Radiation protection in dentistry / K. Koren, A.H. Wuehrmann, 1977
v. 5. Personnel monitoring services / W. Minder, S.B. Osborn, 1980. - DigitalBonnie An Henderson, editor.Contents:
Manual Small Incision Cataract Surgery
Instruments and Supplies
Anesthesia for small incision cataract surgery
Prep/Drape
Incision
The Capsular Opening
Hydrodissection
Lens Delivery
Cortex Removal
IOL Insertion
Wound closure
Drug treatment and Complications
Conversion from Phacoemulsification to MSICS. - DigitalRoland Gautschi ; translator, Alan Wiser.Contents:
Myofascial trigger points
Trigger point induced disturbances
Diagnosis of myofascial pain
Treatment of myofascial pain
Indications, contraindications
Manual therapy of the muscles
Neuromuscular entrapments
Clinical aspects.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2019 - Digital/PrintDieulafoy, Georges.Digital Access
- DigitalEnrique H. Bucher.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive, updated syntheses of all the information available on Mar Chiquita, covering a various aspects of the geography, geological history, biology and ecology of the site, as well as a detailed analysis of the current land-use patterns, environmental threats, and conservation issues. Mar Chiquita, located in the province of Cordoba, Argentina, is a protected wilderness area that includes South Americas largest saline lake and wetland. It has a very rich bird biodiversity, including three of the six species of flamingos that exist in the world, and high numbers of intercontinental migratory shorebirds. For this reason, the area has been declared an International Site by the Ramsar Convention on Wetlands of International Importance, and also a Site of Hemispheric Importance by the Western Hemisphere Shorebird Reserves Network. Largely unknown until very recently, particularly in terms of the English literature, the site is rapidly gaining international visibility, not only in terms of scientific research, but also as site of interest for the nature lovers around the globe. Written in a language accessible to the non-specialists, the book focuses on integrating the dynamic, functional processes in the ecosystem, while at the same time providing the necessary descriptive information. Accordingly, it is of interest to scientists from diverse disciplines interested in saline wetlands, as well as to students, managers, and the general public.
Contents:
Preface
Geographic Overview
Geomorphology
Hydrology and Climate
Limnology
Fish
Amphibians and Reptiles
Birds
Mammals
Mosquitos
Dulce River Wetland
History of Human Settlement
A Functional Overview
Conservation and Sustainable Use.Digital Access Springer 2019 - PrintElke Mühlberger, Lisa L. Hensley, Jonathan S. Towner, editors.Contents:
Filovirus research: how it began / Werner Slenczka
Ecology of filoviruses / Brian R. Amman [and 3 others]
West Africa 2013 Ebola: from virus outbreak to humanitarian crisis / Daniel G. Bausch
Clinical management of Ebola virus disease patients in low-resource settings / Armand Sprecher, Michel Van Herp and Pierre E. Rollin
Clinical management of Ebola virus disease patients in high-resource settings / G. Marshall Lyon, Aneesh K. Mehta and Bruce S. Ribner
Ebola virus disease in humans: pathophysiology and immunity / César Muñoz-Fontela and Anita K. McElroy
Nonhuman primate models of Ebola virus disease / Richard S. Bennett [and five others]
Small animal models for studying filovirus pathogenesis / Satoko Yamaoka [and three others]
Accelerating vaccine development during 2013-2016 West African Ebola virus disease outbreak / Elizabeth S. Higgs [and eight others]
Therapeutics against filovirus infection / John Connor, Gary Kobinger and Gene Olinger
Filovirus strategies to escape antiviral responses / Judith Olejnik [and five others]
Mechanisms of filovirus entry / R.A. Davey [and five others]
Inside the cell: assembly of filoviruses / Larissa Kolesnikova [and three others]
Filovirus structural biology: the molecules in the machine / Robert N. Kirchdoerfer [and three others]
Reverse genetics of filoviruses / Thomas Hoenen [and four others]
Guide to the correct use of filoviral nomenclature / Jens H. Kuhn. - Digital/Printedited by David W. Dempster, Jane A. Cauley, Mary L. Bouxsein, Felicia Cosman.Contents:
-- Volume 1. Part I. Introduction. The nature of osteoporosis
The bone organ system: form and function
Part II. Developmental, cellular and molecular biology of bone. Development of the skeleton
The skeletal stem cell
Osteoclast biology
Osteoblast biology: developmental origin and interactive nature of osteoblasts
Osteocytes
The regulatory role of matrix proteins in mineralization of bone
Part III. Skeletal hormones and regulatory factors. Parathyroid hormone and parathyroid hormone-related protein
Phosphatonins
Skeletal growth factors
WNT signaling in skeletal homeostasis and diseases
Part IV. Biomechanics and mechanobiology. The mechanical behavior of bone
Cellular and molecular mechanotransduction in bone
Adaptation of skeletal structure to mechanical loading
Biomechanics of hip and vertebral fractures
Part V. Epidemiology of osteoporosis. Epidemiologic methods in studies of osteoporosis
Genetics of osteoporosis
Race, ethnicity, and osteoporosis
Geographic variability in the incidence of hip and vertebral fractures
Nutrition and osteoporosis
Physical activity, exercise and skeletal health
Reproductive and hormonal factors and the risk for osteoporosis
Clinical and epidemiological studies: skeletal changes across menopause
Osteoporosis in men: what is similar and what is different?
Falls as risk factors for fracture
Impact of physical characteristics and lifestyle factors on bone density and fractures
Imminent fracture risk and disability post fracture
Economics of osteopososis
Part VI. General pathophysiology of osteoporosis. Skeletal heterogeneity and the purposes of bone remodeling
On the evolution and contemporary roles of bone remodeling
Estrogen deficiency and the pathogenesis of osteoporosis
Cytokines and the pathogenesis of osteoporosis
Bone and fat
Bone, muscle, and sarcopenia
Bone mineral acquisition in utero and during infancy and childhood
Osteoporosis in childhood and adolescence
Osteoporosis in premenopausal women, pregnancy, and lactation
Bone and the microbiome
Volume 2. Part VII. Impact of comorbidity and medications on skeletal health. Immobilization osteoporosis
Osteoporosis in neurological disorders: Parkinson’s disease, stroke, and multiple sclerosis
Effects on the skeleton from medications used to treat non-skeletal disorders
Osteoporosis associated with gastrointestinal disorders; celiac and inflammatory bowel diseases
Osteoporosis associated with eating disorders
Glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis and Cushing's syndrome
Thyroid hormone, thyroid medication, and the skeleton
The skeletal actions of parathyroid hormone in primary hyperparathyroidism
Osteogenesis imperfecta and other defects of bone development as occasional causes of adult osteoporosis
Human immunodeficiency virus and osteoporosis
Diabetes, diabetic medications, and risk of fracture
Skeletal health after bariatric surgery
Osteoporosis in organ transplant patients
Osteoporosis associated with rheumatologic disorders
Osteoporosis associated with chronic kidney disease
Relationship between periodontal disease, tooth loss and osteoporosis
Impact of breast cancer and its treatment on bone loss and fracture risk – pathophysiology and management
Management of bone health in men with prostate cancer
Impact of MGUS and myeloma on skeletal health
Renal stone disease, hypercalciuria and osteoporosis: use of thiazides and alkali for osteoporosis
Sleep disorders and osteoporosis
Part VIII. Diagnosis and evaluation. Evaluation of the osteoporosis patient
Who should be screened for osteoporosis?
Vertebral fracture identification
Noninvasive imaging techniques and fracture risk assessment
Biochemical markers of bone turnover in osteoporosis
A comparison of fracture risk assessment tools
Part IX. Patient management. Orthopedic aspects of osteoporosis
Fall prevention interventions
Exercise and other physical therapy interventions in the management of osteoporosis
Calcium and vitamin d in the management of osteoporosis
Nutrients beyond calcium and vitamin d to treat osteoporosis
Condition still critical: compliance and persistence with osteoporosis medications
Part X. Pharmacotherapeutics. Estrogen and estrogen analogs for prevention and treatment of osteoporosis
Bisphosphonates pharmacology and use in the treatment of osteoporosis
Denosumab for the treatment of osteoporosis
Teriparatide and abaloparatide treatment for osteoporosis
Calcitonin in osteoporosis
Androgens
Long-term bisphosphonate treatment: continuation and interruption
Romosozumab in the treatment of postmenopausal osteoporosis
Lessons from bone histomorphometry on the mechanisms of action of osteoporosis drugs
Part XI. New directions. Long term treatment strategies and goal directed therapy.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - Digitaleditors: Marilena Streit-Bianchi, Margarita Cimadevila, Wolfgang Trettnak.Digital Access Springer 2020
- Digitaledited by Takehide Asano, Norihide Fukushima, Takashi Kenmochi, Naoto Matsuno.Summary: In response to persistent donor organ shortages, organs from marginal donors, such as expanded criteria donors (ECD) and donation after cardiac death (DCD) donors, are now accepted and have been successfully transplanted, reducing the waiting times for transplantation. Especially in Japan, transplantation of DCD kidneys has a relatively long history because of the difficulty or lack of national consensus in accepting brain death, which has made it possible to accumulate considerable clinical experience. Thus, the current organ shortage has stimulated interest in the use of marginal donors for transplantation. This book, prepared by distinguished authorities in their fields, is intended for clinicians and researchers. It highlights the use of marginal donors as a comparatively novel source of transplantation organs and provides a thorough overview of marginal donors from their historical origins to recent clinical applications, including the state-of-the-art science of organ/donor management, procurement, and preservation. Also provided is valuable information on ABO-incompatible donors which extend the availability of donor sources. Each chapter offers an individual analysis of the optimal requirements for the safe management and preservation of organs, including the heart, lung, liver, kidney, pancreas, and pancreatic islets.
Contents:
1 History of Marginal Donors in the World
2 Management of Extended Criteria Donors
3 DCD for Heart Transplantation
4 ECD for Heart Transplantation
5 How to Initiate DCD Program for Lung Transplantation
6 DCD for Lung Transplantation
7 ECD for Lung Transplantation
8 LD for Lung Transplantation
9 How to Initiate DCD Program for Liver Transplantation
10 DCD for Liver Transplantation
11 ECD for Adult Liver Transplantation
12 LD for Liver Transplantation
13 How to Initiate a DCD Programme for Kidney Transplantation
14 DCD for Kidney Transplantation
15 Machine Perfusion Preservation for Kidney Transplantation
16 ECD for Kidney Transplantation
17 LD for Kidney Transplantation
18 DCD for Pancreas Transplantation
19 ECD for Pancreas Transplantation
20 LD for Pancreas Transplantation
21 DCD for Islet Transplantation
22 ECD for Islet Transplantation
23 ECD for Small Intestine Transplantation
24 ABO-Incompatible Donor. - Digitaledited by Michael T. Compton.Summary: "Even while many states have passed legislation pertaining to "medical marijuana" and others have decriminalized or even legalized recreational use, a debate continues within society as to whether marijuana is simply a harmless substance that should be fully legalized, a possibly beneficial treatment for patients with certain illnesses, or a drug with the potential to worsen addiction and cause mental health problems. The controversy persists in the medical community as well, where accumulating evidence implicates marijuana use, especially in adolescence, as a risk factor for poor educational achievement and substance use disorders, as well as schizophrenia and related psychotic disorders -- all of which complicates the heated discourse on legalization. Although other books have explored the medical marijuana and the neuroscience behind marijuana, no single source of comprehensive information on marijuana and mental health in modern American society has existed to date. Balanced, focused, and highly readable, Marijuana and Mental Health fills this void. It provides an academic foundation for further study while also informing clinical mental health practice as well as policy decisions by articulating the connection between marijuana and mental health, particularly in the United States. Chapters offer a concise compilation of research in this area, discussing topics such as: -The effects of marijuana on the brain and mind -Marijuana-related legislation -Medical marijuana -Comorbidities between marijuana misuse and mood and anxiety disorders -The complex link between marijuana use and psychotic disorder -Synthetic cannabinoid -Treatment and prevention of marijuana misuse Relatable clinical vignettes that contextualize these issues and illustrate the clinical applicability of the content, as well as key chapter points that emphasize major takeaways, make Marijuana and Mental Health the authoritative reference for clinical and research psychiatrists, psychiatric residents and fellows, clinical psychologists, and psychiatric nurses." -- Provided by the publisher.
Contents:
An introduction to marijuana and mental health / Michael T. Compton
Marijuana's effects on the mind : intoxication, effects on cognition and motivation, and addiction / David L. Atkinson
Medical and recreational marijuana policy : from prohibition to the rise of legalization / Arthur Robin Williams
Medical marijuana : indications, formulations, efficacy, and adverse effects / Thida Thant, Elin C. Kondrad, Abraham M. Nussbaum
Marijuana use and comorbidity : risk for substance use disorders and associations with mood, anxiety, and other behavioral health disorders / Charles Luther, Matthew Lorber, Ruth S. Shim
Marijuana use and psychosis : from Reefer Madness to marijuana use as a component cause / Claire Ramsay Wan, Michael T. Compton
Synthetic cannabinoids : emergence, epidemiology, and clinical effects, and management / Marc W. Manseau
Treatment of marijuana addiction : clinical assessment and psychosocial and pharmacological interventions / Garrett M. Sparks
Prevention of marijuana misuse : school-, family-, and community-based approaches / W. Alex Mason, Charles B. Fleming, Kevin P. Haggerty.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2016 - DigitalHermann Ehrlich.Summary: The work is a source of modern knowledge on biomineralization, biomimetics and bioinspired materials science with respect to marine invertebrates. The author gives the most coherent analysis of the nature, origin and evolution of biocomposites and biopolymers isolated from and observed in the broad diversity of marine invertebrate organisms and within their unusual structural formations. The basic format is that of a major review article, with liberal use of references to original literature. There is a wealth of new and newly synthesized information, including dozens of previously unpublished images of unique marine creatures and structures from nano- to microscale including high-resolution scanning and transmission electron micrographs. The material is organized effectively along both biological (phyla) and functional lines. The classification of biological materials of marine origin is proposed and discussed. Much of the pertinent data is organized into tables, and extensive use is made of electron micrographs and line drawings. Several modern topics e.g. "biomineralization- demineralization-remineralization phenomena," or "phenomenon of multiphase biomineralization," are discussed in detail. Traditionally, such current concepts as hierarchical organization of biocomposites and skeletal structures, structural bioscaffolds, biosculpturing, biomimetism and bioinspiration as tools for the design of innovative materials are critically analyzed from both biological and materials science point of view using numerous unique examples of marine origin. This monograph reviews the most relevant advances in the marine biomaterials research field, pointing out several approaches being introduced and explored by distinct laboratories.
Contents:
Chapter1. Introduction
Part 1: Biomaterials. Chapter 2. Biomaterials and Biological Materials, Common Definitions, History, and Classification
Part 2. Biominerals and Biomineralization. Chapter 3. Biominerals
Chapter 4. Biomineralization
Chapter 5. Biomineralization-Demineralization-Remineralization Phenomena in Nature
Chapter 6. Multiphase Biomineralization
Part 3. Biomineralized Structures and Biocomposites. Chapter 7. Hierarchical Biological Materials
Chapter 8. Paleodyction Honeycomb Structure
Chapter 9. Pecularities of the Structural Organization of the Glass Sponges (Hexactinellida) Skeletons
Chapter 10. Phenomenon of Interspace Mineralization in the Bilayered Organic Matrix of Deep-Sea Bamboo Coral (Anthozoa: Gorgonacea: Isididae)
Chapter 11. Bamboo Corals as Living Bone Implants
Chapter 12. Sand Dollar Spines
Chapter 13. Molluscs Spicules
Part 4. Non-mineralized Structures. Chapter 14. Spongin
Chapter 15. Gorgonin
Chapter 16. Antipathin
Chapter 17. Rubber-like Bioelastomers of Marine Origin
Chapter 18. Capsular Bioelastomers of Whelks
Chapter 19. Byssus: from Inspiration to Development of Novel Biomaterials
Chapter 20. Abductin
Chapter 21. Resilin
Chapter 22. Adhesion Systems in Echinodermata
Chapter 23. Adhesive Gels from Marine Gastropods (Mollusca)
Chapter 24. Barnacles cements
Part 5. Suction-based Adhesion in Marine Invertebrates. Chapter 25. Suctorian Protozoa
Chapter 26. Trichodina sucker disc
Chapter 27. Giardia Suction
Chapter 28. Suction in Mollusks
Chapter 29. Halogenated Biocomposites
Chapter 30. Chitin-protein-based Composites
Part 6. Macromolecular Biopolymers. Chapter 31. Chitin
Chapter 32. Marine Collagens
Part 7. Self Made Biological Materials. Chapter 33. Self-made Biological Materials of Protozoans
Chapter 34. Foraminifera
Chapter 35. Polychaete Worms: from Tube Builders to Glueomics
Part 8. Extreme Biomimetics. Chapter 36. Life in extreme Environments: from Bacteria to Diatoms
Chapter 37. Epiloque. - DigitalMarco Ortiz, Ferenc Jordán, editors.Summary: The book presents a collection of large-scale network-modeling studies on coastal systems in Latin America. It includes a novel description of the functioning of coastal complex ecosystems and also predicts how natural and human-made disturbances percolate through the networks. Coastal areas belong to the most populated ecosystems around the globe, and are massively influenced by human impacts such as shipping, mining, fisheries, tourism, pollution and human settlements. Even though many of these activities have facilitated socio-economic development, they have also caused a significant deterioration in natural populations, communities and ecosystems worldwide. Covering coastal marine ecosystems of Latin America such as the NE and SE Pacific, NW Atlantic and Caribbean areas, it discusses the construction of quantitative (Ecopath-Ecosim-Ecospace and Centrality of Node Sets) and semi-quantitative (Loop Analysis) multispecies trophic-network models to describe and assess the impacts of natural and human interventions like pelagic and benthic fishing as well as natural events such as El Niño, and La Niña. The book also features steady state (and/or near moving equilibrium) and dynamical models to support the management of exploited organisms, and applies and quantifies macroscopic indices, based on Ascendency (Ulanowicz) and Local Stability (Levinsþ Loop Analysis). Further, it discusses the determination of the Keystone Species Complex Index, which is a holistic extension of the classical concept of Keystone Species (Paine), offering novel strategies for conservation monitoring and management.
Contents:
SECTION I. Natural and human environment of coastal ecosystems
Chapter 1. Ecological modelling and conservation on the coasts of Mexico
Chapter 2. SE Pacific: the ecosystem and its use along the Chilean and Peruvian coast
SECTION II. Marine ecosystem models in the South East Pacific coast
Chapter 3. Modelling the Northern Humboldt Current Ecosystem; from winds to predators
Chapter 4. Marine ecosystem models in the South Pacific coast
Chapter 5. Keystone Species Complexes and macroscopic properties for improving ecosystem-based conservation practices in kelp forest along the north-central Chilean coast
Chapter 6. Exploring alternative management policies for benthic ecological systems of northern Chile (SE Pacific)
SECTION III. Central Pacific, Caribbean and Atlantic coastal ecosystem models
Chapter 7. How much biomass must remain at the sea after fishing to conserve ecosystem
functioning? The case of the Monterey sardine in the Gulf of California, Mexico
Chapter 8. Dynamic and spatial model of the coral reef of Banco Chinchorro Biosphere Reserve (Caribbean Sea) for assessment harvest scenarios: short-term responses
Chapter 9. Ecological role of sharks assessed by Ecopath models
SECTION IV. System-based conservation and management: conclusions
Chapter 10. Graph theory in food webs: uses and applications for conservation of marine ecosystems
Chapter 11. Modelling aim the conservation of coastal marine ecosystem in Latin America. - Digitaledited by Bradley S. Moore.Digital Access
- DigitalRandall W. Davis.Summary: This comprehensive book provides new insights into the morphological, metabolic, thermoregulatory, locomotory, diving, sensory, feeding, and sleep adaptations of Cetacea (whales and dolphins), Pinnipedia (seals, sea lions and walrus), Sirenia (manatees and dugongs) and sea otters for an aquatic life. Each chapter reviews the discoveries from previous studies and integrates recent research using new techniques and technology. Readers will gain an understanding of the remarkable adaptations that enable marine mammals to spend all or most of their lives at sea, often while hunting prey at depth.
Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Return to the sea : the evolution of marine mammals
3. Respiration and the effects of pressure
4. Metabolism and thermoregulation
5. Locomotion
6. Physiological and metabolic adaptations for breath-hold diving
7. Sensory systems
8. Feeding and digestion
9. Sleep. - DigitalTakashi Gojobori, Tokio Wada, Takanori Kobayashi, Katsuhiko Mineta, editors.Summary: This book presents the state-of-art marine metagenome research and explains the method of marine metagenomic analysis in an easy-to-understand manner. Changes in the marine environment due to global warming and pollution have become a major global problem. Maintaining a healthy marine ecosystem requires advanced environmental monitoring and assessment systems. As such, the book presents a novel metagenomic monitoring method, which has been developed for comprehensive analyses of the DNA of microorganisms living in seawater to further our understanding of the dynamics of the marine environment. The book can be used as a primer for new researchers and as a manual on experimental methods.
Contents:
Part 1: Technological Aspects of Marine Metagenomics: Sample Collection and preparation methods
Chapter 1: Metagenomic methods: from seawater to the database
Chapter 2: Collection of microbial DNA from marine sediments
Chapter 3: Primer design, evaluation of primer universality and estimation of identification power of amplicon sequences in silico
Chapter 4: High coverage expression profiling (HiCEP) of microbial community genomes in the ocean
Part 2: Technological Aspects of Marine Metagenomics: Metagenome Data Analysis
Chapter 5: Introduction and application of Digital DNA Chip Analysis (DDCA) to metagenomic analysis
Chapter 6: Horizontal gene transfer in marine environment: a technical perspective on metagenomics
Chapter 7: MAPLE enables functional assessment of microbiota in various environments
Part 3: Applications in Ocean and Fisheries Sciences: Diversity and Function of Microbial Community
Chapter 8: Comparison of microscopic and PCR amplicon and shotgun metagenomic approaches applied to marine diatom communities
Chapter 9: Seasonal dynamics of bacterial community composition in coastal seawater at Sendai Bay, Japan
Chapter 10: Shotgun metagenome analyses: seasonality monitoring in Sendai Bay and search for red tide marker sequences
Chapter 11: Distribution and community composition of ammonia-oxidizing archaea and bacteria in coastal sediments in response to sediment material gradients at Sendai Bay, Japan
Chapter 12: Marine metagenomic sequence counts of reads assigned to taxa consistently proportionate to read counts obtained for per g of sea water sample
Chapter 13: New aquaculture technology based on host-symbiotic co-metabolism
Part 4: Applications in Ocean and Fisheries Sciences: Analysis of the Red Tide
Chapter 14: Influences of diurnal sampling bias on fixed-point monitoring of plankton biodiversity determined using a massively parallel sequencing-based technique
Chapter 15: Detection of microorg anisms which show positive or negative correlations with red tide causing alga using a new time-series network model.Digital Access Springer 2019 - PrintMalgorzata Kloc, Jacek Z. Kubiak, editors.Summary: This book highlights the potential advantages of using marine invertebrates like tunicates, echinoderms, sponges and cephalopods as models in both biological and medical research. Bioactive compounds found in marine organisms possess antibacterial, antifungal, anti-diabetic and anti-inflammatory properties, and can affect the immune and nervous systems. Despite substantial research on the medicinal attributes of various marine invertebrates, they are still very much underrepresented in scientific literature: the majority of cell, developmental and evolutionary scientific journals only publish research conducted on a few well-known model systems like Drosophila melanogaster or Xenopus laevis. Addressing that gap, this book introduces readers to new model organisms like starfish or nemertera. By showing their benefits with regard to regeneration, stem cell research and Evo-Devo, the authors provide a cross-sectional view encompassing various disciplines of biological research. As such, this book will not only appeal to scientists currently working on marine organisms, but will also inspire future generations to pursue research of their own.
Contents:
Part 1. Gametes, Maturation, Fertilization and Modes of Reproduction
1. Marine nemertean worms for studies of oocyte maturation and aging
2. Sperm Nuclear Basic Proteins of Marine Invertebrates
3. Fertilization in Starfish and Sea Urchin: Roles of Actin
4. Starfish as a Model System for Analyzing Signal Transduction during Fertilization
5. Towards multiscale modeling of molecular and biochemical events occurring at fertilization time in sea urchins
6. Monosex in Aquaculture
Part 2. Embryonic and Post-embryonic Development, and the Evolution of the Body Plan
7. Medusa: A review of an ancient cnidarian body form
8. Sea urchin larvae as a model for post-embryonic development
9. The Ciona notochord gene regulatory network
10. Model Systems for Exploring the Evolutionary Origins of the Nervous System
11. Non-protein-coding RNAs as regulators of development in tunicates
Part 3. Differentiation, Regeneration and Stemness --12. Differentiation and transdifferentiation of sponge cells
13. Holothurians as a model system to study regeneration
14. Regeneration in stellate echinoderms: Crinoidea, Asteroidea, and Ophiuroidea
15. Solitary ascidians as model organisms in regenerative biology studies
16. Whole-body regeneration in the colonial tunicate Botrylloides leachii
Part 4. Biomolecules, Secretion, Symbionts and Feeding
17. Beach to Bench to Bedside: Marine Invertebrate Biochemical Adaptations and their Applications in Biotechnology and Biomedicine
18. Coral Food, Feeding, Nutrition and Secretion: A Review
19. The suitability of fishes as models for studying appetitive behavior in vertebrates
20. Glycans with Antiviral Activity from Marine Organisms
21. Cnidarian jellyfish: ecological aspects, nematocyst isolation and treatment methods of sting
22. These Colors Don't Run: Regulation of Pigment Biosynthesis in Echinoderms
Part 5. Bioinformatics, Bioengineering and Information Processing
23. Reef building corals as a tool for climate change research in the genomics era
24. The crown-of-thorns starfish: from coral reef plague to model system
25. Structures and composition of the crab carapace - an archetypal material in biomimetic mechanical design
26. Octopus vulgaris: an alternative in evolution
27. Vision made easy: cubozoans can advance our understanding of systems level visual information processing. - DigitalPaul L. Marino.Summary: "A fundamental sourcebook for the care of critically ill patients. This edition continues the original intent to provide a "generic textbook" that presents fundamental concepts and patient care practices that can be used in any adult intensive care unit, regardless of the specialty focus of the unit"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
1. Vascular access
2. Preventive practices in the ICU
3. Hemodynamic monitoring
4. Disorders of circulatory flow
5. Cardiac emergencies
6. Blood components
7. Acute respiratory failure
8. Mechanical ventilation
9. Acid-base disorders
10. Renal and electrolyte disorders
11. The abdomen and pelvis
12. Disorders of body temperature
13. Nervous system disorders
14. Nutrition & metabolism
15. Critical care drug therapy
16. Toxicologic emergencies
17. Appendices.Digital Access - DigitalPaul L. Marino ; with contributions from Samuel M. Galvagno, Jr. ; illustrations by Patricia Gast.Summary: Quick lookup for the most essential info in critical care! Ideal for quick reference at the bedside, The Little ICU Book is a condensed, compact version of The ICU Book, Dr. Marino's best-selling comprehensive intensive care reference.The Little ICU Book zeroes in on only the essentials for the hands-on care of critically ill adult patients. Its fast-access format makes it an indispensible resource for residents as well as busy critical care physicians.
Contents:
Vascular Access
Preventive Practices
Hemodynamic Monitoring
Cardiac Emergencies
Disorders of Circulatory Flow
Resuscitation Fluids
Mechanical Ventilation
AcidBase Disorders 23 AcidBase Analysis
Renal Electrolyte Disorders
Renal Electrolyte Disorders
The Abdomen Pelvis 31 Pancreatitis and Liver Failure
Temperature Disorders 34 Thermoregulatory Disorders
Nutrition Metabolism 36 Nutritional Requirements
Toxicologic Emergencies 46 Pharmaceutical Drug OverdosesDigital Access - Digital/PrintValerie S. Gordon and Patricia C. Higginbottom.Summary: "Here’s an easy-to-follow, practical, easily-implementable, 21st-Century marketing book for academic and special libraries. Written by two practicing librarians who are passionate about communicating with users, the book provides both the inspiration and drive to market your library and practical tips and suggestions on how to do that effectively."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Strategic planning
The marketing plan
Marketing plan components
Implementation
Evaluation
Brands and campaigns
Digital publications
Social media
Personal interactions and events
Visual and print marketing materials.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016Limited to 3 simultaneous users - PrintMarketing Plans in Action : a Step-by-step Guide for Libraries, Archives, and Cultural OrganizationsAmanda L. Goodman.Contents:
Getting started
Learn about your organization
Get notified of marketing requests
Set up project management
Content creation
Staff training and interactions
Who are your users?
Tracking and reports
Outside contacts
Bonus insights. - Digital/PrintMichael Lieberman, PhD, Distinguished Teaching Professor, Department of Molecular Genetics, Biochemistry and Microbiology, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, Ohio, Alisa Peet, MD, Associate Dean Clinical Education, Associate Professor of Clinical Medicine, Lewis Katz School of Medicine at Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania ; illustrations by Matthew Chansky.Contents:
I: Fuel metabolism
Metabolic fuels and dietary components
The fed or absorptive state
Fasting
II: Chemical and biologic foundations of biochemistry
Water, acids, bases, and buffers
Structures of the major compounds of the body
Amino acids in proteins
Structure–function relationships in proteins
Enzymes as catalysts
Regulation of enzymes
Relationship between cell biology and biochemistry
Cell signaling by chemical messengers
III: Gene expression and the synthesis of proteins
Structure of the nucleic acids
Synthesis of DNA
Transcription: synthesis of RNA
Translation: synthesis of proteins
Regulation of gene expression
Use of recombinant DNA techniques in medicine
The molecular biology of cancer
IV: Carbohydrate metabolism, fuel oxidation, and the generation of adenosine triphosphate
Basic concepts in the regulation of fuel metabolism by insulin, glucagon, and other hormones
Cellular bioenergetics: adenosine triphosphate and O2
Digestion, absorption, and transport of carbohydrates
Generation of adenosine triphosphate from glucose, fructose, and galactose: glycolysis
Tricarboxylic acid cycle
Oxidative phosphorylation and mitochondrial function
Oxygen toxicity and free-radical injury
Formation and degradation of glycogen
Pentose phosphate pathway and the synthesis of glycosides, lactose, glycoproteins, and glycolipids
Gluconeogenesis and maintenance of blood glucose levels
V: Lipid metabolism
Digestion and transport of dietary lipids
Oxidation of fatty acids and ketone bodies
Synthesis of fatty acids, triacylglycerols, and the major membrane lipids
Cholesterol absorption, synthesis, metabolism, and fate
Metabolism of ethanol
Integration of carbohydrate and lipid metabolism
VI: Nitrogen metabolism
Protein digestion and amino acid absorption
Fate of amino acid nitrogen: urea cycle
Synthesis and degradation of amino acids
Tetrahydrofolate, vitamin B12, and S-adenosylmethionine
Purine and pyrimidine metabolism
Intertissue relationships in the metabolism of amino acids VII: tissue metabolism
Actions of hormones that regulate fuel metabolism
The biochemistry of erythrocytes and other blood cells
Blood plasma proteins, coagulation, and fibrinolysis
Liver metabolism
Metabolism of muscle at rest and during exercise
Metabolism of the nervous system
The extracellular matrix and connective tissue.Digital Access LWW Health Library (Medical Education) 2018 - DigitalMichael Lieberman, Alisa Peet ; illustrations by Matthew Chansky.Summary: "It has been 5 years since the fifth edition was completed. The sixth edition has some significant organizational changes, as suggested by extensive surveys of faculty and students who used the fifth edition in their classes and studies"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
- DigitalGalen S. Wagner, MD, David G. Strauss, MD, PhD.Summary: "One of the strengths of Marriott's Practical Electrocardiography through its more than 50-year history has been its lucid foundation for understanding the basis for ECG interpretation. Again, in this revision, we have attempted to retain the best of the Marriott tradition--emphasis on the concepts required for everyday ECG interpretation and the simplicities, rather than complexities, of the ECG recordings. During preparation of the 9th and 10th editions, Tobin Lim coauthored many of the 11th edition chapters and served as the primary developer of the digital content associated with that edition. Tobin Lim's input continues into this 12th edition, and David Strauss has led even further into the electronic-based interactive learning experiences. More than 30 of the figures that evolved through previous editions have now been converted through the creative expertise of Mark Flanders into animated movies accessed via QR codes imbedded in the book. David has also collaborated with electrocardiographic educators who are especially skilled in e-based education to add interactive video content to many of the 12th edition chapters. Each of the now 24 chapters is divided (as indicated in the table of contents) into discrete, compact "learning units." Each learning unit begins on a new page to provide blank space for the reader's notes. The purpose of the learning units is to make this book easier to use by allowing the reader to be selective regarding the material to be considered at a particular time. Because the modern student of electrocardiography is primarily oriented to a visual perspective, we have typically begun each page with an illustration"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Cardiac electrical activity
Recording the electrocardiogram
Interpretation of the normal electrocardiogram
The three-dimensional electrocardiogram
Chamber enlargement
Intraventricular conduction abnormalities
Ventricular preexcitation
Inherited arrhythmia disorders
Myocardial ischemia and infarction
Subendocardial ischemia from increased myocardial demand
Transmural myocardial ischemia from insufficient blood supply
Myocardial infarction
Miscellaneous conditions
Introduction to arrhythmias
Premature beats
Accelerated automaticity
Reentrant atrial tachyarrhythmias-the atrial flutter/fibrillation spectrum
Reentrant junctional tachyarrhythmias
Reentrant ventricular tachyarrhythmias
Ventricular versus supraventricular with aberrant conduction
Decreased automaticity
Atrioventricular block
Artificial cardiac pacemakers
Dr. Marriott's systematic approach to the diagnosis of arrhythmias.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - DigitalDavid G. Strauss, Douglas D. Schocken.Summary: "Marriott's Practical Electrocardiography, 13e will revised and updated to reflect the latest advances in ECG technology as well as the newest diagnostic applications, the 13th edition will offer internal medicine residents and cardiology fellows, along with practitioners, the resources they need to build their ECG interpretative skills. In addition, ECGs are increasingly used as a diagnostic tool, which means that not just cardiovascular healthcare providers need to have a solid understanding of this technology. The following are just three examples of scenarios where ECG is applied as a diagnostic tool in the Emergency Department, Heart Failure, and athlete scanning"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Printedited by G.E. Lamming ; consultant, Sir Alan Parkes.Contents:
v. 1. Reproductive cycles of vertebrates. - Digital/PrintBrayfield, Alison; Buckingham, Robert; Martindale, William; Parfitt, Kathleen; Sweetman, Sean C.Digital Access Truven c1999-Search Martindale via the main Micromedex search screen.Print Access
- DigitalIan Olver, editor.Summary: This book is intended for medical students, residents, and fellows, as well as medical oncologists, radiation oncologists, surgeons, general practitioners, nurses and allied health workers. Complete with case vignettes, key points, and sidebar summaries to further assist readers using practical tips and tricks, this textbook provides current, updated information on the management and prevention of cancer-related side effects, referring to up-to-date sources that are useful for conducting further research. It also introduces new topics, such as financial toxicity and complementary medicine, as well as covering the new side effects of targeted therapies not covered in the last edition. Additionally, MASCC Textbook of Cancer Supportive Care and Survivorship, 2nd edition assembles international, multidisciplinary experts who focus on a comprehensive range of symptoms and side effects associated with cancer and its treatment.
Contents:
Part I: Introduction
Cancer Symtoms, Treatment Side Effects and Disparities in Supportive Care
Part II: General
Cancer Pain
Cancer-Related Fatigue
Sleep and Cancer
Palliative Care: End-of-Life Symptoms
Supportive Care in Elderly Cancer Patients
Supportive Care in Pediatric Oncology
Health-Related Quality of Life in Cancer
Financial Toxicity
Integrative Oncology: The Role of Complementary Medicine in Supportive Cancer Care
Part III: Cardiovascular
Victims of Our Own Success: Cardiac Toxicities from Conventional and Emerging Cancer Therapies
Cardiac Manifestations of Cancer and Their Management
Part IV: Respiratory
Pulmonary Toxicities of Anti Cancer Treatment
Management of Respiratory Symptoms in People with Cancer
Part V: Endocrine and Metabolic
Endocrine and Metabolic Symptoms of Cancer and it's Treatment
Part VI: Reproductive
Sexual Problems in Patients with Cancer
Sterility, Infertility, and Teratogenicity
^Menopause Symptoms
Part VII: Hematological
Thrombosis and Bleeding in Cancer Patients
Anemia and Cancer
Lymphedema in Cancer Patients
Anemia and Cancer
Lymphedema in Cancer Patients
Infections and Cancer
Part VIII: Gastrointestinal
Cancer Cachexia and Anorexia
Xerostomia and Dental Problems in the Head and Neck Radition Patient
Dysphaia, Reflux, and Hiccups
Nausea and Vomiting
Mucositis (Oral and Gastrointestinal)
Diarrhea, Constipation, and Obstruction in Cancer Management
Ascites
Hepatotoxicity and Hepatic Dysfuntion
Part IX: Urogential
Urological Symptoms and Side Effects of Treatment
Gynecological Symptoms
Part X: Neurologic and Muscular
Central Nervous System Symptoms: Headache, Seizures, Encephalopathy, and Memory Impairment
Neuromuscular Disease and Spinal Cord Compression
Eye Symptoms and Toxicities of Systemic Chemotherapy
Part XI: Skim
Extravasation
Dermatologic Adverse Events
^Management of Alopecia Due to Cancer Therapies
Part XII: Survivorship
Oral Health and Survivorship: Late Effects of Cancer and Cancer Therapy
Psychosocial and Spiritual Issues in Supportive Cancer Care. Survivorship: Physical Issues. - DigitalMauricio Lynn.Contents:
General Information
Pre-hospital Planning and Response to Sudden Mass Casualty Incidents
Hospital Planning and Response to Sudden Mass Casualty Incidents
Other Sudden Mass Casualty Incidents
Challenges Related to Mass Casualty Incidents. . - Digitaledited by Lin He.Contents:
Current status and future prospects of mass spectrometry imaging of small molecules / Victoria L. Brown and Lin He
Sample preparation for 3D SIMS chemical imaging of cells / Nicholas Winograd and Anna Bloom
TOF-SIMS imaging of lipids on rat brain sections / David Touboul and Alain Brunelle
MALDI-MS-assisted molecular imaging of metabolites in legume plants / Erin Gemperline and Lingjun Li
MALDI mass spectrometry imaging of lipids and primary metabolites on rat brain sections / David Touboul and Alain Brunelle
Multiplex MALDI-MS imaging of plant metabolites using a hybrid MS system / Andrew R. Korte [and 3 others]
DESI imaging of small molecules in biological tissues / Elaine C. Cabral and Demian R. Ifa
Desorption electrospray ionization imaging of small organics on mineral surfaces / Rachel V. Bennett and Facundo M. Fernández-- Imaging of plant materials using indirect desoprtion electrospray ionization mass spectrometry / Christian Janfelt
Imaging of lipids and metabolites using nanospray desorption electropray ionization mass spectrometry / Ingela Lanekoff and Julia Laskin
Electrospray laser desorption ionization (ELDI) mass spectrometry for molecular imaging of small molecules on tissues / Min-Zong Huang, Siou-Sian Jhang, and Jentaie Shiea
Automated cell-by-cell tissue imaging and single-cell analysis for targeted morphologies by laser ablation electrospray ionization mass spectrometry / Hang Li [and 4 others]
Laser ablation sample transfer for mass spectrometry imaging / Sung-Gun Park and Kermit K. Murray
Nanostructure imaging mass spectrometry : the role of fluorocarbons in metabolite analysis and yoctomole level sensitivity / Michael E. Kurczy [and 3 others]
Nanostructure-initiator mass spectrometry (NIMS) for molecular mapping of animal tissues / Tara N. Moening, Victoria L. Brown, and Lin He
Nanoparticle-assisted laser desorption/ionization for metabolite imaging / Michihiko Waki [and 4 others]
Matrix-enhanced surface-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (ME-SALDI-MS) for mass spectrometry imaging of small molecules / Victoria L. Brown, Qiang Liu, and Lin He
Laser desorption postionization mass spectrometry imaging of biological targets / Artem Akhmetov, Chhavi Bhardwaj, and Luke Hanley
Data processing and analysis for mass spectrometry imaging / Jiangjiang Liu, Xingchuang Xiong, and Zheng Ouyang.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Daniel Raftery, University of Washington and Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, Seattle, WA, USA.Contents:
Overview of mass spectrometry-based metabolomics : opportunities and challenges
Global metabolic profiling using ultra-performance liquid chromatography/quadrupole time-of-flight mass spectrometry
LC-MS profiling to link metabolic and phenotypic diversity in plant mapping populations
Mitochondrial metabolomics using high-resolution Fourier-transform mass spectrometry
Sample preparation methods for LC-MS-based global aqueous metabolite profiling
Methods of discovery-based and targeted metabolite analysis by comprehensive two-dimensional gas chromatography with time-of-flight mass spectrometry detection
Analysis of mouse liver metabolites by GC x GC-TOF MS
Metabolite fingerprinting by capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry
Quantitative metabolomic profiling using dansylation isotope labeling and liquid chromatography mass spectrometry
Quantitative analysis of amino and organic acids by methyl chloroformate derivatization and GC-MS/MS analysis
Stable isotope-labeled tracers for metabolic pathway elucidation by GC-MS and FT-MS
Multiplexed, quantitative, and targeted metabolite profiling by LC-MS/MRM
Multidimensional mass spectrometry-based shotgun lipidomics
Comprehensive quantitative determination of PUFA-related bioactive lipids for functional lipidomics using high-resolution mass spectrometry
Ultra-performance liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry targeted profiling of bile acids : application to serum, liver tissue, and cultured cells of different species
Analysis of volatile organic compounds in exhaled breath by gas chromatography-mass spectrometry combined with chemometric analysis
Headspace SPME-GC-MS metabolomics analysis of urinary volatile organic compounds (VOCs)
Metabolite profiling by direct analysis in real-time mass spectrometry
Analysis of dried blood spots using DESI mass spectrometry
DESI-MS imaging of lipids and metabolites from biological samples
Metabolic imaging using nanostructure-initiator mass spectrometry (NIMS)
Statistical analysis and modeling of mass spectrometry-based metabolomics data.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitalby Peter K. Kaiser, Neil J. Friedman, Roberto Pineda II.Summary: The Massachusetts Eye and Ear Infirmary Illustrated Manual of Ophthalmology is the must-have medical reference book for the ever-changing field of ophthalmology. Thoroughly updated to include the latest advances in the field, the fourth edition of this renowned manual features high-quality color images and an intuitive design for easy comprehension and reference. Ideal for ophthalmic practitioners and allied health professionals alike, this indispensable resource is your comprehensive guide for the speedy diagnosis and treatment of the most common eye disorders. Accurately diagnose problems through the support of full-color photographs and real case studies.Rapidly locate key information with a highly templated format that includes chapters organized anatomically, not by ophthalmic subspecialty, in addition to key boxes and highlighted emergency management boxes.
Contents:
Orbit
Ocular motility and cranial nerves
Lids, lashes, and lacrimal system
Conjuctiva and sclera
Cornea
Anterior chamber
Iris and pupils
Lens
Vitreous
Retina and choroid
Optic nerve and glaucoma
Visual acuity, refractive procedures, and sudden vision loss.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalNeil J. Friedman, Peter K. Kaiser; associate author, Roberto Pineda II.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021
- DigitalAnahita Dua, Drena Root, Scott Manchester, Young Kim, editors.Summary: This book is designed to provide easy to reference, up to date protocols and procedures for vascular ultrasound. The text also delineates how to interpret imaging findings and implement results for optimal patient care outcomes. Chapters thoroughly cover an array of topics focused on the interpretation of vascular ultrasound, including transcranial Doppler, hemodialysis fistula mapping, and pelvic venous duplex, as well as the protocols and standards of the Massachusetts General Hospital Vascular Lab. Expert authors provide step by step detail on how to perform vascular lab examinations correctly, how to clinically interpret results, and how to implement findings into clinical practice. There is additionally coverage of how to develop and receive accreditation for a new vascular laboratory. This is an ideal guide for vascular surgeons, general surgeons, primary care physicians, vascular technologists, interventional radiologists, cardiologists, vascular medicine specialists, anesthesiologist and any practitioners who practice vascular ultrasound.
Contents:
Transcranial Doppler
Extracranial Cerebrovascular Duplex
Temporal Artery Duplex
Abdominal Aorto-Iliac Duplex
Mesenteric Artery Duplex
Renal Artery Duplex
Upper Extremity Arterial Physiologic Testing
Upper Extremity Arterial Duplex
Palmar Arch Allen's Test
Lower Extremity Peripheral Arterial Physiologic Testing
Lower Extremity Arterial Duplex
Lower Extremity Bypass Duplex
Lower Extremity Arterial Aneurysm Evaluation
Hemodialysis Fistula Mapping
Hemodialysis Fistula Duplex
Upper and Lower Extremity Vein Mapping for Bypass Graft Conduit
Pelvic Venous Duplex
Upper Extremity Venous Duplex
Lower Extremity Venous Duplex
Lower Extremity Venous Reflux Study
Building a Vascular Laboratory. - Digital[edited by] Theodore A. Stern, Timothy E. Wilens, Maurizio Fava.Summary: "The Massachusetts General Hospital is widely regarded as one of the world's premier psychiatric institutions. Massachusetts General Hospital Comprehensive Clinical Psychiatry, 3rd Edition, offers practical, informative, and hands-on advice from the staff of the esteemed MGH Department of Psychiatry, helping you put today's best practices to work for your patients. This authoritative reference covers a wide variety of clinical syndromes and settings, aided by superb graphics throughout. In one convenient volume, you'll have easy access to the answers you need to face and overcome any clinical challenge"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Approach to the patient
Human development
Rating scales and psychological/neuropsychological testing
The psychotherapies
Disorders of cognition
Psychiatric diagnoses and conditions
Psychosomatic medicine
treatment approaches
Special topics in psychiatry
Neuropsychiatry
Care in special settings
Preparing for the future.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalEric P. Hazen, Christopher J. McDougle, editors.Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Part I: General Principles;
1: Introduction; References;
2: Office-Based Medical Care; Introduction; Pediatrics; Preparing the Office; Before the Visit; During the Visit; History; Developmental History; Past Medical History; Social and Family History; Physical Examination; Clinical Vignette #1; Healthcare Transition; Outpatient Care of Adults with ASD; Preparing the Office; Before the Visit; During the Visit; Physical Examination; Clinical Vignette #2; References;
3: Inpatient Medical Care; Pediatric Inpatient Care; Clinical Vignette # 1; Background Challenges for Pediatric Patients with ASD in the Inpatient SettingStrategies for Improving Care of Pediatric Patients in the Inpatient Setting; The MGHfC Experience; Adult Inpatient Care; Clinical Vignette #2; Caring for Those with ASD in the Hospital: What Is Known; Innovation in Care Delivery for Inpatients with ASD; Case Study at the Massachusetts General Hospital: Improving Medical Care for Adults with ASD; MGH Autism Toolkit Components; References;
4: Medical Procedures: Challenges and Strategies; Introduction; General Principles and Approaches; Communication; Visual Supports Behavioral Contingencies and Positive ReinforcementSystematic Desensitization; Relaxation Strategies; Collaboration with Providers and Individuals Familiar with the Patient; Approaches to Specific Procedures in the Outpatient Setting; Vital Signs; Blood Draws, Needle Sticks, and Shots; Urine Sample; Pill Swallowing; Audiology Services; Dental Visits; Approaches to Procedures in Emergency and Inpatient Settings; Electroencephalogram (EEG) and Electromyogram (EMG) Procedures; Imaging: Magnetic Resonance Imaging and X-Rays; Additional Considerations for Adults and Elderly Patients Knowing When to Terminate a Procedure/InteractionClinical Vignette
#1: A Pediatric Patient; Clinical Vignette
#2: An Adult Patient; Survey for Preparation of Medical Procedures; References;
5: Quality Improvement; Introduction; Evidence for Unmet Needs; Quality Improvement Research: Areas for Intervention; The Quality Improvement Journey: Creating Change; Describing the Target Population; Defining the Problem: Measuring Unmet Care Needs and Gaps in Care Quality; Building a Case for Improvement with Preliminary Data; Identifying Stakeholders and Champions; Implementing Interventions Measuring Improvement/Transformational ChangeSummary; Massachusetts General Hospital Autism Care Collaborative: A Case Study; Resource Development; Medical Management of Adults with ASD on Inpatient Units; Education of Providers and Staff; Patient Flow; Communication and Information Transfer; Final Results; Next Steps; Summary; References; Part II: Care of Specific Disorders;
6: Neurology; Introduction; A Pediatric Approach to Common Neurological Conditions; Epilepsy; Clinical Evaluation; Treatment; Clinical Vignette # 1; Motor Abnormalities; Clinical Evaluation; TreatmentDigital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalAna-Maria Vranceanu, Joseph A. Greer, Steven A. Safren, editors.Summary: This text outlines the importance of biopsychosocial factors in improving medical care, and illustrates evidence-based, state-of-the-art interventions for patients with a variety of medical conditions. Each chapter is focused on a particular health concern or illness, which is described both in terms of prevalence and frequent psychological and psychiatric comorbidities that may present to clinicians working with these populations. Consistent with evidence-based care, information on the efficacy of the treatments being described is presented to support their continued use. To accommodate the needs of clinicians, we describe population specific approaches to treatment, including goal settings, modules and skills as well as strategies to assess and monitor progress. To facilitate learning, each chapter contains one or more case examples that explicate the skills described to convey change within a behavioral medicine protocol. Each chapter also includes resources in the form of books and websites to gain additional knowledge and detail as needed. Authors are experts in the field of each chapter, ensuring that information presented is recent and of high quality.
Contents:
Introduction
Preventive Health
Smoking cessation
Behavioral medicine and substance use
Sleep
Obesity and weight conditions
Acute and Chronic Medical Conditions
Acute and chronic musculoskeletal pain
Diabetes
HIV
Cardiovascular issues
Cancer
Epilepsy and other Neurological conditions
Management of gastro-intestinal issues
Women's health
Cultural Factors and Vulnerable Populations
Palliative Care and End of Life issues
Cultural competence
Task Shifting and Delivery of Behavioral Medicine Interventions in Resource Poor Global Settings
Resources. .Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalTimothy J. Petersen, Susan E. Sprich, Sabine Wilhelm, editors.Contents:
Introduction
Basic Principles and Practice of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
Cognitive Techniques
Behavioral Strategies
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Anxiety Disorders
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Depression
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Bipolar Disorder
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Obsessive Compulsive Disorder: Theory, Assessment and Treatment
Cognitive Behavioral Treatment for Trichotillomania (Hair-Pulling Disorder) and Excoriation (Skin-Picking) Disorder
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Tourette Syndrome and Chronic Tic Disorder
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Body Dysmorphic Disorder
Transdiagnostic Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Eating Disorders
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
Cognitive Behavioral Approaches for Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders
Cognitive Behavioral Approaches for Substance Use Disorders
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy for Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
Treatment of Borderline Personality Disorder
Behavioral Medicine Strategies in Outpatient Psychiatric Settings
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy with Children and Adolescents
Cognitive Behavioral Couple Therapy for the Treatment of Relationship Distress
Evaluating Strategies for Combining Pharmacotherapy with Cognitive Behavioral Therapy
Cognitive Behavioral Therapies for Chronic Depression. - Digital[edited by] Gary J. Brenner, James P. Rathmell.Contents:
Section I. General considerations
Section II. Diagnosis of pain
Section III. Therapeutic options: pharmacologic approaches
Section IV. Therapeutic options: interventional approaches
Section V. Therapeutic options: nonpharmacologic/noninterventional approaches
Section VI. Acute pain
Section VII. Chronic pain
Section VIII. Cancer pain and palliative care
Section IX. Special considerations in pain medicine
Appendix I. Dermatomes and nerve distribution
Appendix II. Prescription guidelines
Appendix III. Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) drug schedules
Appendix IV. Medications commonly used in pain practice
Appendix V. Definitions and abbreviations.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, Theodore A. Stern, Maurizio Fava, Timothy E. Wilens, Jerrold F. Rosenbaum.Summary: Put today's best approaches to work for your patients with this practical guide to cutting-edge psychopharmacologic and somatic treatments for psychiatric and neurologic conditions. Edited by Drs. Theodore A. Stern, Maurizio Fava, Timothy E. Wilens, and Jerrold F. Rosenbaum, and comprised of key chapters from the second edition of Stern et al.'s Massachusetts General Hospital Comprehensive Clinical Psychiatry, this user-friendly resource focuses on current psychotropic treatments, electroconvulsive therapy, and neurotherapeutics, making it an ideal quick reference for psychiatrists, psycholog.
Contents:
Psychiatric neuroscience: incorporating pathophysiology into clinical case formulation
Treatment adherence
Antidepressants
Pharmacological approaches to treatment-resistant depression
Bipolar disorder
The pharmacotherapy of anxiety disorders
Antipsychotic drugs
Lithium and its role in psychiatry
The use of antiepileptic drugs in psychiatry
Stimulants and other medications for ADHD
Drug-drug interactions in psychopharmacology
Side effects of psychotropic medications
Natural medications in psychiatry
Dementia
Alcohol-related disorders
Drug addiction --pathophysiology, psychiatric co-morbidity, and treatment of pain
Neurotherapeutics
Electroconvulsive therapy.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalRanna Parekh, editor.Summary: Long considered important for professionals working with minority and under-represented populations, cross-cultural competency has become a requisite for all health care providers. As society in the US increasingly diversifies, there is a crucial need to prepare health care professionals to effectively treat this changing population. The Massachusetts General Hospital Textbook on Diversity and Cultural Sensitivity in Mental Health addresses the importance and relevance of cultural sensitivity in US mental health. Prominent researchers and clinicians examine the cultural and cross-cultural mental health issues of Native American, Latino, Asian, African American, Middle Eastern, Refugee and LGBQT communities. The discussion includes understanding the complexities in making mental health diagnoses and the various meanings it has for the socio-cultural group described, as well as biopsychosocial treatment options and challenges. In understanding the specific populations, the analysis delves into overarching concepts that may apply to specific populations and to those at the intersection of multiple cultures. An invaluable resource for mental health professionals, including clinicians, researchers, educators, leaders and advocates in the United States, The Massachusetts General Hospital Textbook on Diversity and Cultural Sensitivity in Mental Health provides the necessary understanding and insights for research and clinical practice in specific cultural and multicultural groups.
Contents:
Mental Health of Arab Americans: Cultural Considerations for Excellence of Care
Identification and Approach to Treatment of Mental Health Disorders in South Asian Populations
Cultural sensitivity: what should we understand about Latinos?
Not by Convention: Working with People on the Sexual & Gender Continuum
Indian and Alaska Native Mental Health Perspectives
Psychiatry for People of African Descent in the US
Understanding the mental health of refugees: Trauma, stress and the cultural context
Diversity Dialogue: An Innovative model for diversity training
The Engagement Interview Protocol (EIP): Improving the Acceptance of Mental Health Treatment among Culturally Diverse Populations
Cultural and Diversity Issues in Mediation and Negotiation
Providing Medical Care to Diverse Populations
Cultivating Courage, Compassion, and Cultural Sensitivity in News Reporting of Mental Health. - Digitaledited by Ranna Parekh, Nhi-Ha T. Trinh.Summary: This edition is updated to include new research and clinical material for practitioners working with mental health patients of diverse backgrounds. Written by experts in cultural sensitivity, the text begins by establishing innovative approaches to understanding diversity, tools for diversity educational training for health care providers, clinical interviewing techniques and effective strategies in having difficult conversations. Indirect approaches to understanding diversity and mental health come from unique chapters that range from the ways that journalists process and discuss mental health competency to the business model for cultural competency in health care. The second section of the book moves from the broader subjects to the needs of specific populations, including Native Americans, Latinos, Asians, African American, Middle Eastern, Refugee and LGBQT communities. The discussion includes understanding the complexities of making mental health diagnoses and the various meanings these diagnoses have for the socio-cultural group described. Each chapter also details biopsychosocial treatment options and challenges. The Massachusetts General Hospital Textbook on Diversity and Cultural Sensitivity in Mental Health, Second Edition, is an excellent resource for all clinicians working with diverse populations, including psychiatrists, primary care physicians, emergency room physicians, early career physicians and trainees, psychologists, nurses, social workers, researchers, and medical educators.
Contents:
Diversity Dialogue
The Engagement Interview Protocol (EIP): Improving the Acceptance of Mental Health Treatment among Culturally Diverse Populations
Cultural and Diversity Issues in Mediation and Negotiation
Providing Medical Care to Diverse Populations
Cultivating Courage, Compassion, and Cultural Sensitivity in News Reporting of Mental Health During Challenging Times
Illegal, Alien, and Other: Cultural Competency and Migration
Psychiatry for People of African Descent in the USA
American Indian and Alaska Native Mental Health
Mental Health of Arab Americans: Cultural Considerations for Excellence of Care
An Approach to Mental Health in Asian Americans
Cultural Sensitivity: What Should We Understand About Latinos?
Not by Convention: Working with People on the Sexual and Gender Continuum
Understanding the Mental Health of Refugees: Trauma, Stress, and the Cultural Context. - DigitalMark A. Goldstein, editor.Summary: Adolescent Medicine offers a definitive, practical guide for the optimal clinical care of adolescents. The text comprises of user-friendly diagrams, charts and pathways, and covers the most appropriate approaches, diagnostic evaluation and best treatments for adolescent patients.
Contents:
Preface
Acknowledgements
PART 1. GENERAL ADOLESCENT MEDICINE
1. Adolescent Preventive Services
2. The Adolescent Patient Interview: Adolescent Confidentiality and Consent
3. Pubertal Development
4. Normal Adolescent Development
5. Male Genitourinary Exam
6. The Pelvic Examination and Pap Smear in Adolescents and Young Adults
7. Adolescent Dermatology
8. Obesity
9. Nutrition: Healthy Eating in Adolescence; Nutritional Supplements: Performance-Enhancing Drugs, and Dietary Supplements; Irritable Bowel Syndrome; and Inflammatory Bowel Syndrome
10. Sports Injuries in the Adolescent
11. Cardiac Issues in Adolescence
12. Hypertension in Adolescents
13. Immunizations
PART 2. SEXUALITY, GYNECOLOGY, AND ABNORMAL GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
14. Amenorrhea
15. Abnormal Vaginal Bleeding
16. Basics of Hormonal Contraception
17. Adolescent Pregnancy
18. Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
19. Breast Disorders in Adolescence
20. Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) in Adolescents
21. HIV in Adolescents
22. Delayed Puberty, Short Stature, and Tall Stature
PART 3. MENTAL HEALTH AND TRANSITION OF CARE
23. Adolescent Substance Use and Prevention
24. Adolescent Mental Health Disorders
25. Eating Disorders
26. Adolescent Relationship Abuse in Clinical Settings: Opportunities for Prevention and Intervention
27. Bullying and Cyber Bullying
28. Nature, Nurture, Adolescents and Resilience
29. Transition of Care
APPENDIX.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalNupur Gupta, Brett D. Nelson, Jennifer Kasper, Patricia L. Hibberd, editors.Summary: TheMassGeneral Hospital for Children Handbook of Pediatric Global Health is a concise resource for the ever-increasing number of health professionals involved in global health, many of whom spend a few weeks to months or even years providing medical care in resource-poor countries. This Handbook provides practical, evidence-based, hands-on guidance for managing and preventing childhood illnesses when resources are limited in low- and middle-income countries. It also offers a setting-specific understanding and management approaches to the major causes of childhood mortality, including pneumonia, diarrhea, birth asphyxia, complications of preterm birth, and neonatal sepsis. The Handbook providesan overview of childhood mortality, health systems, and the various stakeholders that play a role in the global health arena, and also contains chapters focusing on adolescents who are increasingly recognized as a unique population in whom interventions can go a long way in bothconsolidatingthe gains made in childhood and preventing adult disease. Finally, key topics in non-communicable diseases are covered, including trauma and injuries, pediatric mental health, child and adolescent rights, and oral health. Not meant solely for pediatricians, the Handbookis designed for generalists, specialists, doctors, nurses, other health care workers, and those in training. An indispensable reference for health professionals overseas, theHandbookwill also be a useful addition and resource for academic centers and universities in industrialized nations that are creating courses for trainees who will do clinical electives abroad during their training. .
Contents:
Overview of pediatric global health
Child mortality in developing countries
Stakeholders and approaches to address pediatric global health
Global health systems
Vulnerability of children in developing countries and disrupted settings
Fundamentals of pediatric care in resource-limited settings
Newborn health
Maternal health
Preventive newborn care
Newborn resuscitation
Neonatal infection
Adolescent health
Adolescent global health
Adolescent preventative and clinical care: a checklist
Sexually transmitted infections in adolescents
Contraceptive options for adolescents
Communicable diseases
Acute respiratory infections
Diarrheal illnesses
Malaria
Measles
HIV/AIDS
Tuberculosis
Parasitic diseases
Vaccine-preventable diseases
Non-communicable diseases
Malnutrition
Micronutrient deficiencies
Emergencyu pediatric care in resource-limited settings
Child and adolescent mental health
Child and adolescent health and human rights
Pediatric preventive and clinical oral health care
Neurological issues and epilepsy in children and adolescents in the developing world
Care of the child immigrant
Appendix A: WHO integrated management of childhood illness for high HIV settings
Appendix B: WHO growth charts head circumference boys
Appendix C: WHO growth charts head circumference for girls
Appendix D: WHO growth charts weight for age boys 0-5
Appendix E: WHO growth charts weight for age girst 0-5
Appendix F: WHO growth charts weight for height boys 2-5
Appendix G: WHO growth charts weight for height girls 0-5
Appendix H: WHO growth charts weight for length boys 0-2
Appendix I: WHO grow charts weight for length girls 0-2
Appendix J: Essential medications for RLS
Appendix K: GAPS monograph
Appendix L: GAPS periodic questionnaire
Appendix M: WHO immunization routine lifespan vaccinations
Appendix N: WHO routine immunization children
Appendix O: WHO delayed routrine immunization.
- The M2 Macrophage — The MassGeneral Hospital for Children Handbook of Pediatric Global Health (369)
- Massive and Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears : from Basic Science to Advanced Treatments. 1st ed. 2020. — Mentorship in Academic Medicine. First edition. [1st ed.] (369)
- Merck Manual — Molecular, Cellular, and Tissue Engineering of the Vascular System (369)
- Molecular Allergy Diagnostics : Innovation for a Better Patient Management — Myotonic Dystrophy : Disease Mechanism, Current Management and Therapeutic Development (368)
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.